This is a modern-English version of Fat and Blood: An Essay on the Treatment of Certain Forms of Neurasthenia and Hysteria, originally written by Mitchell, S. Weir (Silas Weir).
It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling,
and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If
you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.
Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.
FAT AND BLOOD:
AN ESSAY ON THE TREATMENT OF CERTAIN FORMS OF
NEURASTHENIA AND HYSTERIA.
BY
BY
S. WEIR MITCHELL, M.D., LL.D. HARV.,
MEMBER OF THE NATIONAL ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.
EIGHTH EDITION.
Eighth Edition.
EDITED, WITH ADDITIONS, BY
EDITED BY
JOHN K. MITCHELL, M.D.
Dr. John K. Mitchell
PHILADELPHIA:
PHL:
J.B. LIPPINCOTT COMPANY.
J.B. Lippincott Co.
LONDON: 5 HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN
LONDON: 5 HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN
1911.
1911.
Copyright, 1883, by J.B. LIPPINCOTT & CO.
Copyright, 1883, by J.B. LIPPINCOTT & CO.
Copyright, 1891, by J.B. LIPPINCOTT COMPANY.
Copyright, 1891, by J.B. LIPPINCOTT COMPANY.
Copyright, 1897, by J.B. LIPPINCOTT COMPANY.
Copyright, 1897, by J.B. LIPPINCOTT COMPANY.
Copyright, 1900, by J.B. LIPPINCOTT COMPANY.
Copyright, 1900, by J.B. LIPPINCOTT COMPANY.
Copyright, 1905, by S. WEIR MITCHELL.
Copyright, 1905, by S. WEIR MITCHELL.
ELECTROTYPED AND PRINTED BY J.B. LIPPINCOTT COMPANY, PHILADELPHIA, U.S.A.
ELECTROTYPED AND PRINTED BY J.B. LIPPINCOTT COMPANY, PHILADELPHIA, U.S.A.
PREFACE TO THE EIGHTH EDITION.
The continued favor which this book has enjoyed in Europe as well as in this country has rendered me doubly desirous to make it a thorough and clear statement of the treatment of the kind of cases which it discusses as carried out in my practice to-day.
The ongoing popularity of this book in Europe and in this country has made me even more eager to create a comprehensive and clear explanation of how I currently handle the types of cases it covers in my practice today.
In the endeavor to do this, the present edition, like the last two, has been carefully revised by my son, Dr. John K. Mitchell, and there is no chapter, and scarcely a page, where some alteration or addition has not been made, besides those of the sixth and seventh editions, as the result of added years of experience. Especially in the chapters on the means of treatment some details have been thought worth adding to help the statement so often repeated in the book that success will depend on the care with which details are carried out. The chapter on massage, rewritten for the last edition, has been once more revised and somewhat extended, in order to make it an accurate as well as a scientific, if brief, statement of the best method which use and observation have taught us. A chapter on the handling of several diseases not described in former editions has been added by the editor.
In the effort to accomplish this, the current edition, like the last two, has been thoroughly updated by my son, Dr. John K. Mitchell, and there isn’t a chapter, and hardly a page, that hasn’t seen some change or addition, aside from those in the sixth and seventh editions, due to years of added experience. Particularly in the chapters about treatment methods, we’ve included some new details to support the frequently stated idea in the book that success depends on how carefully we follow the details. The chapter on massage, which was rewritten for the last edition, has been revised again and slightly expanded to ensure it's both accurate and scientifically sound, even if it's brief, reflecting the best methods we've learned through practice and observation. The editor has also added a chapter on the management of several diseases that were not covered in previous editions.
S. WEIR MITCHELL.
S. Weir Mitchell.
SEPTEMBER, 1899.
SEPTEMBER 1899.
CONTENTS.
PREFACE TO THE EIGHTH EDITION.
CHAPTER I. INTRODUCTORY
CHAPTER II. GAIN OR LOSS OF WEIGHT CLINICALLY CONSIDERED
CHAPTER III. ON THE SELECTION OF CASES FOR TREATMENT
CHAPTER IV. SECLUSION
CHAPTER V. REST
CHAPTER VI. MASSAGE
CHAPTER VII. ELECTRICITY
CHAPTER VIII. DIETETICS AND THERAPEUTICS
CHAPTER IX. DIETETICS AND THERAPEUTICS—(Continued)
CHAPTER X. THE TREATMENT OF LOCOMOTOR ATAXIA, ATAXIC
PARAPLEGIA, SPASTIC PARALYSIS, AND PARALYSIS
AGITANS
INDEX.
PREFACE TO THE EIGHTH EDITION.
CHAPTER I. INTRODUCTORY
CHAPTER II. GAIN OR LOSS OF WEIGHT CLINICALLY CONSIDERED
CHAPTER III. ON THE SELECTION OF CASES FOR TREATMENT
CHAPTER IV. SECLUSION
CHAPTER V. REST
CHAPTER VI. MASSAGE
CHAPTER VII. ELECTRICITY
CHAPTER VIII. DIETETICS AND THERAPEUTICS
CHAPTER IX. DIETETICS AND THERAPEUTICS—(Continued)
CHAPTER X. THE TREATMENT OF LOCOMOTOR ATAXIA, ATAXIC
PARAPLEGIA, SPASTIC PARALYSIS, AND PARALYSIS
AGITANS
INDEX.
CHAPTER I.
INTRODUCTORY.
For some years I have been using with success, in private and in hospital practice, certain methods of renewing the vitality of feeble people by a combination of entire rest and excessive feeding, made possible by passive exercise obtained through the steady use of massage and electricity.
For several years now, I've been successfully using certain methods to boost the vitality of weak individuals in both private practice and hospitals. This approach combines complete rest and high-calorie feeding, supported by passive exercise through regular massage and electrical treatments.
The cases thus treated have been chiefly women of a class well known to every physician,—nervous women, who, as a rule, are thin and lack blood. Most of them have been such as had passed through many hands and been treated in turn for gastric, spinal, or uterine troubles, but who remained at the end as at the beginning, invalids, unable to attend to the duties of life, and sources alike of discomfort to themselves and anxiety to others.
The cases discussed here mostly involve women from a group familiar to every doctor—nervous women who are typically thin and have low blood counts. Most of them have already seen various specialists and been treated for stomach, back, or reproductive issues, yet they still end up just as they started: unwell, unable to manage their daily responsibilities, and causing both discomfort for themselves and worry for others.
In 1875 I published in "Séguin's Series of American Clinical Lectures," Vol. I., No. iv., a brief sketch of this treatment, under the heading of "Rest in the Treatment of Nervous Disease," but the scope afforded me was too brief for the details on a knowledge of which depends success in the use of rest, I have been often since reminded of this by the many letters I have received asking for explanations of the minutiæ of treatment; and this must be my apology for bringing into these pages a great many particulars which are no doubt well enough known to the more accomplished physician.
In 1875, I published a short overview of this treatment in "Séguin's Series of American Clinical Lectures," Vol. I, No. iv., titled "Rest in the Treatment of Nervous Disease." However, the space I had was too limited to cover the details necessary for successfully using rest in treatment. I've been reminded of this many times through letters requesting more information about the specifics of the treatment. This serves as my excuse for including many details that are probably already familiar to the more experienced physician.
In the preface to the second edition I said that as yet there had been hardly time for a competent verdict on the methods I had described. Since making this statement, many of our profession in America have published cases of the use of my treatment. It has also been thoroughly discussed by the medical section of the British Medical Association, and warmly endorsed by William Playfair, of London, Ross of Manchester, Coghill, and others; while a translation of my book into French by Dr. Oscar Jennings, with an introduction by Professor Ball, and a reproduction in German, with a preface by Professor von Leyden, have placed it satisfactorily before the profession in France and Germany.
In the preface to the second edition, I mentioned that there hadn't been enough time to form a solid opinion on the methods I described. Since then, many professionals in America have published cases demonstrating the effectiveness of my treatment. It has also been extensively discussed by the medical section of the British Medical Association and has received strong support from William Playfair in London, Ross in Manchester, Coghill, and others. Additionally, a translation of my book into French by Dr. Oscar Jennings, with an introduction by Professor Ball, along with a German version that includes a preface by Professor von Leyden, has successfully made it available to the medical community in France and Germany.
As regards the question of originality I did not and do not now much concern myself. This alone I care to know, that by the method in question cases are cured which once were not; and as to the novelty of the matter it would be needless to say more, were it not that the charge of lack of that quality is sometimes taken as an imputation on a man's good faith.
When it comes to the issue of originality, I didn't and don't worry much about it. What matters to me is that the method I’m discussing treats conditions that were previously untreatable. As for how novel this approach is, I wouldn't need to say anything further, except that sometimes people take the claim of originality as a question of a person's honesty.
But to sustain so grave an implication the author must have somewhere laid claim to originality and said in what respect he considered himself to have done a totally new thing. The following passage from the first edition of this book explains what was my own position:
But to support such a serious implication, the author must have claimed originality somewhere and specified how he believed he was doing something completely new. The following excerpt from the first edition of this book clarifies my own stance:
"I do not wish," I wrote, "to be thought of as putting forth anything very remarkable or original in my treatment by rest, systematic feeding, and passive exercise. All of these have been used by physicians; but, as a rule, one or more are used without the others, and the plan which I have found so valuable, of combining these means, does not seem to be generally understood. As it involves some novelty, and as I do not find it described elsewhere, I shall, I think, be doing a service to my profession by relating my experience."
"I don’t want," I wrote, "to be seen as offering anything especially remarkable or original in my approach using rest, structured nutrition, and gentle exercise. All of these methods are used by doctors; however, typically, one or more are applied without the others, and the strategy I’ve found so helpful, which combines these methods, doesn’t seem to be widely recognized. Since it includes some new ideas, and I haven’t found it detailed anywhere else, I believe it would benefit my field to share my experience."
The following quotation from Dr. William Playfair's essay[1] says all that I would care to add:
The following quote from Dr. William Playfair's essay[1] captures everything I would want to say:
"The claims of Dr. Weir Mitchell to originality in the introduction of this system of treatment, which I have recently heard contested in more than one quarter, it is not my province to defend. I feel bound, however, to say that, having carefully studied what has been written on the subject, I can nowhere find anything in the least approaching to the regular, systematic, and thorough attack on the disease here discussed.
"The claims of Dr. Weir Mitchell to originality in introducing this treatment approach, which I have recently seen challenged in more than one place, are not for me to defend. However, I feel compelled to say that after thoroughly studying what has been written on the topic, I haven’t found anything that comes close to the regular, systematic, and thorough method of tackling the disease we’re discussing here."
"Certain parts of the treatment have been separately advised, and more or less successfully practised, as, for example, massage and electricity, without isolation; or isolation and judicious moral management alone. It is, in fact, the old story with regard to all new things: there is no discovery, from the steam-engine down to chloroform, which cannot be shown to have been partially foreseen, and yet the claims of Watt and Simpson to originality remain practically uncontested. And so, if I may be permitted to compare small things with great, will it be with this. The whole matter was admirably summed up by Dr. Ross, of Manchester, in his remarks in the discussion I introduced at the meeting of the British Medical Association at Worcester, which I conceive to express the precise state of the case: 'Although Dr. Mitchell's treatment was not new in the sense that its separate recommendations were made for the first time, it was new in the sense that these recommendations were for the first time combined so as to form a complete scheme of treatment.'"
"Certain aspects of the treatment have been recommended separately and practiced with varying degrees of success, like massage and electricity without separation; or isolation and careful moral management by themselves. It’s the same story with all new things: there’s no discovery, from the steam engine to chloroform, that hasn’t been somewhat predicted, yet the claims of Watt and Simpson to originality remain largely unchallenged. So, if I may be allowed to compare small things to large ones, this is how it goes. Dr. Ross from Manchester summed it up perfectly in his comments during the discussion I led at the British Medical Association meeting in Worcester, which I believe reflects the exact situation: 'Although Dr. Mitchell's treatment was not new in the sense that its individual recommendations were presented for the first time, it was new in that these recommendations were combined for the first time to create a complete treatment plan.'"
As regards the acceptance of this method of treatment I have to-day no complaint to make. It runs, indeed, the risk of being employed in cases which do not need it and by persons who are not competent, and of being thus in a measure brought into disrepute. As concerns one of its essentials—massage—this is especially to be feared. It is a remedy with capacity to hurt as well as to help, and should never be used without the advice of a physician, nor persistently kept up without medical observation of its temporary and more permanent effects.
Regarding the acceptance of this treatment method, I have no complaints today. However, it does carry the risk of being used in cases where it's unnecessary and by people who aren't qualified, which could lead to a tarnished reputation. One of its key components—massage—raises particular concern. It's a treatment that can cause harm as well as provide relief, so it should never be employed without a doctor's guidance, nor should it be continued without medical supervision of its short-term and long-lasting effects.
CHAPTER II.
GAIN OR LOSS OF WEIGHT CLINICALLY CONSIDERED.
The gentlemen who have done me the honor to follow my clinical service at the State Infirmary for Diseases of the Nervous System[2] are well aware how much care is there given to learn whether or not the patient is losing or has lost flesh, is by habit thin or fat. This question is one of the utmost moment in every point of view, and deserves a larger share of attention than it receives. In this hospital it is the custom to weigh our cases when they enter and at intervals. The mere loss of fat is probably of small moment in itself when the amount of restorative food is sufficient for every-day expenditure, and when the organs are in condition to keep up the supply of fat which we not only require for constant use but probably need to change continually. The steady or rapid lessening of the deposits of hydro-carbons stored away in the areolæ of the tissues is of importance, as indicating their excessive use or a failure of supply; and when either condition is to be suspected it becomes our duty to learn the reasons for this striking symptom. Loss of flesh has also a collateral value of great import, because it is almost an invariable rule that rapid thinning is accompanied soon or late with more or less anæmia, and it is uncommon to see a person steadily gaining fat after any pathological reduction of weight without a corresponding gain in amount and quality of blood. We too rarely reflect that the blood thins with the decrease of the tissues and enriches as they increase.
The gentlemen who have honored me by following my clinical work at the State Infirmary for Diseases of the Nervous System[2] know very well how much effort is put into determining whether a patient is losing weight or has always been thin or fat. This issue is extremely important from every perspective and deserves more attention than it often gets. In this hospital, we typically weigh our patients when they arrive and at regular intervals. A simple loss of fat may not be significant in itself if there is enough restorative food to cover daily needs and if the organs are healthy enough to maintain the fat supply we need for regular use, which likely needs to be changed constantly. However, the steady or rapid decrease of stored hydrocarbons in tissue layers is significant, as it suggests either excessive consumption or a lack of supply; when either of these conditions seems likely, it's our responsibility to investigate the reasons behind this notable symptom. Additionally, loss of weight has considerable collateral value since it's almost always the case that rapid weight loss eventually leads to some degree of anemia, and it's rare to see someone gaining fat consistently after experiencing any pathological weight loss without also seeing an increase in the amount and quality of blood. We don’t think enough about how blood thins when tissues decrease and becomes richer as they increase.
Before entering into this question further, I shall ask attention to some points connected with the normal fat of the human body; and, taking for granted, here and elsewhere, that my readers are well enough aware of the physiological value and uses of the adipose tissues, I shall continue to look at the matter chiefly from a clinical point of view.
Before diving deeper into this issue, I’d like to highlight a few points related to the normal fat in the human body. Assuming that my readers are sufficiently informed about the physiological significance and functions of adipose tissue, I will focus primarily on the clinical perspective.
When in any individual the weight varies rapidly or slowly, it is nearly always due, for the most part, to a change in the amount of adipose tissue stored away in the meshes of the areolar tissue. Almost any grave change for the worse in health is at once betrayed in most people by a diminution of fat, and this is readily seen in the altered forms of the face, which, because it is the always visible and in outline the most irregular part of the body, shows first and most plainly the loss or gain of tissue. Fatty matter is therefore that constituent of the body which goes and comes most easily. Why there is in nearly every one a normal limit to its accumulation we cannot say, nor yet why this limit should vary as life goes on. Even in health the weight of men, and still more of women, is by no means constant, but, as a rule, when we are holding our own with that share of stored-up fat which belongs to the individual we are usually in a condition of nutritive prosperity, and when after any strain or trial which has lessened weight we are slowly repairing mischief and laying by fat we are equally in a state of health. The loss of fat which is not due to change of diet or to exercise, especially its rapid or steady loss, nearly always goes along with conditions which impoverish the blood, and, on the other hand, the gain of fat up to a certain point seems to go hand in hand with a rise in all other essentials of health, and notably with an improvement in the color and amount of the red corpuscles.
When a person's weight fluctuates quickly or slowly, it's almost always due, for the most part, to a change in the amount of fat stored in the connective tissue. Almost any serious decline in health is usually reflected in most people by a loss of fat, which is easily seen in changes to the face, the part of the body that is always visible and has the most irregular shape, showing the loss or gain of tissue most clearly. Fat is therefore the component of the body that changes most readily. We can't explain why nearly everyone has a normal limit to fat accumulation or why this limit varies over time. Even in good health, a person's weight—especially for women—is not constant; however, when we maintain a level of stored fat that belongs to us, we are typically in a state of good nutrition. After any stress or situation that causes weight loss, slowly regaining weight and storing fat again usually indicates a return to health. A loss of fat that isn't caused by diet changes or exercise, particularly if it's rapid or continuous, often coincides with conditions that weaken the blood. Conversely, gaining fat—up to a certain point—tends to be associated with improvements in overall health, especially in the quantity and quality of red blood cells.
The quantity of fat which is healthy for the individual varies with the sex, the climate, the habits, the season, the time of life, the race, and the breed. Quetelet[3] has shown that before puberty the weight of the male is for equal ages above that of the female, but that towards puberty the proportional weight of the female, due chiefly to gain in fat, increases, so that at twelve the two sexes are alike in this respect. During the child-bearing time there is an absolute lessening on the part of the female, but after this time the weight of the woman increases, and the maximum is attained at about the age of fifty.
The amount of fat that's healthy for a person varies based on their sex, climate, lifestyle, season, age, race, and genetics. Quetelet[3] demonstrated that before puberty, boys weigh more than girls of the same age, but around puberty, girls start gaining weight primarily from fat, so by age twelve, both sexes weigh about the same. During childbearing years, women experience a decrease in weight, but after that, their weight tends to increase, peaking around the age of fifty.
Dr. Henry I. Bowditch[4] reaches somewhat similar conclusions, and shows from much more numerous measurements of Boston children that growing boys are heavier in proportion to their height than girls until they reach fifty-eight inches, which is attained about the fourteenth year. Then the girl passes the boy in weight, which Dr. Bowditch thinks is due to the accumulation of adipose tissue at puberty. After two or three years more the male again acquires and retains superiority in weight and height.
Dr. Henry I. Bowditch[4] reaches similar conclusions and reveals from a much larger set of measurements of Boston children that growing boys are heavier for their height than girls until they reach fifty-eight inches, which happens around the fourteenth year. After that, girls surpass boys in weight, which Dr. Bowditch believes is because of the buildup of fat during puberty. After another two or three years, boys regain and maintain their advantage in both weight and height.
Yet as life advances there are peculiarities which belong to individuals and to families. One group thins as life goes on past forty; another group as surely takes on flesh; and the same traits are often inherited, and are to be regarded when the question of fattening becomes of clinical or diagnostic moment. Men, as a rule, preserve their nutritive status more equably than women. Every physician must have been struck with this. In fact, many women lose or acquire large amounts of adipose matter without any corresponding loss or gain in vigor, and this fact perhaps is related in some way to the enormous outside demands made by their peculiar physiological processes. Such gain in weight is a common accompaniment of child-bearing, while nursing in some women involves considerable gain in flesh, and in a larger number enormous falling away, and its cessation as speedy a renewal of fat. I have also found that in many women who are not perfectly well there is a notable loss of weight at every menstrual period, and a marked gain between these times.
Yet as life goes on, there are specific traits that are unique to individuals and families. One group loses weight after turning forty, while another group tends to gain weight. These same characteristics are often inherited and should be considered when weight gain becomes clinically or diagnostically relevant. Generally, men maintain their nutritional status more consistently than women. Every doctor has probably noticed this. In fact, many women lose or gain significant amounts of body fat without any corresponding change in their energy levels, which might be linked to the substantial external demands of their unique physiological processes. Gaining weight is common during pregnancy, while nursing can cause some women to gain considerable weight and others to lose a lot, with a quick return to weight after they stop. I've also observed that in many women who aren't feeling perfectly healthy, there is a notable loss of weight during each menstrual period, followed by a significant gain between these times.
I was disappointed not to find this matter dealt with fully in Mrs. Jacobi's able essay on menstruation, nor can I discover elsewhere any observations in regard to loss or gain of weight at menstrual periods in the healthy woman.
I was disappointed not to see this issue fully addressed in Mrs. Jacobi's insightful essay on menstruation, and I can’t find any other comments on weight loss or gain during menstrual periods in healthy women.
How much influence the seasons have, is not as yet well understood, but in our own climate, with its great extremes, there are some interesting facts in this connection. The upper classes are with us in summer placed in the best conditions for increase in flesh, not only because it is their season of least work, mental and physical, but also because they are then for the most part living in the country under circumstances favorable to appetite, to exercise, and to freedom from care. Owing to these fortunate facts, members of the class in question are apt to gain weight in summer, although many such persons, as I know, follow the more general rule and lose weight. But if we deal with the mass of men who are hard worked, physically, and unable to leave the towns, we shall probably find that they nearly always lose weight in hot weather. Some support is given to this idea by the following very curious facts. Very many years ago I was engaged for certain purposes in determining the weight, height, and girth of all the members of our city police force. The examination was made in April and repeated in the beginning of October. Every care was taken to avoid errors, but to my surprise I found that a large majority of the men had lost weight during the summer. The sum total of loss was enormous. As I have mislaid some of the sheets, I am unable to give it accurately, but I found that three out of every five had lessened in weight. It would be interesting to know if such a change occurs in convicts confined in penitentiaries.
How much the seasons influence us isn’t fully understood yet, but in our own climate, with its extreme conditions, there are some interesting points to consider. In the summer, the upper classes tend to be in the best situation for gaining weight, not just because it’s their time of year with the least amount of work, both mentally and physically, but also because they mostly live in the countryside, in settings that encourage appetite, exercise, and a stress-free environment. Because of these fortunate circumstances, people in this group typically gain weight in the summer, although many actually follow the more common pattern and lose weight. However, if we look at the majority of people who work hard physically and can’t leave the city, we’ll likely find that they almost always lose weight in hot weather. This idea is supported by some very curious facts. Many years ago, I was involved in measuring the weight, height, and girth of all the members of our city police force. The measurements were taken in April and repeated at the beginning of October. Every effort was made to avoid mistakes, but to my surprise, I found that a large majority of the men had lost weight over the summer. The total amount of loss was significant. Since I’ve misplaced some of the data sheets, I can’t provide precise figures, but I discovered that three out of every five had decreased in weight. It would be interesting to find out if a similar change occurs in inmates confined in prisons.
I am acquainted with some persons who lose weight in winter, and with more who fail in flesh in the spring, which is our season of greatest depression in health,—the season when with us choreas are apt to originate[5] or to recur, and when habitual epileptic fits become more frequent in such as are the victims of that disease.
I know some people who lose weight in winter, and even more who gain weight in spring, which is our season of greatest health decline — the time when we are likely to experience choreas or when habitual epileptic seizures become more frequent for those affected by that condition.
Climate has a good deal to do with a tendency to take on fat, and I think the first thing which strikes an American in England is the number of inordinately fat middle-aged people, and especially of fat women.
Climate has a lot to do with a tendency to gain weight, and I think the first thing that stands out to an American in England is the number of excessively overweight middle-aged people, especially overweight women.
This excess of flesh we usually associate in idea with slothfulness, but English women exercise more than ours, and live in a land where few days forbid it, so that probably such a tendency to obesity is due chiefly to climatic causes. To these latter also we may no doubt ascribe the habits of the English as to food. They are larger feeders than we, and both sexes consume strong beer in a manner which would in this country be destructive of health. These habits aid, I suspect, in producing the more general fatness in middle and later life, and those enormous occasional growths which so amaze an American when first he sets foot in London. But, whatever be the cause, it is probable that members of the prosperous classes of English, over forty, would outweigh the average American of equal height of that period, and this must make, I should think, some difference in their relative liability to certain forms of disease, because the overweight of our trans-Atlantic cousins is plainly due to excess of fat.
This excess body weight is often linked with laziness, but English women exercise more than ours do and live in a country where few days prevent it, so this tendency to gain weight is likely mostly due to climate. We can probably also attribute their eating habits to these climatic factors. They tend to eat larger portions than we do, and both men and women drink strong beer in a way that would be harmful to health here. I suspect these habits contribute to the general weight gain seen in middle and later life, as well as those huge occasional increases in size that astonish Americans when they first visit London. However, whatever the reason, it seems likely that members of the prosperous English classes over forty would weigh more than the average American of the same height during that time, which I think must influence their relative susceptibility to certain diseases, since the extra weight of our transatlantic cousins clearly comes from excess fat.
I have sought in vain for English tables giving the weight of men and women of various heights at like ages. The material for such a study of men in America is given in Gould's researches published by the United States Sanitary Commission, and in Baxter's admirable report,[6] but is lacking for women. A comparison of these points as between English and Americans of both sexes would be of great interest.
I have searched in vain for English tables that show the weights of men and women of different heights at similar ages. The data for studying men in America is available in Gould's research published by the United States Sanitary Commission, and in Baxter's excellent report,[6] but there isn't any for women. Comparing these aspects between English and American individuals of both genders would be very interesting.
I doubt whether in this country as notable a growth in bulk as multitudes of English attain would be either healthy or desirable in point of comfort, owing to the distress which stout people feel in our hot summer weather. Certainly "Banting" is with us a rarely-needed process, and, as a rule, we have much more frequent occasion to fatten than to thin our patients. The climatic peculiarities which have changed our voices, sharpened our features, and made small the American hand and foot, have also made us, in middle and advanced life, a thinner and more sallow race, and, possibly, adapted us better to the region in which we live. The same changes in form are in like manner showing themselves in the English race in Australia.[7]
I doubt that in this country a significant increase in size like what many English people experience would be either healthy or comfortable, given the discomfort that heavier people feel during our hot summers. Clearly, "Banting" is rarely necessary for us, and usually, we have much more reason to help our patients gain weight than to help them lose it. The unique climate has changed our voices, sharpened our features, and made our hands and feet smaller, and it has also made us, in middle and later life, a thinner and paler population, possibly better suited to the region we live in. Similar changes in body shape are also appearing in the English population in Australia.[7]
Some gain in flesh as life goes on is a frequent thing here as elsewhere, and usually has no unwholesome meaning. Occasionally we see people past the age of sixty suddenly taking on fat and becoming at once unwieldy and feeble, the fat collecting in masses about the belly and around the joints. Such an increase is sometimes accompanied with fatty degeneration of the heart and muscles, and with a certain watery flabbiness in the limbs, which, however, do not pit on pressure.
Some weight gain as life goes on is common here and everywhere else, and it usually doesn't have any negative connotations. Occasionally, we notice people over sixty suddenly gaining weight, becoming both clumsy and weak, with fat accumulating around the abdomen and joints. This weight gain can sometimes be linked to fatty degeneration of the heart and muscles, and a kind of watery softness in the limbs, although they don’t indent when pressed.
Alcoholism also gives rise in some people to a vast increase of adipose tissue, and the sodden, unwholesome fatness of the hard drinker is a sufficiently well known and unpleasant spectacle. The overgrowth of inert people who do not exercise enough to use up a healthy amount of overfed tissues is common enough as an individual peculiarity, but there are also two other conditions in which fat is apt to be accumulated to an uncomfortable extent. Thus, in some cases of hysteria where the patient lies abed owing to her belief that she is unable to move about, she is apt in time to become enormously stout. This seems to me also to be favored by the large use of morphia to which such women are prone, so that I should say that long rest, the hysterical constitution, and the accompanying resort to morphia make up a group of conditions highly favorable to increase of fat.
Alcoholism can lead to a significant increase in body fat for some people, and the heavy, unhealthy appearance of a heavy drinker is a __ well-known and unpleasant sight. It's pretty common to see overweight individuals who don't exercise enough to burn off their excess body fat, but there are also two other situations where fat tends to build up uncomfortably. For example, in some cases of hysteria where the patient stays in bed because she believes she can't move, she often becomes extremely overweight over time. This seems to be worsened by the heavy use of morphine that these women tend to resort to, so I would say that prolonged rest, the hysterical tendency, and the use of morphine together create conditions that significantly promote weight gain.
Lastly, there is the class of fat anæmic people, usually women. This double peculiarity is rather uncommon, but, as the mass of thin-blooded persons are as a rule thin or losing flesh, there must be something unusual in that anæmia which goes with gain in flesh.
Lastly, there’s a group of overweight anemic people, usually women. This combination is pretty rare, but since most people with low blood are generally thin or losing weight, there must be something unusual about the anemia that occurs alongside weight gain.
Bauer[8] thinks that lessened number of blood-corpuscles gives rise to storing of fat, owing to lessened tissue-combustion. At all events, the absorption of oxygen diminishes after bleeding, and it used to be well known that some people grew fat when bled at intervals. Also, it is said that cattle-breeders in some localities—certainly not in this country—bleed their cattle to cause increase of fat in the tissues, or of fat secreted as butter in the milk. These explanations aid us but little to comprehend what, after all, is only met with in certain persons, and must therefore involve conditions not common to every one who is anæmic. Meanwhile, the group of fat anæmics is of the utmost clinical interest, as I shall by and by point out more distinctly.
Bauer[8] believes that a lower number of blood cells leads to fat storage due to reduced tissue combustion. In any case, oxygen absorption decreases after bleeding, and it has been well known that some people gain weight when they are bled regularly. Additionally, it is said that cattle breeders in some areas—not in this country—bleed their cattle to promote fat accumulation in their tissues or to increase the fat secreted as butter in the milk. These explanations help us very little in understanding what is ultimately only seen in certain individuals and must therefore involve conditions not common to everyone who is anemic. Meanwhile, the group of fat anemics is of great clinical interest, as I will explain more clearly later.
There is a popular idea, which has probably passed from the agriculturist into the common mind of the community, to the effect that human fat varies,—that some fat is wholesome and some unwholesome, that there are good fats and bad fats. I remember well an old nurse who assured me when I was a student that "some fats is fast and some is fickle, but cod-oil fat is easy squandered."
There’s a common belief that seems to have come from farmers into the general thinking of society, which suggests that human fat varies—that some fats are healthy while others aren’t, that there are good fats and bad fats. I vividly remember an old nurse who told me when I was a student, "Some fats are reliable and some are unpredictable, but cod liver oil fat is easy to waste."
There are more facts in favor of some such idea than I have place for, but as yet we have no distinct chemical knowledge as to whether the fats put on under alcohol or morphia, or rapidly by the use of oils, or pathologically in fatty degenerations, or in anæmia, vary in their constituents. It is not at all unlikely that such is the case, and that, for example, the fat of an obese anæmic person may differ from that of a fat and florid person. The flabby, relaxed state of many fat people is possibly due not alone to peculiarities of the fat, but also to want of tone and tension in the areolar tissues, which, from all that we now know of them, may be capable of undergoing changes as marked as those of muscles.
There are more facts supporting this idea than I have space for, but we still lack clear chemical knowledge about whether the fats gained through alcohol or morphine, or quickly through oils, or pathologically in fatty degeneration or anemia, differ in their makeup. It’s quite possible that this is true, and that, for instance, the fat of an obese person with anemia may differ from that of a healthy, robust individual. The loose, relaxed condition of many overweight people might be due not only to the characteristics of the fat but also to a lack of tone and tension in the connective tissues, which, as we currently understand, may be capable of undergoing changes as significant as those in muscles.
That, however, animals may take on fat which varies in character is well known to breeders of cattle. "The art of breeding and feeding stock," says Dr. Letheby,[9] "is to overcome excessive tendency to accumulation of either surface fat or visceral fat, and at the same time to produce a fat which will not melt or boil away in cooking. Oily foods have a tendency to make soft fats which will not bear cooking." Such differences are also seen between English and American bacon, the former being much more solid; and we know, also, that the fat of different animals varies remarkably, and that some, as the fat of hay-fed horses, is readily worked off. Such facts as these may reasonably be held to sustain the popular creed as to there being bad fats and good fats, and they teach us the lesson that in man, as in animals, there may be a difference in the value of the fats we acquire, according as they are gained by one means or by another.
That being said, it's well-known among cattle breeders that animals can accumulate different types of fat. "The art of breeding and feeding livestock," says Dr. Letheby,[9] "is to avoid the excessive buildup of either surface fat or visceral fat, while also producing fat that won’t melt or boil away during cooking. Oily foods tend to create soft fats that don't hold up when cooked." You can also see these differences between English and American bacon, with the former being much more solid. Additionally, we know that the fat of different animals varies significantly, and some, like the fat of hay-fed horses, can be easily worked off. These facts support the common belief that there are bad fats and good fats, and they teach us that, just like in animals, the value of the fats we consume can differ based on how they are obtained.
The recent researches of L. Langer have certainly shown that the fatty tissues of man vary at different ages, in the proportion of the fatty acids they contain.
The recent studies by L. Langer have definitely shown that human fatty tissues change at different ages in the amounts of fatty acids they contain.
I have had occasion, of late years, to watch with interest the process of somewhat rapid but quite wholesome gain in flesh in persons subjected to the treatment which I shall by and by describe. Most of these persons were treated by massage, and I have been accustomed to question the masseur or masseuse as to the manner in which the change takes place. Usually it is first seen in the face and neck, then it is noticed in the back and flanks, next in the belly, and finally in the limbs, the legs coming last in the order of gain, and sometimes remaining comparatively thin long after other parts have made remarkable and visible gain. These observations have been checked by careful measurements, so that I am sure of their correctness for people who fatten while at rest in bed. The order of increase might be different in people who fatten while afoot.
I’ve recently had the chance to watch with interest how some people quickly, but healthily, gain weight through a treatment that I’ll describe shortly. Most of these individuals were treated with massage, and I usually ask the masseur or masseuse about how this change happens. It’s typically first noticeable in the face and neck, then in the back and sides, next in the stomach, and finally in the limbs, with the legs gaining weight last and sometimes staying relatively thin even after the rest of the body has made significant and visible changes. I’ve verified these observations with careful measurements, so I’m confident in their accuracy for those who gain weight while resting in bed. The order of weight gain might be different for people who gain weight while on their feet.
Facts of this nature suggest that the putting on of fat must be due to very generalized conditions, and be less under the control of local causes than is the nutrition of muscles, for, while it is true that in wasting from nerve-lesions the muscular and fatty tissues alike lessen, it is possible to cause by exercise rapid increase in the bulk of muscle in a limb or a part of a limb, but not in any way to cause direct and limited local increment of fat.
Facts like this imply that gaining fat likely results from overall conditions and is less influenced by local factors compared to muscle nutrition. While it's true that both muscle and fat tissues decrease when there's nerve damage, exercise can lead to a quick increase in muscle size in a limb or part of a limb. However, there's no way to specifically increase fat in a direct and limited area.
Looking back over the whole subject, it will be well for the physician to remember that increase of fat, to be a wholesome condition, should be accompanied by gain in quantity and quality of blood, and that while increase of flesh after illness is desirable, and a good test of successful recovery, it should always go along with improvement in color. Obesity with thin blood is one of the most unmanageable conditions I know of.
Looking back at the entire topic, it’s important for doctors to keep in mind that a healthy increase in fat should also come with improvements in both the quantity and quality of blood. While gaining weight after an illness is a positive sign of recovery, it should always be accompanied by better skin color. Obesity with thin blood is one of the toughest conditions to manage that I’ve encountered.
The exact relations of fatty tissue to the states of health are not as yet well understood; but, since on great exertion or prolonged mental or moral strain or in low fevers we lose fat rapidly, it may be taken for granted that each individual should possess a certain surplus of this readily-lost material. It is the one portion of our body which comes and goes in large amount. Even thin people have it in some quantity always ready, and, despite the fluctuations, every one has a standard share, which varies at different times of life. The mechanism which limits the storing away of an excess is almost unknown, and we are only aware that some foods and lack of exertion favor growth in fat, while action and lessened diet diminish it; but also we know that while any one can be made to lose weight, there are some persons who cannot be made to gain a pound by any possible device, so that in this, as in other things, to spend is easier than to get; although it is clear that the very thin must certainly live, so to speak, from hand to mouth, and have little for emergencies. Whether fat people possess greater power of resistance as against the fatal wasting of certain maladies or not, does not seem to be known, and I fancy that the popular medical belief is rather opposed to a belief in the vital endurance of those who are unusually fat.
The exact relationship between body fat and health isn't fully understood yet. However, since we lose fat quickly during intense exertion, prolonged mental or emotional stress, or in low-grade fevers, it's reasonable to assume that each person should have a certain amount of this easily lost substance. Fat is the one part of our body that can vary significantly. Even thin people always have some fat stored, and despite the ups and downs, everyone has a baseline amount that changes at different stages in life. We don't really know how the body regulates fat storage, but we do know certain foods and not being active promote fat gain, while exercise and reduced calorie intake lead to fat loss. Interestingly, while anyone can be made to lose weight, some individuals just can't seem to gain even a pound, no matter what they try. It’s definitely easier to burn through fat than to put it on. However, it’s clear that very thin individuals often have to live day by day, with little stored for unexpected situations. It remains unclear whether overweight individuals have a better chance of surviving the severe wasting that some diseases cause, but it seems that common medical belief is somewhat against the idea that those who are significantly overweight have greater endurance in terms of health.
That I am not pushing too far this idea of the indicative value of gain of weight may be further seen in persons who suffer from some incurable chronic malady, but who are in other respects well. The relief from their disease, even if temporary, is apt to be signalled by abrupt gain in weight. A remarkable illustration is to be found in those who suffer periodically from severe pain. Cessation of these attacks for a time is sure to result in the putting on of flesh. The case of Captain Catlin[10] is a good example. Owing to an accident of war, he lost a leg, and ever since has had severe neuralgic pain referred to the lost leg. These attacks depend almost altogether on storms. In years of fewest storms they are least numerous, and the bodily weight, which is never insufficient, rises. With their increase it lowers to a certain amount, beneath which it does not fall. His weight is, therefore, indirectly dependent upon the number of storms to the influence of which he is exposed.
The idea that gaining weight has an indicative value is further illustrated by individuals who have some incurable chronic illness but are otherwise healthy. Even a temporary relief from their illness is often marked by a sudden increase in weight. A notable example can be seen in those who experience severe pain periodically. When these pain attacks stop for a while, people typically gain weight. Take Captain Catlin[10] as a good case. He lost a leg due to a war accident and has since suffered from intense nerve pain in the area where his leg used to be. These pain episodes are mostly triggered by storms. In years with fewer storms, these attacks occur less frequently, and his weight—which is never too low—tends to go up. When storms increase, his weight goes down to a certain level but doesn't drop below that. So, his weight is indirectly influenced by the number of storms he experiences.
At present, however, we have to do most largely with the means of attaining that moderate share of stored-away fat which seems to indicate a state of nutritive prosperity and to be essential to those physical needs, such as protection and padding, which fat subserves, no less than to its æsthetic value, as rounding the curves of the human form.
Right now, though, we primarily focus on how to achieve a healthy amount of stored fat, which appears to signify a state of nutritional well-being and is necessary for physical needs like protection and cushioning that fat provides, as well as its aesthetic value in shaping the curves of the human body.
The study of the amount of the different forms of diet which is needed by people at rest, and by those who are active, is valuable only to enable us to construct dietaries with care for masses of men and where economy is an object. In dealing with cases such as I shall describe, it is needful usually to give and to have digested a surplus of food, so that we are more concerned now to know the forms of food which thin or fatten, and the means which aid us to digest temporarily an excess.
The study of how much different diets are needed by people who are resting and those who are active is useful mainly for creating meal plans for large groups while considering cost. When dealing with situations like the ones I will describe, it's often necessary to provide and digest more food than usual, so we are now more focused on understanding which foods can help with weight loss or gain, and the methods that help us temporarily digest extra food.
As to quantity, it suffices to say that while by lessening food we may easily and surely make people lose weight, we cannot be sure to fatten by merely increasing the amount of food given; something more is wanted in the way of digestives or tonics to enable the patient to prepare and appropriate what is given, and but too often we fail miserably in all our means of giving capacity to assimilate food. As I have said before, and wish to repeat, to gain in fat is, in the feeble, nearly always to gain in blood; and I hope to point out in these pages some of the means by which these ends can be attained.
As for quantity, it's enough to say that while reducing food can easily and reliably help people lose weight, simply increasing the amount of food doesn’t guarantee that they will gain weight; something more is needed in the way of digestives or tonics to help the patient process and make use of what is provided, and too often we fail miserably in all our efforts to enhance the capacity to digest food. As I’ve mentioned before, and want to emphasize again, gaining weight for the weak almost always means gaining blood; and I hope to highlight in these pages some of the ways to achieve these goals.
Note.—The statements made on page 21 and the following paragraphs about obesity in England and with us are no longer exact, but have been allowed to stand in the text as recording facts true at the time of writing them, in 1877. At the present a medical observer familiar with both countries must note several decided changes: more fat people, more people even enormously stout, are seen with us than formerly, and fewer of the "inordinately fat middle-aged people" in England than used to be encountered. With us the over-fat are chiefly to be found among the women of the well-to-do classes of the cities, and from thirty years old onward. They persecute the medical men to reduce their weight, and the vast number of advertisements of quack and proprietary remedies against obesity indicate how wide-spread the tendency must be.
Note.—The statements made on page 21 and the following paragraphs about obesity in England and here are no longer accurate, but have been kept in the text as they reflect facts that were true at the time of writing in 1877. Currently, a medical observer familiar with both countries would notice several significant changes: there are more overweight people, including many who are extremely overweight, here than there used to be, and there are fewer of the "excessively overweight middle-aged people" in England than there used to be. Here, the majority of the overweight individuals are primarily among the affluent women in urban areas, particularly from the age of thirty and up. They pressure medical professionals to help them lose weight, and the large number of ads for fake and commercial weight loss products shows how widespread this issue must be.
Among women somewhat younger, as indeed among men, the American observer whose recollection takes him back twenty-five years must note a more hopeful change, a very decided average increase of stature, not merely in height but in general development. This change is to be seen throughout the whole country, and must be taken first as a sign of improved conditions of food and manner of life, and next, if not more largely, of the new interest and partnership of girls in the wholesome activities of field and wood.
Among younger women, and indeed among men as well, the American observer who can remember back twenty-five years must notice a hopeful change—a noticeable overall increase in height and general development. This change is evident across the entire country and should first be seen as a sign of better food and living conditions, as well as, if not more significantly, the new interest and involvement of girls in healthy activities in nature.
CHAPTER III.
ON THE SELECTION OF CASES FOR TREATMENT.
The remarks of the last chapter have, of course, wide and general application in disease, and naturally lead up to what I have to say as to the employment of the systematic treatment to describe which is my chief desire. Its use, as a whole, is limited to certain groups of cases. In some of the worst of them nothing else has succeeded hitherto, or at least as frequently. In others the need for its application must depend on convenience and the fact that all other and readier means have failed. It is, of course, difficult to state now all the groups of diseases in which it may be of value, for already physicians have begun to find it serviceable in some to which I had not thought of applying it,[11] and its sphere of usefulness is therefore likely to extend beyond the limits originally set by me. It will be well here, however, to state the various disorders in which it has seemed to me applicable. As regards some of them, I shall try briefly to indicate why their peculiarities point it out as needful.
The comments from the last chapter have, of course, a broad and general application in illness, and naturally lead into what I want to discuss regarding the use of systematic treatment, which is my main focus. Its application, in general, is limited to certain groups of cases. In some of the worst situations, nothing else has worked as well so far, or at least not as often. In other cases, the need for its use will depend on convenience and the fact that all other quicker methods have failed. It’s challenging to list all the groups of diseases where it might be helpful, as physicians have already started finding it useful in some cases I hadn’t considered applying it to,[11] so its area of effectiveness will likely expand beyond what I initially outlined. However, it’s important to mention the various disorders where I believe it can be applied. For some of these, I will briefly explain why their specific characteristics make this treatment necessary.
There are, of course, numerous cases in which it becomes desirable to fatten and to make blood. In many of them these are easy tasks, and in some altogether hopeless. Persons who are recovering healthfully from fevers, pneumonias, and other temporary maladies gather flesh and make blood readily, and we need only to help them by the ordinary tonics, careful feeding, and change of air in due season.
There are definitely many situations where it's important to gain weight and build up blood. In many cases, these tasks are straightforward, while in others they can be completely impossible. People who are recovering well from fevers, pneumonia, and other short-term illnesses tend to gain weight and produce blood easily, and we just need to assist them with regular tonics, proper nutrition, and a timely change of scenery.
It may not, however, be out of place to say here that when the convalescence from these maladies seems to be slower than is common, and ordinary tonics inefficient, massage and the use of electricity are not unimportant aids towards health, but in such cases require to be handled with an amount of caution which is less requisite in more chronic conditions of disordered health.
It might be worth mentioning that when recovery from these illnesses is slower than usual and regular tonics don’t seem to help, massage and electrical treatments can be valuable aids in restoring health. However, in these situations, they need to be approached with more caution than in more chronic health issues.
In other and fatal or graver maladies, such as, for example, advanced pulmonary phthisis, however proper it may be to fatten, it is almost an impossible task, and, as Pollock remarks, the lung-trouble may be advancing even while the patient is gaining in weight. Nevertheless, the earlier stages of pulmonary tuberculosis are suitable cases, and with sufficient attention to purity and frequent change of air in their rooms tubercular sufferers may be brought by this means to a point of improvement where open-air and altitude cures will have their best effects.
In more serious illnesses, like advanced lung disease, no matter how beneficial it might be to gain weight, it’s nearly impossible. As Pollock points out, the lung condition might worsen even while the patient is putting on pounds. However, in the earlier stages of pulmonary tuberculosis, patients can benefit from treatment. With enough focus on clean air and regular ventilation in their rooms, those suffering from tuberculosis can reach a point of improvement where treatments in open-air environments and higher altitudes will be most effective.
There remains a class of cases desirable to fatten and redden,—cases which are often, or usually, chronic in character, and present among them some of the most difficult problems which perplex the physician. If I pause to dwell upon these, it is because they exemplify forms of disease in which my method of treatment has had the largest success; it is because some of them are simply living records of the failure of every other rational plan and of many irrational ones; it is because many of them find no place in the text-book, however sadly familiar they are to the physician.
There are still cases worth enhancing and improving—cases that are often chronic and present some of the toughest challenges for doctors. If I take a moment to focus on these, it's because they showcase types of illness where my treatment approach has achieved the most success; it's also because some are clear examples of how every other sensible treatment, and many nonsensical ones, have failed; and it's because many of these cases are absent from textbooks, even though they're all too familiar to physicians.
The group I would speak of contains that large number of people who are kept meagre and often also anæmic by constant dyspepsia, in its varied forms, or by those defects in assimilative processes which, while more obscure, are as fertile parents of similar mischiefs. Let us add the long-continued malarial poisonings, and we have a group of varied origin which is a moderate percentage of cases in which loss of weight and loss of color are noticeable, and in which the usual therapeutic methods do sometimes utterly fail.
The group I want to talk about includes a large number of people who are kept thin and often also anemic due to ongoing digestive issues in their various forms, or due to those less obvious problems with nutrient absorption, which, while more subtle, lead to similar troubles. If we also consider the long-term effects of malaria, we have a diverse group that represents a moderate percentage of cases where noticeable weight loss and skin color loss occur, and in which standard treatments sometimes completely fail.
For many of these, fresh air, exercise, change of scene, tonics, and stimulants are alike valueless; and for them the combined employment of the tonic influences I shall describe, when used with absolute rest, massage, and electricity, is often of inestimable service.
For many of these people, fresh air, exercise, a change of scenery, tonics, and stimulants are all useless; and for them, the combined use of the tonic methods I will describe, when paired with complete rest, massage, and electricity, is often invaluable.
A portion of the class last referred to is one I have hinted at as the despair of the physician. It includes that large group of women, especially, said to have nervous exhaustion, or who are defined as having spinal irritation, if that be the prominent symptom. To it I must add cases in which, besides the wasting and anæmia, emotional manifestations predominate, and which are then called hysterical, whether or not they exhibit ovarian or uterine disorders.
A part of the group I just mentioned is one that I’ve pointed out as a cause of despair for doctors. It includes a large number of women who are said to have nervous exhaustion or are labeled as having spinal irritation if that’s the main symptom. I also need to include cases where, in addition to weight loss and anemia, emotional symptoms are the main issue, and these are referred to as hysterical, regardless of whether or not they show ovarian or uterine issues.
Nothing is more common in practice than to see a young woman who falls below the health-standard, loses color and plumpness, is tired all the time, by and by has a tender spine, and soon or late enacts the whole varied drama of hysteria. As one or other set of symptoms is prominent she gets the appropriate label, and sometimes she continues to exhibit only the single phase of nervous exhaustion or of spinal irritation. Far more often she runs the gauntlet of nerve-doctors, gynæcologists, plaster jackets, braces, water-treatment, and all the fantastic variety of other cures.
Nothing is more common than seeing a young woman who doesn’t meet health standards, loses her color and weight, feels tired all the time, eventually develops a sensitive spine, and sooner or later goes through the whole range of hysteria symptoms. When one or another set of symptoms stands out, she gets the right label, and sometimes she only shows signs of nervous exhaustion or spinal irritation. More often than not, she goes through a series of treatments with nerve specialists, gynecologists, orthopedic braces, water therapy, and a whole range of other unusual remedies.
It will be worth while to linger here a little and more sharply delineate the classes of cases I have just named.
It’s worth taking a moment to stay here and clearly define the types of cases I just mentioned.
I see every week—almost every day—women who when asked what is the matter reply, "Oh, I have nervous exhaustion." When further questioned, they answer that everything tires them. Now, it is vain to speak of all of these cases as hysterical, or as merely mimetic. It is quite sure that in the graver examples exercise quickens the pulse curiously, the tire shows in the face, or sometimes diarrhoea or nausea follows exertion, and though while under excitement or in the presence of some dominant motive they can do a good deal, the exhaustion which ensues is out of proportion to the exercise used.
I see women almost every day who, when asked what's wrong, say, "Oh, I have nervous exhaustion." When I ask more about it, they say everything tires them out. It’s pointless to label all these cases as hysterical or simply imitating others. In the more serious cases, exercise strangely speeds up their heart rate, exhaustion shows on their faces, and sometimes they experience diarrhea or nausea after exertion. Even though they can manage quite a bit when they're excited or focused on something important, the fatigue that follows is way out of proportion to the amount of exercise they did.
I have rarely seen such a case which was not more or less lacking in color and which had not lost flesh; the exceptions being those troublesome instances of fat anæmic people which I shall by and by speak of more fully.
I have rarely seen a case that wasn’t somewhat dull and hadn’t lost some weight; the exceptions being those frustrating cases of overweight anemic people that I will discuss in more detail later.
Perhaps a sketch of one of these cases will be better than any list of symptoms. A woman, most often between twenty and thirty years of age, undergoes a season of trial or encounters some prolonged strain. She may have undertaken the hard task of nursing a relative, and have gone through this severe duty with the addition of emotional excitement, swayed by hopes and fears, and forgetful of self and of what every one needs in the way of air and food and change when attempting this most trying task. In another set of cases an illness is the cause, and she never rallies entirely, or else some local uterine trouble starts the mischief, and, although this is cured, the doctor wonders that his patient does not get fat and ruddy again.
Maybe a description of one of these cases will be more helpful than just listing symptoms. A woman, usually between twenty and thirty years old, goes through a tough time or faces some ongoing stress. She might have taken on the demanding role of caring for a family member, handling this tough responsibility alongside a lot of emotional ups and downs, driven by hopes and fears, and neglecting her own needs for air, food, and a break while trying to manage this very challenging situation. In other cases, an illness is the cause, and she never fully recovers, or a specific uterine issue creates the problem. Although this issue gets resolved, the doctor is puzzled why his patient doesn’t regain her healthy weight and color.
But, no matter how it comes about, whether from illness, anxiety, or prolonged physical effort, the woman grows pale and thin, eats little, or if she eats does not profit by it. Everything wearies her,—to sew, to write, to read, to walk,—and by and by the sofa or the bed is her only comfort. Every effort is paid for dearly, and she describes herself as aching and sore, as sleeping ill and awaking unrefreshed, and as needing constant stimulus and endless tonics. Then comes the mischievous role of bromides, opium, chloral, and brandy. If the case did not begin with uterine troubles, they soon appear, and are usually treated in vain if the general means employed to build up the bodily health fail, as in many of these cases they do fail. The same remark applies to the dyspepsias and constipation which further annoy the patient and embarrass the treatment. If such a person is by nature emotional she is sure to become more so, for even the firmest women lose self-control at last under incessant feebleness. Nor is this less true of men; and I have many a time seen soldiers who had ridden boldly with Sheridan or fought gallantly with Grant become, under the influence of painful nerve-wounds, as irritable and hysterically emotional as the veriest girl. If no rescue comes, the fate of women thus disordered is at last the bed. They acquire tender spines, and furnish the most lamentable examples of all the strange phenomena of hysteria.
But no matter how it happens, whether from illness, anxiety, or prolonged physical effort, the woman becomes pale and thin, eats little, or if she does eat, it doesn’t benefit her. Everything tires her—sewing, writing, reading, walking—and eventually the sofa or the bed becomes her only comfort. Every effort comes at a high cost, and she describes herself as aching and sore, sleeping poorly and waking up feeling unrefreshed, constantly needing stimulation and endless tonics. Then come the troublesome remedies like bromides, opium, chloral, and brandy. If the issue didn’t start with uterine problems, they usually show up soon and are often treated in vain if the general methods used to improve physical health fail, which they often do. The same goes for dyspepsia and constipation that further frustrate the patient and complicate the treatment. If such a person is naturally emotional, she is sure to become even more so, as even the strongest women ultimately lose self-control under persistent weakness. This is equally true for men; I have often seen soldiers who bravely fought with Sheridan or Grant become, due to painful nerve injuries, as irritable and hysterically emotional as the most delicate woman. If no rescue comes, the fate of women in this condition ultimately leads to bed rest. They develop tender spines and become some of the most sorrowful examples of all the strange phenomena of hysteria.
The moral degradation which such cases undergo is pitiable. I have heard a good deal of the disciplinary usefulness of sickness, and this may well apply to brief and grave, and what I might call wholesome, maladies. Undoubtedly I have seen a few people who were ennobled by long sickness, but far more often the result is to cultivate self-love and selfishness and to take away by slow degrees the healthful mastery which all human beings should retain over their own emotions and wants.
The moral decline that comes with such cases is sad to see. I've heard a lot about how illness can teach discipline, and this might be true for short, serious, and what I would call beneficial illnesses. Certainly, I've seen a few people who became better individuals through long-term sickness, but more often, it fosters self-importance and selfishness, gradually eroding the healthy control that all people should have over their emotions and desires.
There is one fatal addition to the weight which tends to destroy women who suffer in the way I have described. It is the self-sacrificing love and over-careful sympathy of a mother, a sister, or some other devoted relative. Nothing is more curious, nothing more sad and pitiful, than these partnerships between the sick and selfish and the sound and over-loving. By slow but sure degrees the healthy life is absorbed by the sick life, in a manner more or less injurious to both, until, sometimes too late for remedy, the growth of the evil is seen by others. Usually the individual withdrawn from wholesome duties to minister to the caprices of hysterical sensitiveness is the person of a household who feels most for the invalid, and who for this very reason suffers the most. The patient has pain,—a tender spine, for example; she is urged to give it rest. She cannot read; the self-constituted nurse reads to her. At last light hurts her eyes; the mother or sister remains shut up with her all day in a darkened room. A draught of air is supposed to do harm, and the doors and windows are closed, and the ingenuity of kindness is taxed to imagine new sources of like trouble, until at last, as I have seen more than once, the window-cracks are stuffed with cotton, the chimney is stopped, and even the keyhole guarded. It is easy to see where this all leads to: the nurse falls ill, and a new victim is found. I have seen an hysterical, anæmic girl kill in this way three generations of nurses. If you tell the patient she is basely selfish, she is probably amazed, and wonders at your cruelty. To cure such a case you must morally alter as well as physically amend, and nothing less will answer. The first step needful is to break up the companionship, and to substitute the firm kindness of a well-trained hired nurse.[12]
There’s a dangerous addition to the burden that tends to harm women who suffer in the way I’ve described. It’s the self-sacrificing love and excessively careful sympathy from a mother, sister, or some other devoted relative. Nothing is more strange, sad, or pitiful than these relationships between the sick and needy and the healthy and over-loving. Gradually, the energy of the healthy person gets consumed by the sick, often in a way that harms both, until sometimes, too late to fix it, others notice the extent of the damage. Usually, it’s the household member most empathetic to the invalid who withdraws from their own healthy responsibilities to cater to the whims of someone with hysterical sensitivities, and this person often ends up suffering the most. The patient is in pain — say, with a sensitive spine; she is encouraged to rest. She can’t read; the self-appointed nurse reads to her. Eventually, light hurts her eyes, so the mother or sister stays shut in a dark room all day with her. A draft of air is thought to be harmful, so doors and windows are closed, and the creativity of kindness is pushed to find new ways to avoid similar troubles. Eventually, as I’ve seen happen more than once, gaps in the windows are stuffed with cotton, the chimney is blocked, and even the keyhole is covered. It’s easy to see where this leads: the nurse gets sick, and a new victim is discovered. I’ve seen one anemic, hysterical girl cause three generations of nurses to suffer this way. If you tell the patient that she is selfish, she’s likely to be shocked and question your cruelty. To treat such a case, you need to change both the moral and physical aspects of the situation, and nothing less will suffice. The first necessary step is to break up the companionship and replace it with the firm care of a well-trained hired nurse.[12]
Another form of evil to be encountered in these cases is less easy to deal with. Such an invalid has by unhappy chance to live with some near relative whose temperament is also nervous and who is impatient or irritable. Two such people produce endless mischief for each other. Occasionally there is a strange incompatibility which it is difficult to define. The two people who, owing to their relationship, depend the one on the other, are, for no good reason, made unhappy by their several peculiarities. Lifelong annoyance results, and for them there is no divorce possible.
Another type of evil that comes up in these situations is harder to manage. Someone in this position might unfortunately have to live with a close relative who is also nervous and tends to be impatient or irritable. When two people like this are together, they create endless problems for each other. Sometimes, there’s a strange incompatibility that’s hard to explain. The two people, who rely on each other because of their relationship, end up being unhappy for no good reason because of their individual quirks. This leads to a lifetime of frustration, and there’s no way for them to separate.
In a smaller number of cases, which have less tendency to emotional disturbances, the phenomena are more simple. You have to deal with a woman who has lost flesh and grown colorless, but has no hysterical tendencies. She is merely a person hopelessly below the standard of health and subject to a host of aches and pains, without notable organic disease. Why such people should sometimes be so hard to cure I cannot say. But the sad fact remains. Iron, acids, travel, water-cures, have for a certain proportion of them no value, or little value, and they remain for years feeble and forever tired. For them, as for the whole class, the pleasures of life are limited by this perpetual weariness and by the asthenopia which they rarely escape, and which, by preventing them from reading, leaves them free to study day after day their accumulating aches and distresses.
In fewer cases, which show less tendency toward emotional disturbances, the symptoms are simpler. You have a woman who has lost weight and looks pale but has no hysterical tendencies. She is simply someone who is far below the standard of health and suffers from a variety of aches and pains, without any significant organic disease. Why these people can be so difficult to cure, I can’t say. But it’s a sad reality. Treatments like iron, acids, travel, and water therapies have little or no effect on a certain percentage of them, and they remain weak and perpetually tired for years. For them, as for this entire group, the joys of life are restricted by this constant fatigue and the eye strain they rarely escape, which, by making it hard for them to read, leaves them with plenty of time to contemplate their growing aches and pains day after day.
Medical opinion must, of course, vary as to the causes which give rise to the familiar disorders I have so briefly sketched, but I imagine that few physicians placed face to face with such cases would not feel sure that if they could insure to these patients a liberal gain in fat and in blood they would be certain to need very little else, and that the troubles of stomach, bowels, and uterus would speedily vanish.
Medical opinions will undoubtedly differ regarding the causes of the common disorders I’ve briefly described. However, I believe that few doctors faced with these cases would doubt that if they could ensure these patients a significant increase in fat and blood, they would likely need very little else, and the issues related to the stomach, intestines, and uterus would soon disappear.
I need hardly say that I do not mean by this that the mere addition of blood and normal flesh is what we want, but that their gradual increase will be a visible result of the multitudinous changes in digestive, assimilative, and secretive power in which the whole economy inevitably shares, and of which my relation of cases will be a better statement than any more general one I could make here.
I barely need to point out that I don’t mean to imply that simply adding blood and regular tissue is what we need. Instead, their gradual increase will clearly show the numerous changes in digestion, absorption, and secretion that the entire system inevitably goes through, and my account of cases will be a clearer explanation than any broader statement I could provide here.
Such has certainly been the result of my own very ample experience. If I succeed in first altering the moral atmosphere which has been to the patient like the very breathing of evil, and if I can add largely to the weight and fill the vessels with red blood, I am usually sure of giving general relief to a host of aches, pains, and varied disabilities. If I fail, it is because I fail in these very points, or else because I have overlooked or undervalued some serious organic tissue-change. It must be said that now and then one is beaten by a patient who has an unconquerable taste for invalidism, or one to whom the change of moral atmosphere is not bracing, or by sheer laziness, as in the case of a lady who said to me, as a final argument, "Why should I walk when I can have a negro boy to push me in a chair?"
Such has definitely been the outcome of my extensive experience. If I can first change the negative vibes that feel to the patient like an evil presence, and if I can significantly increase their blood volume, I can usually provide relief from a range of aches, pains, and various issues. If I don't succeed, it's because I've missed the mark on these key areas, or I've overlooked or underestimated some serious changes in organic tissue. I must admit that sometimes I encounter patients who have an unshakeable preference for being ill, or who find the change in atmosphere unhelpful, or who are simply lazy, like one lady who told me, as her last argument, “Why should I walk when I can have a black boy push me in a chair?”
It will have been seen that I am careful in the selection of cases for this treatment. Conducted under the best circumstances for success, it involves a good deal that is costly. Neither does it answer as well, and for obvious reasons, in hospital wards; and this is most true in regard to persons who are demonstratively hysterical. As a rule, the worse the case, the more emaciated, the more easy is it to manage, to control, and to cure. It is, as Playfair remarks, the half-ill who constitute the difficult cases.
It’s clear that I’m careful when choosing cases for this treatment. When done in the best conditions for success, it requires a significant investment. Additionally, it doesn’t work as well, for obvious reasons, in hospital wards; this is especially true for those who are overtly hysterical. Generally, the more severe the case, the more emaciated and easier it is to manage, control, and cure. As Playfair points out, it’s the people who are only half-ill that are the challenging cases.
I am also very careful as to being sure of the absence of certain forms of organic disease before flattering myself with the probability of success. But not all organic troubles forbid the use of this treatment. Advanced Bright's disease does, though the early stages of contracted kidney are decidedly benefited by it, if proper diet be prescribed; but intestinal troubles which are not tubercular or malignant do not; nor do moderate signs of chronic pulmonary deposits, or bronchitis.[13]
I also make sure to confirm the absence of certain types of organic disease before getting my hopes up about the chances of success. However, not all organic issues prevent the use of this treatment. Advanced Bright's disease does, but the early stages of contracted kidney can actually benefit from it, as long as a proper diet is followed. On the other hand, intestinal issues that aren’t tubercular or malignant aren’t a problem, nor are mild signs of chronic lung deposits or bronchitis.[13]
Some special consideration needs to be given to the subject of heart-disease. Especially in cases of broken compensation, by lessening the work required of the heart so that it needs to beat both less often and with less force, the simple maintenance of the recumbent position is a great aid to recovery, and massage properly used will still further relieve the heart. Disturbed compensation is usually accompanied by failure of nutrition, often by distinct anæmia, and these and the anxiety which naturally enough affects the mind of a person with cardiac disorder are all best handled, at first at least, by quiet and rest. Later, the methods of Schott, baths and resistance movements, may carry the improvement further. Even in old and established cases of valvular disease much may be done if the patient have confidence and the physician courage enough to insist upon a sufficient length of rest. The palpitation and dyspnoea of exophthalmic goitre are promptly helped by rest and massage, and with other suitable measures added, cures may be effected even in this intractable ailment.
Some special consideration needs to be given to heart disease. Especially in cases of compromised heart function, reducing the workload on the heart by allowing it to beat less frequently and with less force makes the simple act of lying down a great aid to recovery. Additionally, properly applied massage will further relieve the heart. Disturbed heart function is usually accompanied by poor nutrition and often distinct anemia, along with the anxiety that naturally affects someone with a heart condition. These issues are best managed initially through quiet and rest. Later, methods like Schott's, baths, and resistance exercises may help improve the situation further. Even in older and chronic cases of valvular disease, a lot can be done if the patient has confidence and the doctor is brave enough to insist on a sufficient amount of rest. The palpitations and shortness of breath from exophthalmic goiter are quickly alleviated by rest and massage, and with other appropriate measures added, it is possible to achieve cures even in this difficult condition.
In former editions I have advised against any attempt to treat the true melancholias, which are not mere depression of spirits from loss of all hope of relief, by this method, but wider experience has convinced me that rest and seclusion may often be successfully prescribed to a certain extent and in certain cases.
In earlier editions, I advised against trying to treat true melancholias, which are more than just feeling down from a loss of hope, using this method. However, broader experience has shown me that rest and seclusion can often be effectively recommended to some degree and in specific cases.
Those in which the most good has been done have been the cases of agitated melancholia with attacks, more or less clearly periodic, of excitement, during which their delusions take acuter hold of them and drive them to wild extravagance of noisy talk and bodily restlessness. Whether such patients must be put to bed or not one must judge in each instance, taking into account the general nutrition. In my own practice I certainly do put them to bed now much oftener than formerly. It is not desirable to keep them there for the six or eight weeks which full treatment would demand. Usually it will be of advantage to order, say, two weeks of "absolute rest," observing the usual precautions about getting the patient up, prescribing bed again when the early signs of an attack of agitation appear, and keeping him there for a couple of days on each occasion, during which the full schedule of treatment is to be minutely carried out.
Those cases where the most good has been achieved are those of agitated melancholia with somewhat periodic episodes of excitement, during which their delusions intensify and lead them to excessive talking and restlessness. Whether these patients should be put to bed or not should be judged on a case-by-case basis, considering their overall health. In my own practice, I definitely tend to put them to bed more often than I used to. It's not ideal to keep them there for the six or eight weeks that full treatment would typically require. Usually, it's beneficial to prescribe about two weeks of "absolute rest," while taking the usual precautions about getting the patient up and prescribing bed rest again when early signs of agitation appear, keeping them there for a couple of days each time, during which the full treatment plan should be carefully followed.
Goodell and, more recently, Playfair have pointed out the fact that some cases of disease of the uterine appendages such as would ordinarily be considered hopeless, except for surgical treatment, have in their hands recovered to all appearances entirely; and my own list of patients condemned to the removal of the ovaries but recovering and remaining well has now grown to a formidable length. Playfair observes also that he believes it possible that in even very severe and extensive disease the health of the patient may be sufficiently improved to render operation unnecessary.[14]
Goodell and, more recently, Playfair have noted that some cases of disease in the uterine appendages, which would typically be seen as hopeless without surgery, have completely recovered in their care. My own list of patients who were supposed to have their ovaries removed but have instead recovered and stayed healthy has also grown significantly. Playfair further suggests that even in cases of very severe and widespread disease, it's possible to improve the patient's health enough to make surgery unnecessary.[14]
In cases of floating kidney some very satisfactory results have been reached by long rest; and although it may be necessary to keep the patient supine for three months or more, the reasonable probability of permanent replacement of the organ is much greater than from operative attempts at fixation, apart from the danger and pain of surgical procedures. Persons with floating kidney are nearly always thin, often giving a history of rapid loss of weight, have usually various symptoms of gastric and intestinal disturbance, and present therefore subjects in all ways suitable for a fattening and blood-making régime which shall furnish padding to hold the kidney firmly in its normal place.
In cases of floating kidney, some very good results have been achieved through extended rest. While it might be necessary to keep the patient lying down for three months or longer, the chance of permanently fixing the organ is much higher than from surgical attempts to secure it, not to mention the risks and pain of surgery. People with floating kidney are usually thin, often reporting a history of rapid weight loss, and typically have various symptoms of stomach and intestinal issues. Therefore, they are all-around suitable candidates for a weight-gaining and blood-building régime that can provide cushioning to keep the kidney securely in its normal position.
The treatment of locomotor ataxia and some allied states by this method, with certain modifications, has yielded such good results that I now undertake with reasonable confidence the charge of such patients; and the subject is so important and has as yet influenced so little the futile drugging treatment of these wretched cases that it seems worth while to devote a special chapter to it, although the affections named can scarcely be said to be included under the head of neurasthenic disease.
The treatment of locomotor ataxia and related conditions using this method, with some adjustments, has produced such positive outcomes that I now feel confident in managing these patients. This topic is so important and has had so little impact on the ineffective medicating of these unfortunate cases that it seems worthwhile to dedicate a separate chapter to it, even though the mentioned conditions can hardly be classified as neurasthenic diseases.
In the following chapters I shall treat of the means which I have employed, and shall not hesitate to give such minute details as shall enable others to profit by my failures and successes. In describing the remedies used, and the mode of using them in combination, I shall relate a sufficient number of cases to illustrate both the happier results and the causes of occasional failure.
In the following chapters, I will discuss the methods I used and will not hold back on providing detailed information that can help others learn from my failures and successes. As I describe the treatments I've applied and how I've combined them, I will share enough examples to illustrate both the successful outcomes and the reasons for some occasional setbacks.
The treatment I am about to describe consists in seclusion, certain forms of diet, rest in bed, massage (or manipulation), and electricity; and I desire to insist anew on the fact that in most cases it is the combined use of these means that is wanted. How far they may be modified or used separately in some instances, I shall have occasion to point out as I discuss the various agencies alluded to.
The treatment I'm about to explain includes isolation, specific diets, bed rest, massage (or manipulation), and electricity; and I want to emphasize again that in most cases, it's the combined use of these methods that's necessary. I'll highlight how these can be adjusted or used individually in certain situations as I go over the different methods mentioned.
CHAPTER IV.
SECLUSION.
It is rare to find any of the class of patients I have described so free from the influence of their habitual surroundings as to make it easy to treat them in their own homes. It is needful to disentangle them from the meshes of old habits and to remove them from contact with those who have been the willing slaves of their caprices. I have often made the effort to treat them where they have lived and to isolate them there, but I have rarely done so without promising myself that I would not again complicate my treatment by any such embarrassments. Once separate the patient from the moral and physical surroundings which have become part of her life of sickness, and you will have made a change which will be in itself beneficial and will enormously aid in the treatment which is to follow. Of course this step is not essential in such cases as are merely anæmic, feeble, and thin, owing to distinct causes, like the exhaustion of overwork, blood-losses, dyspepsia, low fevers, or nursing. There are but too many women who have broken down under such causes and failed to climb again to the level of health, despite all that could be done for them; and when such persons are free from emotional excitement or hysterical complications there is no reason why the seclusion needful to secure them repose of mind should not be pleasantly modified in accordance with the dictates of common sense. Very often a little experimentation as to what they will profitably bear in the way of visits and the like will inform us, as their treatment progresses, how far such indulgence is of use or free from hurtful influences. Cases of extreme neurasthenia in men accompanied with nutritive failures require as to this matter cautious handling, because, for some reason, the ennui of rest and seclusion is far better borne by women than by the other sex.
It's uncommon to find patients like the ones I've described who are so unaffected by their usual environment that it makes treating them at home easy. It's important to help them break free from old habits and distance them from those who’ve been too willing to cater to their whims. I've often tried to treat them in their own living spaces and isolate them there, but I rarely do so without telling myself that I won’t complicate my treatment with any such difficulties again. Once you separate the patient from the emotional and physical settings that have become tied to their sickness, you create a change that is beneficial and greatly assists in the upcoming treatment. Of course, this step isn't essential for cases that are simply anemic, weak, and thin due to specific causes, like overexertion, blood loss, digestive issues, low fevers, or breastfeeding. Unfortunately, there are too many women who have broken down due to these causes and have failed to regain their health, despite all possible efforts; and when those individuals are free from emotional turmoil or hysterical issues, there’s no reason why the necessary seclusion to ensure their mental peace shouldn’t be adjusted to make sense practically. Often, a bit of trial and error regarding what they can handle in terms of visits and other interactions will help us understand, as their treatment continues, how much leniency is beneficial or free from negative impacts. Cases of severe neurasthenia in men accompanied by nutritional failures require careful management in this regard because, for some reason, the monotony of rest and isolation is much better tolerated by women than by men.
Even in cases whose moral aspects do not at once suggest an imperative need for seclusion it is well to remember, as regards neurasthenic people, that the treatment involves for a time daily visits of some length from the masseur, the doctor, and possibly an electrician, and that to add to these even a single friendly visitor is often too much to be readily borne; but I am now speaking chiefly of the large and troublesome class of thin-blooded emotional women, for whom a state of weak health has become a long and, almost I might say, a cherished habit. For them there is often no success possible until we have broken up the whole daily drama of the sick-room, with its little selfishness and its craving for sympathy and indulgence. Nor should we hesitate to insist upon this change, for not only shall we then act in the true interests of the patient, but we shall also confer on those near to her an inestimable benefit. An hysterical girl is, as Wendell Holmes has said in his decisive phrase, a vampire who sucks the blood of the healthy people about her; and I may add that pretty surely where there is one hysterical girl there will be soon or late two sick women. If circumstances oblige us to treat such a person in her own home, let us at least change her room, and also have it well understood how far we are to control her surroundings and to govern as to visitors and the company of her own family. Do as we may, we shall always lessen thus our chances of success, but we shall certainly not altogether destroy them.
Even in situations where the moral aspects don’t immediately seem to require isolation, it’s important to remember that for people with neurasthenia, treatment can involve daily visits from the masseur, doctor, and possibly an electrician for a while. Adding just one friendly visitor to this can often be too much for them to handle. I’m particularly referring to the large and difficult group of emotionally sensitive women who have made a state of poor health a long-term and, you might say, a cherished habit. For many of them, success is unlikely until we disrupt the daily routine of the sick room, with its little selfishness and its desire for sympathy and indulgence. We shouldn’t hesitate to enforce this change, because not only will we act in the true interests of the patient, but we will also provide an invaluable benefit to those around her. An hysterical girl is, as Wendell Holmes put it, a vampire who drains the energy of those around her; and I would add that where there is one hysterical girl, there will soon be two sick women. If circumstances require us to treat someone like this in her own home, we should at least change her room and clearly establish how much we will control her environment, including visitors and interactions with her family. Whatever we do, we will always reduce our chances of success, but we won’t completely eliminate them.
I should add here a few words of caution as to the time of year best fitted for treatment. In the summer seclusion is often undesirable when the patient is well enough to gain help by change of air; moreover, at this season massage is less agreeable than in winter, and, as a rule, I find it harder to feed and to fatten persons at rest during our summer heats. That this rule is not without exception has been shown by Drs. Goodell and Sinkler, both of whom have attained some remarkable successes in midsummer.
I should add a few words of caution about the best time of year for treatment. In the summer, staying secluded can be less desirable when the patient is healthy enough to benefit from fresh air; also, massage tends to be less pleasant in the summer than in winter, and I generally find it more challenging to feed and fatten people who are resting during the heat of summer. However, this isn't always the case, as demonstrated by Drs. Goodell and Sinkler, both of whom have achieved some impressive successes in midsummer.
One of the questions of most importance in the carrying out of this treatment is the choice of a nurse. Just as it is desirable to change the home of the patient, her diet, her atmosphere, so also is it well, for the mere alterative value of such change, to surround her with strangers and to put aside any nurse with whom she may have grown familiar. As I have sometimes succeeded in treating invalids in their own homes, so have I occasionally been able to carry through cases nursed by a mother, or sister, or friend of exceptional firmness; but to attempt this is to be heavily handicapped, and the position should never be accepted if it be possible to make other arrangements. Any firm, intelligent woman of tact, a stranger to the patient, is better than the old style of nurse, now, happily, disappearing. The nurse for these cases ought to be a young, active, quick-witted woman, capable of firmly but gently controlling her patient. She ought to be intelligent, able to interest her patient, to read aloud, and to write letters. The more of these cases she has seen and nursed, the easier becomes the task of the doctor. Young, I have said she ought to be, but youthful would be a better word. If, as she grows older, the nurse loses the strenuous enthusiasm with which she made her first entrance into her work, scarcely any amount of conscientious devotion or experience will ever replace it; but there are fortunate people who seem never to grow old in this sense. It is always to be borne in mind that most of these patients are over-sensitive, refined, and educated women, for whom the clumsiness, or want of neatness, or bad manners, or immodesty of a nurse may be a sore and steadily-increasing trial. To be more or less isolated for two months in a room, with one constant attendant, however good, is hard enough for any one to endure; and certain quite small faults or defects in a nurse may make her a serious impediment to the treatment, because no mere technical training will dispense in the nurse any more than in the physician with those finer natural qualifications which make their training available. Over-harshness is in some ways worse than over-easiness, because it makes less pleasant the relation between nurse and patient, and the latter should regard the former as her "next friend." Let the nurse, therefore, place upon the doctor the burden of decision in disputed matters; his position will not be injured with the patient by strict enforcement of the letter of the law, while the nurse's may be. But one nurse will suit one patient and not another: so that I never hesitate to change my nurse if she does not fit the case, and to change if necessary more than once.
One of the most important questions when carrying out this treatment is selecting a nurse. Just as it’s helpful to change the patient’s home, diet, and environment, it’s also beneficial to have her surrounded by strangers and to replace any nurse she may have become familiar with. While I’ve sometimes managed to treat patients in their own homes, I’ve also occasionally worked with cases nursed by a mother, sister, or exceptionally strong friend; however, trying this is a significant challenge, and it should never be the first choice if other arrangements can be made. Any strong, intelligent woman with tact, who is a stranger to the patient, is better than the outdated nurse style that is thankfully becoming rare. The nurse for these cases should be a young, active, quick-witted woman who can firmly yet gently manage her patient. She should be intelligent, capable of engaging her patient, reading aloud, and writing letters. The more experience she has with these types of cases, the easier the doctor’s job becomes. I mentioned she should be young, but "youthful" would be a better term. If, as she gets older, the nurse loses the enthusiastic drive she had when she first started, no amount of dedication or experience will replace it; however, some fortunate individuals seem to never lose that youthful spirit. It’s important to remember that most of these patients are overly sensitive, refined, and educated women, for whom a nurse's lack of grace, neatness, manners, or decorum could be an increasing source of frustration. Being somewhat isolated for two months in a room with one constant caregiver, no matter how skilled, is challenging enough; minor flaws in a nurse can seriously hinder treatment since neither technical training alone can substitute for the natural qualities that make training effective, whether in a nurse or a physician. Being overly harsh is often worse than being too lenient because it can make the relationship between nurse and patient uncomfortable; the patient should view the nurse as a "next friend." Therefore, the nurse should allow the doctor to make decisions in disputed matters; enforcing the letter of the law strictly won’t harm the doctor’s standing with the patient, but may negatively affect the nurse’s. However, one nurse might work well for one patient but not for another, so I always change the nurse if she doesn’t fit the case, even if it means doing so more than once if necessary.
The degree of seclusion should be prescribed from the first, and it is far better to find that the original rules may be profitably relaxed than to be obliged to draw the lines more strictly when the patient has at first been indulged. For instance, it is well to forbid the receipt of any letters from home, unless anxious relatives insist that the patient must have home news. In that case the letters should be mere bulletins, should contain nothing, no matter how trifling, that might annoy a too sensitive person, and, most important of all, should come to the nurse and by her be read to the patient.
The level of isolation should be set from the beginning, and it’s much better to find that the original rules can be relaxed beneficially than to have to enforce stricter rules later once the patient has been spoiled. For example, it’s a good idea to prevent the patient from receiving any letters from home unless worried family members insist that the patient needs news from home. In that case, the letters should be just updates, should contain nothing, no matter how small, that might upset a sensitive person, and, most importantly, should be delivered to the nurse who will read them to the patient.
CHAPTER V.
REST.
I have said more than once in the early chapters of this little volume that the treatment I wished to advise as of use in a certain range of cases was made up of rest, massage, electricity, and over-feeding. I said that the use of large amounts of food while at rest, more or less entire, was made possible by the practice of kneading the muscles and by moving them with currents able to effect this end. I desire now to discuss in turn the modes in which I employ rest, massage, and electricity, and, as I have promised, I shall take pains to give, in regard to these three subjects, the fullest details, because success in the treatment depends, I am sure, on the care with which we look after a number of things each in itself apparently of slight moment.
I’ve mentioned several times in the early chapters of this book that the approach I recommend for certain cases includes rest, massage, electricity, and overfeeding. I noted that consuming large amounts of food while resting—essentially completely at rest—was facilitated by massaging the muscles and using electrical currents to aid in this process. Now, I want to go through how I utilize rest, massage, and electricity. As I promised, I will provide detailed information on these three topics because I truly believe that the success of the treatment relies on our careful attention to many seemingly minor but important aspects.
I have no doubt that many doctors have seen fit at times to put their patients at rest for great or small lengths of time, but the person who of all others within my knowledge used this means most, and used it so as to obtain the best results, was the late Professor Samuel Jackson. He was in the habit of making his patients remain in bed for many weeks at a time, and, if I recall his cases well, he used this treatment in just the class of disorders among women which have given me the best results. What these are I have been at some pains to define, and I have now only to show why in such people rest is of service, and what I mean by rest, and how I apply it.
I have no doubt that many doctors have found it necessary at times to have their patients rest for varying lengths of time, but the person who, more than anyone else I know, used this approach most effectively was the late Professor Samuel Jackson. He often had his patients stay in bed for many weeks at a time, and if I remember his cases correctly, he applied this treatment specifically to the types of disorders in women that have yielded the best results for me. I have taken some time to identify what these disorders are, and now I just need to explain why rest is beneficial for these individuals, what I mean by rest, and how I implement it.
In No. IV. of Dr. Séguin's series of American Clinical Lectures, I was at some pains to point out the value of repose in neuralgias, and especially sciatica, in myelitis, and in the early stages of locomotor ataxia, and I have since then had the pleasure of seeing these views very fully accepted. I shall now confine myself chiefly to its use in the various forms of weakness which exist with thin blood and wasting, with or without distinct lesions of the stomach, womb, or other organs.
In No. IV of Dr. Séguin's series of American Clinical Lectures, I took the time to highlight the importance of rest in cases of neuralgia, especially sciatica, myelitis, and the early stages of locomotor ataxia. Since then, I have been pleased to see these ideas widely accepted. I will now focus mainly on its application in various forms of weakness associated with thin blood and wasting, whether or not there are clear issues with the stomach, uterus, or other organs.
Whether we shall ask a patient to walk or to take rest is a question which turns up for answer almost every day in practice. Most often we incline to insist on exercise, and are led to do so from a belief that many people walk too little, and that to move about a good deal every day is well for everybody. I think we are as often wrong as right. A good brisk daily walk is for well folks a tonic, breaks down old tissues, and creates a wholesome demand for food. The same is true for some sick people. The habit of horse-exercise or a long walk every day is needed to cure or to aid in the cure of disordered stomach and costive bowels, but if all exertion gives rise only to increase of trouble, to extreme sense of fatigue, to nausea, to headache, what shall we do? And suppose that tonics do not help to make exertion easy, and that the great tonic of change of air fails us, shall we still persist? And here lies the trouble: there are women who mimic fatigue, who indulge themselves in rest on the least pretence, who have no symptoms so truly honest that we need care to regard them. These are they who spoil their own nervous systems as they spoil their children, when they have them, by yielding to the least desire and teaching them to dwell on little pains. For such people there is no help but to insist on self-control and on daily use of the limbs. They must be told to exert themselves, and made to do so if that can be. If they are young, this is easy enough. If they have grown to middle life, and created habits of self-indulgence, the struggle is often useless. But few, however, among these women are free from some defect of blood or tissue, either original or acquired as a result of years of indolence and attention to aches and ailments which should never have had given to them more than a passing thought, and which certainly should not have been made an excuse for the sofa or the bed.
Whether we should ask a patient to walk or rest is a question that comes up almost every day in practice. Most of the time, we lean towards encouraging exercise, believing that many people don’t walk enough and that moving around daily is beneficial for everyone. I think we’re just as often wrong as we are right. A good, brisk daily walk is a tonic for healthy individuals, breaking down old tissues and creating a healthy appetite. The same applies to some sick individuals. Regular horse riding or a long daily walk is needed to help heal or support the healing of digestive issues and constipation, but what should we do if any exertion only leads to increased trouble, extreme fatigue, nausea, or headaches? And if tonics don’t help make physical activity easier, and the great tonic of a change in environment isn’t effective, should we keep insisting? This is the problem: some women fake fatigue, indulge in rest for the slightest reason, and have symptoms so unreliable that we don’t really need to pay attention to them. These are the ones who damage their own nervous systems and their children’s by giving in to every little desire and teaching them to focus on minor pains. For these individuals, the only solution is to enforce self-control and regular use of their bodies. They must be told to push themselves, and made to do so if possible. If they’re young, this is fairly easy. If they’ve reached middle age and developed habits of self-indulgence, the struggle is often in vain. Yet, among these women, few are free from some form of blood or tissue issue, either inherent or acquired from years of laziness and obsession over aches and pains that should have only received a fleeting thought and certainly shouldn’t have become excuses for spending too much time on the sofa or in bed.
Sometimes the question is easy to settle. If you find a woman who is in good condition as to color and flesh, and who is always able to do what it pleases her to do, and who is tired by what does not please her, that is a woman to order out of bed and to control with a firm and steady will. That is a woman who is to be made to walk, with no regard to her complaints, and to be made to persist until exertion ceases to give rise to the mimicry of fatigue. In such cases the man who can insure belief in his opinions and obedience to his decrees secures very often most brilliant and sometimes easy success; and it is in such cases that women who are in all other ways capable doctors fail, because they do not obtain the needed control over those of their own sex. I have been struck with this a number of times, but I have also seen that to be too long and too habitually in the hands of one physician, even the wisest, is for some cases of hysteria the main difficulty in the way of a cure,—it is so easy to disobey the familiar friendly attendant, so hard to do this where the physician is a stranger. But we all know well enough the personal value of certain doctors for certain cases. Mere hygienic advice will win a victory in the hands of one man and obtain no good results in those of another, for we are, after all, artists who all use the same means to an end but fail or succeed according to our method of using them. There are still other cases in which mischievous tendencies to repose, to endless tire, to hysterical symptoms, and to emotional displays have grown out of defects of nutrition so distinct that no man ought to think for these persons of mere exertion as a sole means of cure. The time comes for that, but it should not come until entire rest has been used, with other means, to fit them for making use of their muscles. Nothing upsets these cases like over-exertion, and the attempt to make them walk usually ends in some mischievous emotional display, and in creating a new reason for thinking that they cannot walk. As to the two sets of cases just sketched, no one need hesitate; the one must walk, the other should not until we have bettered her nutritive state. She may be able to drag herself about, but no good will be done by making her do so. But between these two classes, and allied by certain symptoms to both, lie the larger number of such cases, giving us every kind of real and imagined symptom, and dreadfully well fitted to puzzle the most competent physician. As a rule, no harm is done by rest, even in such people as give us doubts about whether it is or is not well for them to exert themselves. There are plenty of these women who are just well enough to make it likely that if they had motive enough for exertion to cause them to forget themselves they would find it useful. In the doubt I am rather given to insisting on rest, but the rest I like for them is not at all their notion of rest. To lie abed half the day, and sew a little and read a little, and be interesting as invalids and excite sympathy, is all very well, but when they are bidden to stay in bed a month, and neither to read, write, nor sew, and to have one nurse, who is not a relative,—then repose becomes for some women a rather bitter medicine, and they are glad enough to accept the order to rise and go about when the doctor issues a mandate which has become pleasantly welcome and eagerly looked for. I do not think it easy to make a mistake in this matter unless the woman takes with morbid delight to the system of enforced rest, and unless the doctor is a person of feeble will. I have never met myself with any serious trouble about getting out of bed any woman for whom I thought rest needful, but it has happened to others, and the man who resolves to send any nervous woman to bed must be quite sure that she will obey him when the time comes for her to get up.
Sometimes it's easy to figure things out. If you come across a woman who is in good shape, vibrant, and who can do what she enjoys, while getting tired of what she doesn't like, that's the kind of woman to encourage to get out of bed and to guide with a firm and steady hand. She should be made to walk, no matter what complaints she has, and to keep going until her fatigue is no longer just pretend. In these situations, a man who can inspire belief in his views and command obedience often achieves impressive and sometimes effortless success; it's in these cases that women, who are otherwise skilled caregivers, struggle because they fail to gain the necessary influence over others of their gender. I've noticed this multiple times, but I've also observed that staying too long and too regularly with one doctor, even the best, can be a significant barrier to curing some cases of hysteria—it's easy to ignore a familiar, friendly caregiver, but so much tougher when that caregiver is a stranger. Yet, we know how valuable certain doctors can be for specific cases. Simple health advice might work wonders in the hands of one person but bring no results with another because we're essentially artists using the same tools but varying in our effectiveness based on how we apply them. There are also cases where harmful tendencies toward rest, chronic fatigue, hysterical symptoms, and emotional outbursts stem from clear nutritional deficiencies, so no one should think that mere physical activity is enough to help these individuals. That might be an option later, but only after complete rest and other methods have been applied to prepare them for physical activity. Overexerting these individuals usually causes more harm, as trying to get them to walk often leads to emotional outbursts and creates new justifications for why they think they can't walk. Regarding the two categories I've outlined, there's no confusion; the first group must be encouraged to walk, while the second shouldn't until their nutrition has improved. They might be able to move around, but pushing them to do so won't bring any benefit. However, between these two groups, connected by certain symptoms, lies a larger category of cases, presenting a mix of genuine and imagined symptoms, leaving even the most skilled physician puzzled. Generally, rest does no harm, even for those women we question whether it’s good for them to exert themselves. There are many women who are well enough that if they find enough motivation to push themselves, it could be beneficial. In uncertainty, I usually lean toward emphasizing rest, but the rest
I have, of course, made use of every grade of rest for my patients, from repose on a lounge for some hours a day up to entire rest in bed. In milder forms of neurasthenic disease, in cases of slight general depression not properly to be called melancholias, in the lesser grades of pure brain-tire, or where this is combined with some physical debility, I often order a "modified" or "partial rest." A detailed schedule of the day is ordered for such patients, with as much minuteness of care as for those undergoing "full rest" in bed. Here the patient's or the household's usual hours may be consulted, a definite amount of time allotted to duties, business, and exercise, and certain hours left blank, to be filled, within limits, at the patient's discretion or that of the nurse.
I have, of course, used every level of rest for my patients, from relaxing on a couch for a few hours a day to complete bed rest. For milder cases of neurasthenia, in instances of mild general depression that wouldn’t quite be categorized as melancholia, in the lower levels of pure mental fatigue, or when this is combined with some physical weakness, I often prescribe a "modified" or "partial rest." A detailed daily schedule is created for such patients, with as much attention to detail as for those on "full rest" in bed. In this case, the patient's or the household's usual hours can be considered, a specific amount of time set aside for tasks, work, and exercise, and certain hours left open to be filled, within limits, at the patient's discretion or that of the nurse.
So many nervous people are worried with indecision, with inability to make up their minds to the simplest actions, that to have the responsibility of choice taken away greatly lessens their burdens. It lessens, too, the burdens which may be placed upon them by outside action if they can refuse this or that because they are under orders as to hours.
So many anxious people struggle with indecision and find it hard to commit to even the simplest choices, so having the responsibility of making decisions taken away significantly reduces their stress. It also lightens the load from outside pressures since they can decline certain things because they have to follow orders regarding time.
The following is a skeleton form of such a schedule. The hours, the food, the occupations suggested in each one will vary according to the sex, age, position, desires, intelligence, and opportunities of the patient.
The following is a basic outline of such a schedule. The hours, meals, and suggested activities will change based on the patient’s gender, age, status, preferences, intelligence, and available opportunities.
7.30 A.M. Cocoa, coffee, hot milk, beef-extract, or hot water. Bath (temperature stated). Rough rub with towel or flesh-brush: bathing and rubbing may be done by attendant. Lie down a few minutes after finishing.
7:30 A.M. Cocoa, coffee, hot milk, beef extract, or hot water. Bath (temperature stated). A rough rub with a towel or flesh brush: bathing and rubbing can be done by an attendant. Lie down for a few minutes after finishing.
10-11 A.M. Massage, if required, is usually ordered one hour after breakfast; or Swedish movements are given at that time. An hour's rest follows massage. Less rest is needed after the movements. (Milk or broth after massage.)
10-11 A.M. A massage, if needed, is typically scheduled one hour after breakfast; or Swedish movements are performed at that time. An hour of rest follows the massage. Less rest is needed after the movements. (Milk or broth after the massage.)
12 M. Rise and dress slowly. If gymnastics or massage are not ordered, may rise earlier. May see visitors, attend to household affairs, or walk out.
12 M. Get up and get dressed slowly. If gymnastics or a massage aren't scheduled, you can get up earlier. You can see visitors, take care of household chores, or go for a walk.
1.30 P.M. Luncheon. (Malt, tonic, etc., ordered.) In invalids this should be the chief meal of the day. Rest, lying down, not in bed, for an hour after.
1:30 P.M. Luncheon. (Ordered: malt, tonic, etc.) For those who are unwell, this should be the main meal of the day. Rest for an hour afterward, lying down but not in bed.
3 P.M. Drive (use street-cars or walk) one to two and a half hours. (Milk or soup on return.)
3 P.M. Drive (take streetcars or walk) for one to two and a half hours. (Milk or soup on the way back.)
7 P.M. Supper. (Malt, tonic, etc., ordered; detail of diet.)
7 P.M. Dinner. (Malt, tonic, etc., ordered; details of the diet.)
Bed at 10 P.M. Hot milk or other food at bedtime.
Bed at 10 PM. Warm milk or some snacks before sleep.
This schedule is modified for convalescent patients after rest-treatment by orders as to use of the eyes: letter-writing is usually forbidden, walking distinctly directed or forbidden, as the case may require. It may be changed by putting the exercise, massage, or gymnastics in the afternoon, for example, and leaving the morning, as soon as the rest after breakfast is finished, for business. Men needing partial rest may thus find time to attend to their affairs.
This schedule is adjusted for patients recovering after rest therapy based on instructions regarding eye use: letter-writing is typically not allowed, walking is either specifically instructed or prohibited, depending on the case. It can be modified by moving exercise, massage, or gymnastics to the afternoon, for instance, while keeping the morning open for work as soon as the post-breakfast rest is over. Men who need partial rest can then find time to manage their responsibilities.
If massage is not ordered, there is nothing in this routine which costs money, and I have found it apply usefully in the case of hospital and dispensary patients.
If massage isn’t requested, there’s nothing in this routine that costs money, and I’ve found it to be useful for hospital and clinic patients.
In carrying out my general plan of treatment in extreme cases it is my habit to ask the patient to remain in bed from six weeks to two months. At first, and in some cases for four or five weeks, I do not permit the patient to sit up, or to sew or write or read, or to use the hands in any active way except to clean the teeth. Where at first the most absolute rest is desirable, as in cases of heart-disease, or where there is a floating kidney, I arrange to have the bowels and water passed while lying down, and the patient is lifted on to a lounge for an hour in the morning and again at bedtime, and then lifted back again into the newly-made bed. In most cases of weakness, treated by rest, I insist on the patient being fed by the nurse, and, when well enough to sit up in bed, I order that the meats shall be cut up, so as to make it easier for the patient to feed herself.
In following my general treatment plan for extreme cases, I usually ask the patient to stay in bed for six weeks to two months. At first, and in some cases for four or five weeks, I don’t allow the patient to sit up, sew, write, read, or use their hands for anything active, except for brushing their teeth. At the beginning, when absolute rest is crucial, such as in cases of heart disease or a floating kidney, I arrange for them to manage bowel movements and urination while lying down. The patient is lifted onto a lounge for an hour in the morning and again at bedtime, after which they are moved back into the freshly made bed. In most cases of weakness treated with rest, I require the nurse to feed the patient, and when they are strong enough to sit up in bed, I instruct that the meats be cut up to make it easier for them to feed themselves.
In many cases I allow the patient to sit up in order to obey the calls of nature, but I am always careful to have the bowels kept reasonably free from costiveness, knowing well how such a state and the efforts it gives rise to enfeeble a sick person.
In many cases, I let the patient sit up to take care of their natural needs, but I'm always careful to keep their bowels reasonably free from constipation, knowing how such a condition and the exertion it causes can weaken a sick person.
The daily sponging bath is to be given by the nurse, and should be rapidly and skilfully done. It may follow the first food of the day, the early milk, or cocoa, or coffee, or, if preferred, may be used before noon, or at bedtime, which is found in some cases to be best and to promote sleep.
The daily sponge bath should be given by the nurse and should be done quickly and skillfully. It can follow the first meal of the day, like milk, cocoa, or coffee, or it can take place before noon or at bedtime, which is sometimes better and helps promote sleep.
For some reason, the act of bathing, or even the being bathed, is mysteriously fatiguing to certain invalids, and if so I have the general sponging done for a time but thrice a week.
For some reason, taking a bath, or even just being bathed, is surprisingly exhausting for some patients, so I limit the full sponge baths to three times a week.
Most of these patients suffer from use of the eyes, and this makes it needful to prohibit reading and writing, and to have all correspondence carried on through the nurse. But many neurasthenic people also suffer from being read to, or, in other words, from any prolonged effort at attention. In these cases it will be found that if the nurse will read the morning paper, and as she does so relate such news as may be of interest, the patient will bear it very well, and will by degrees come to endure the hearing of such reading as is already more or less familiar.
Most of these patients struggle with eye strain, which makes it necessary to stop them from reading and writing, and to have all communication done through the nurse. However, many people with neurasthenia also have trouble with being read to, or essentially, any extended effort of concentration. In these situations, it has been observed that if the nurse reads the morning paper, and as she shares news that might interest the patient, they will generally handle it well, and over time, they will become more tolerant of hearing readings that they already somewhat recognize.
Usually, after a fortnight I permit the patient to be read to,—one to three hours a day,—but I am daily amazed to see how kindly nervous and anæmic women take to this absolute rest, and how little they complain of its monotony. In fact, the use of massage and the battery, with the frequent comings of the nurse with food, and the doctor's visits, seem so to fill up the day as to make the treatment less tiresome than might be supposed. And, besides this, the sense of comfort which is apt to come about the fifth or sixth day,—the feeling of ease, and the ready capacity to digest food, and the growing hope of final cure, fed as it is by present relief,—all conspire to make most patients contented and tractable.
Typically, after a couple of weeks, I allow the patient to have someone read to them for one to three hours a day. I'm often surprised at how well nervous and anemic women adapt to this complete rest and how little they complain about the monotony. In fact, the combination of massage, the electrical treatments, the nurse's frequent visits with food, and the doctor's rounds make the day feel less tedious than you might think. Plus, around the fifth or sixth day, many patients start to experience a sense of comfort—a feeling of ease, the ability to digest food well, and a growing hope for a complete recovery, fueled by the relief they’re currently experiencing—all of this makes most patients feel content and cooperative.
The intelligent and watchful physician must, of course, know how far to enforce and when to relax these rules. When it is needful, as it sometimes is, to prolong the state of rest to two or three months, the patient may need at the close occupation of some kind, and especially such as, while it does not tax the eyes, gives the hands something to do, the patient being, we suppose, by this time able to sit up in bed during a part of the day.
The smart and attentive doctor must know when to stick to the rules and when to loosen them. If the situation calls for it, like when it's necessary to extend the period of rest for two or three months, the patient might need some kind of activity towards the end. Especially something that won't strain the eyes but keeps the hands busy, assuming the patient is able to sit up in bed for part of the day by this point.
The moral uses of enforced rest are readily estimated. From a restless life of irregular hours, and probably endless drugging, from hurtful sympathy and over-zealous care, the patient passes to an atmosphere of quiet, to order and control, to the system and care of a thorough nurse, to an absence of drugs, and to simple diet. The result is always at first, whatever it may be afterwards, a sense of relief, and a remarkable and often a quite abrupt disappearance of many of the nervous symptoms with which we are all of us only too sadly familiar.
The benefits of enforced rest are easy to see. Moving from a chaotic life with irregular hours and likely excessive medication, and from unhelpful sympathy and overly eager care, the patient enters a calm environment with order and structure, receiving the attention of a skilled nurse, without drugs, and with a simple diet. Initially, regardless of what happens later, the result is a feeling of relief and a noticeable, often sudden, reduction of many nervous symptoms that we all sadly recognize.
All the moral uses of rest and isolation and change of habits are not obtained by merely insisting on the physical conditions needed to effect these ends. If the physician has the force of character required to secure the confidence and respect of his patients, he has also much more in his power, and should have the tact to seize the proper occasions to direct the thoughts of his patients to the lapse from duties to others, and to the selfishness which a life of invalidism is apt to bring about. Such moral medication belongs to the higher sphere of the doctor's duties, and, if he means to cure his patient permanently, he cannot afford to neglect them. Above all, let him be careful that the masseuse and the nurse do not talk of the patient's ills, and let him by degrees teach the sick person how very essential it is to speak of her aches and pains to no one but himself.
All the moral benefits of rest, isolation, and changing habits aren’t achieved just by focusing on the physical conditions needed to bring about these effects. If the doctor has the strength of character to earn the trust and respect of their patients, they also have much more influence and should be tactful in choosing the right moments to guide their patients to reflect on their neglect of responsibilities to others and the selfishness that can come from a life of being unwell . This type of moral guidance is part of the higher responsibilities of the doctor, and if they want to help their patient recover for good, they can't afford to ignore it. Above all, they should ensure that the massage therapist and the nurse don’t discuss the patient’s problems, and gradually teach the sick person how crucial it is to share her aches and pains exclusively with him.
I have often asked myself why rest is of value in the cases of which I am now speaking, and I have already alluded briefly to some of the modes in which it is of use.
I have often wondered why rest is important in the situations I'm discussing, and I've already briefly mentioned some of the ways it is beneficial.
Let us take first the simpler cases. We meet now and then with feeble people who are dyspeptic, and who find that exercise after a meal, or indeed much exercise on any day, is sure to cause loss of power or lessened power to digest food. The same thing is seen in an extreme degree in the well-known experiment of causing a dog to run violently after eating, in which case digestion is entirely suspended. Whether these results be due to the calling off of blood from the gastric organs to the muscles, or whether the nervous system is, for some reason, unable to evolve at the same time the force needed for a double purpose, is not quite clear, but the fact is undoubted, and finds added illustrations in many of the class of exhausted women. It is plain that this trouble exists in some of them. It is likely that it is present in a larger number. The use of rest in these people admits of no question. If we are to give them the means in blood and flesh of carrying on the work of life, it must be done with the aid of the stomach, and we must humor that organ until it is able to act in a more healthy manner under ordinary conditions. It may be wise to add that occasional cases of nervousness or of nervous disturbance of digestion are seen in which the patient assimilates food better if permitted to move about directly after a meal; and I recall one instance of very persistent gastric catarrh where the uncomfortable symptoms following meals only began to disappear when as an experiment the patient was ordered to take a quiet half-hour's stroll after each meal, instead of the rest usually ordered.
Let's start with the simpler cases. We occasionally encounter weak individuals who have digestive issues and find that exercising after a meal, or even just exercising a lot on any day, definitely leads to a loss of energy or a reduced ability to digest food. This is seen in a more extreme way in the famous experiment where a dog is made to run vigorously after eating, in which case digestion completely stops. It's unclear whether these results stem from blood being diverted from the stomach to the muscles, or if the nervous system is somehow unable to effectively manage both tasks at the same time, but the fact remains, and there are more examples seen in many exhausted women. It's evident that this problem exists in some of them, and it's likely that it's more widespread. The need for rest in these individuals is unquestionable. If we want to provide them the nutrients their body needs to function, it has to be supported by the stomach, and we must accommodate that organ until it can operate more healthily under normal conditions. It’s also worth noting that there are occasional cases of nervousness or digestive disruptions where the patient digests food better if allowed to move around right after a meal; I remember one case of severe gastric inflammation where the uncomfortable symptoms after meals only started to lessen when the patient was instructed to take a gentle half-hour walk after each meal, instead of the usual rest.
I am often asked how I can expect by such a system to rest the organs of mind. No act of will can force them to be at rest. To this I should answer that it is not the mere half-automatic intellectuation which is harmful in men or women subject to states of feebleness or neurasthenia, and that the systematic vigorous use of mind on distinct problems is within some form of control. It is thought with the friction of worry which injures, and unless we can secure an absence of this, it is vain to hope for help by the method I am describing. The man harassed by business anxieties, the woman with morbidly-developed or ungoverned maternal instincts, will only illustrate the causes of failure. Perhaps in all dubious cases Dr. Playfair's rule is not a bad one, to consider, and to let the patient consider, this mode of treatment as a hopeful experiment, which may have to be abandoned, and which is valueless without the cordial and submissive assistance of the patient.
I often get asked how I can expect such a system to give the mind a break. No amount of willpower can make it happen. In response, I’d say that it’s not just the semi-automatic thinking that’s harmful for people dealing with weakness or anxiety; it’s actually the active and intense focus on distinct problems that can be managed to some extent. It’s the thought mixed with the stress of worry that causes harm, and unless we can eliminate that, it’s pointless to hope for help through the method I’m describing. A person overwhelmed by business worries or a woman with excessive or uncontrolled maternal instincts will only serve as examples of failure. Maybe in uncertain situations, Dr. Playfair’s suggestion isn't a bad one: to treat this approach as a hopeful experiment that might need to be abandoned, and it’s worthless without the committed and cooperative support of the patient.
The muscular system in many of such patients—I mean in ever-weary, thin and thin-blooded persons—is doing its work with constant difficulty. As a result, fatigue comes early, is extreme, and lasts long. The demand for nutritive aid is ahead of the supply, or else the supply is incompetent as to quality, and before the tissues are rebuilded a new demand is made, so that the materials of disintegration accumulate, and do this the more easily because the eliminative organs share in the general defects. And these are some of the reasons why anæmic people are always tired; but, besides this, all real sensations are magnified by women whose nervous systems have become sensitive owing to a life of attention to their ailments, and so at last it becomes hard to separate the true from the false, and we are thus led to be too sceptical as to the presence of real causes of annoyance. Certain it is that rest, under proper conditions, is found by such sufferers to be a great relief; but rest alone will not answer, and it is needful, as I shall show, to bring to our help certain other means, in order to secure all the good which repose may be made to insure.
The muscular system in many of these patients—I mean in constantly tired, thin and low-energy individuals—operates with ongoing difficulty. As a result, fatigue sets in quickly, is intense, and lasts a long time. The need for nutritional support exceeds what is available, or the available nutrients lack quality, and before the tissues can be rebuilt, a new demand arises, causing the byproducts of breakdown to accumulate, and do this more easily since the organs responsible for elimination also face general deficiencies. These are some reasons why anemic people often feel exhausted; additionally, all real sensations are amplified in women whose nervous systems have become hypersensitive due to focusing on their health issues, making it challenging to distinguish between genuine and imagined problems, leading us to be overly skeptical about the existence of actual sources of discomfort. It is clear that under the right conditions, rest provides significant relief for these individuals; however, rest alone isn’t enough, and, as I will explain, we need to incorporate other methods to fully harness the benefits that rest can provide.
In dealing with this, as with every other medical means, it is well to recall that in our attempts to help we may sometimes do harm, and we must make sure that in causing the largest share of good we do the least possible evil.
In handling this, like with any other medical treatment, it's important to remember that in our efforts to help, we might unintentionally cause harm, and we need to ensure that while we do the most good, we minimize any potential harm.
"The one goes with the other, as shadow with light, and to no therapeutic measure does this apply more surely than to the use of rest.
"The one goes with the other, like shadow with light, and this applies more definitely to the use of rest than to any other therapeutic measure."
"Let us take the simplest case,—that which arises daily in the treatment of joint-troubles or broken bones. We put the limb in splints, and thus, for a time, check its power to move. The bone knits, or the joint gets well; but the muscles waste, the skin dries, the nails may for a time cease to grow, nutrition is brought down, as an arithmetician would say, to its lowest terms, and when the bone or joint is well we have a limb which is in a state of disease. As concerns broken bones, the evil may be slight and easy of relief, if the surgeon will but remember that when joints are put at rest too long they soon fall a prey to a form of arthritis, which is the more apt to be severe the older the patient is, and may be easily avoided by frequent motion of the joints, which, to be healthful, exact a certain share of daily movement. If, indeed, with perfect stillness of the fragments we could have the full life of a limb in action, I suspect that the cure of the break might be far more rapid.
"Let’s consider the simplest case—one that comes up every day in treating joint issues or broken bones. We put the limb in splints, which stops its movement for a while. The bone heals, or the joint recovers; however, the muscles weaken, the skin becomes dry, and the nails might stop growing for a time. Nutrition drops, as an arithmetician would put it, to its lowest terms, and when the bone or joint is healed, we end up with a limb that is in a state of dysfunction. In cases of broken bones, the negative effects might be minor and easy to fix, but the surgeon needs to remember that keeping joints immobile for too long can lead to a type of arthritis, which tends to be worse in older patients. This can be easily avoided by ensuring the joints are moved regularly, which requires a certain amount of daily motion to stay healthy. If, in fact, we could keep the fragments perfectly still while maintaining full use of the limb, I suspect that healing the break could happen much faster."
"What is true of the part is true of the whole. When we put the entire body at rest we create certain evils while doing some share of good, and it is therefore our part to use such means as shall, in every case, lessen and limit the ills we cannot wholly avoid. How to reach these ends I shall by and by state, but for a brief space I should like to dwell on some of the bad results which come of our efforts to reach through rest in bed all the good which it can give us, and to these points I ask the most thoughtful attention, because upon the care with which we meet and provide for them depends the value which we will get out of this most potent means of treatment.
"What is true for the part is true for the whole. When we put the entire body at rest, we create certain problems while achieving some benefits. Therefore, it's our responsibility to use means that will, in every case, reduce and limit the issues we can’t completely avoid. How to achieve these goals I will explain later, but for now, I want to focus on some of the negative outcomes that result from our attempts to achieve all the benefits of rest in bed, and I ask for your careful consideration on these points. The attention we give to these issues will affect the value we get from this powerful method of treatment."
"When we put patients in bed and forbid them to rise or to make use of their muscles, we at once lessen appetite, weaken digestion in many cases, constipate the bowels, and enfeeble circulation."[15]
"When we put patients to bed and tell them not to get up or use their muscles, we immediately decrease their appetite, impair digestion in many cases, cause constipation, and weaken circulation."[15]
When we put the muscles at absolute rest we create certain difficulties, because the normal acts of repeated movement insure a certain rate of nutrition which brings blood to the active parts, and without which the currents flow more largely around than through the muscles. The lessened blood-supply is a result of diminished functional movement, and we need to create a constant demand in the inactive parts. But, besides this, every active muscle is practically a throbbing heart, squeezing its vessels empty while in motion, and relaxing, so as to allow them to fill up anew. Thus, both for itself and in its relations to the areolar spaces and to the rest of the body, its activity is functionally of service. Then, also, the vessels, unaided by changes of posture and by motion, lose tone, and the distant local circuits, for all of these reasons, cease to receive their normal supply, so that defects of nutrition occur, and, with these, defects of temperature.
When we completely rest our muscles, we run into certain challenges because the usual repetitive movements ensure a steady flow of nutrients by bringing blood to the active areas. Without this, blood tends to circulate more around the muscles instead of going through them. The reduced blood supply is a result of decreased movement, and we need to maintain a consistent demand in the inactive areas. Moreover, every active muscle essentially acts like a thumping heart, emptying its blood vessels when it contracts and allowing them to refill when it relaxes. Therefore, its activity is beneficial both for itself and in relation to the surrounding connective tissues and the rest of the body. Additionally, the blood vessels, without the help of changes in position and movement, lose their tone, and for all these reasons, the distant local areas stop receiving their normal blood supply, leading to nutritional deficiencies and, consequently, temperature issues.
"I was struck with the extent to which these evils may go, in the case of Mrs. P., æt. 52, who was brought to me from New Jersey, having been in bed fifteen years. I soon knew that she was free of grave disease, and had stayed in bed at first because there was some lack of power and much pain on rising, and at last because she had the firm belief that she could not walk. After a week's massage I made her get up. I had won her full trust, and she obeyed, or tried to obey me, like a child. But she would faint and grow deadly pale, even if seated a short time. The heart-beats rose from sixty to one hundred and thirty, and grew feeble; the breath came fast, and she had to lie down at once. Her skin was dry, sallow, and bloodless, her muscles flabby; and when, at last, after a fortnight more, I set her on her feet again, she had to endure for a time the most dreadful vertigo and alarming palpitations of the heart, while her feet, in a few minutes of feeble walking, would swell so as to present the most strange appearance. By and by all this went away, and in a month she could walk, sit up, sew, read, and, in a word, live like others. She went home a well-cured woman.
"I was amazed by how far these issues can go in the case of Mrs. P., age 52, who was brought to me from New Jersey after being in bed for fifteen years. I quickly realized she didn’t have any serious illness and had initially stayed in bed due to some weakness and a lot of pain when trying to get up, but eventually she became convinced that she couldn’t walk at all. After a week of massage, I made her get up. She completely trusted me, and she obeyed, or tried to obey me, like a child. However, she would faint and turn deadly pale, even if she just sat for a little while. Her heart rate went from sixty to one hundred and thirty and became weak; her breathing quickened, and she had to lie down immediately. Her skin was dry, sallow, and lacking color, her muscles were weak; and when, finally, after another two weeks, I got her on her feet again, she had to deal with severe dizziness and scary heart palpitations, and her feet would swell after just a few minutes of weak walking, looking very unusual. Gradually, all of this went away, and within a month she could walk, sit up, sew, read, and basically live like anyone else. She went home completely cured."
"Let us think, then, when we put a person in bed, that we are lessening the heart-beats some twenty a minute, nearly a third; that we are causing the tardy blood to linger in the by-ways of the blood-round, for it has its by-ways; that rest in bed binds the bowels, and tends to destroy the desire to eat; and that muscles at rest too long get to be unhealthy and shrunken in substance. Bear these ills in mind, and be ready to meet them, and we shall have answered the hard question of how to help by rest without hurt to the patient."
"Let's consider that when we put someone in bed, we're decreasing their heart rate by about twenty beats per minute, which is nearly a third. We're making the blood move more slowly in the smaller vessels of the circulatory system, and indeed, there are smaller vessels. Resting in bed can cause constipation and diminish the appetite, and muscles that stay inactive for too long can become unhealthy and shrink. Keep these issues in mind and be prepared to address them, and we will have tackled the challenging question of how to provide rest without harming the patient."
When I first made use of this treatment I allowed my patients to get up too suddenly, and in some cases I thus brought on relapses and a return of the feeling of painful fatigue. I also saw in some of these cases what I still see at times under like circumstances,—a rapid loss of flesh.
When I first used this treatment, I let my patients get up too quickly, and in some cases, this led to relapses and a return of painful fatigue. I also noticed in some of these cases, what I still see occasionally in similar situations—a rapid loss of weight.
I now begin by permitting the patient to sit up in bed, then to feed herself, and next to sit up out of bed a few minutes at bedtime. In a week, she is desired to sit up fifteen minutes twice a day, and this is gradually increased until, at the end of six to twelve weeks, she rests on the bed only three to five hours daily. Even after she moves about and goes out, I insist for two months on absolute repose at least two or three hours daily, and this must be understood to mean seclusion as well as bodily quiet, free from the intrusion of household cares, visitors, or any form of emotion or excitement, pleasureable or otherwise. In cases of long-standing it may be desirable to continue this period of isolation and to order as well an hour's lying down after each meal for many months, in some such methodical way as is suggested in the schedule on page 64.
I will start by allowing the patient to sit up in bed, then to feed herself, and finally to sit up out of bed for a few minutes at bedtime. In a week, she should sit up for fifteen minutes twice a day, and this will gradually increase until, after six to twelve weeks, she is only resting in bed for three to five hours a day. Even after she starts moving around and going out, I insist on complete rest for at least two to three hours daily for two months. This means she should have seclusion as well as physical quiet, free from household responsibilities, visitors, or any kind of emotional or exciting stimuli, whether enjoyable or not. In cases that have been ongoing for a long time, it may be beneficial to extend this period of isolation and to advise an hour of lying down after each meal for several months, following a methodical approach as suggested in the schedule on page 64.
The use of a hammock is found by some people to be a very agreeable change from the bed during a part of the day.
Some people find that using a hammock is a really pleasant change from the bed for part of the day.
The physician who discharges his patient when she rises from her bed after her two or three months' treatment, or who neglects to consider the moral and mental needs and aspects of each case, will find that many will relapse. Even when the patient has left the direct care of the doctor and returned to home and its avocations she will find help and comfort in the knowledge that she can apply to him if necessary, and it is well to hold some sort of relation by occasional visits or correspondence, however brief, for six months or a year after treatment has been completed.
The doctor who sends a patient home right after she gets out of bed after two or three months of treatment, or who overlooks the emotional and psychological needs of each case, will see that many patients will relapse. Even after the patient has left the doctor’s direct care and returned to her home and daily life, she'll feel reassured knowing she can reach out to him if needed. It's beneficial to maintain some kind of relationship through occasional visits or brief correspondence for six months to a year after treatment ends.
CHAPTER VI.
MASSAGE.
How to deprive rest of its evils is the title with which I might very well have labelled this chapter. I have pointed out what I mean by rest, how it hurts, and how it seems to help; and, as I believe that it is useful in most cases only if employed in conjunction with other means, the study of these becomes of the first importance.
How to eliminate the negatives of rest is a title I could have easily used for this chapter. I've explained what I mean by rest, how it can be harmful, and how it appears to be beneficial; and since I think it's effective in most situations only when combined with other methods, understanding these methods becomes very important.
The two aids which by degrees I learned to call upon with confidence to enable me to use rest without doing harm are massage and electricity. We have first to deal with massage, and I give some care to the description of details, because even now it is imperfectly understood in this country, and because I wish to emphasize some facts about it which are not well known, I think, on either side of the Atlantic.
The two methods I gradually learned to rely on confidently to help me rest without causing harm are massage and electricity. First, we need to talk about massage, and I’ll pay close attention to the details because it's still not fully understood in this country. I also want to highlight some facts about it that I think aren’t well known on either side of the Atlantic.
Massage in some form has long been in use in the East, and is well known as the lommi-lommi of the slothful inhabitants of the Sandwich Islands. In Japan it is reserved as an occupation for the blind, whose delicate sense of feeling might, I should think, very well fit them for this task. It is, however, in these countries less used in disease than as the luxury of the rich; nor can I find in the few books on the subject that it has been resorted to habitually as a tonic in Europe, or otherwise than as a means of treating local disorders.
Massage has been practiced in the East for a long time and is famously known as the lommi-lommi by the laid-back people of the Sandwich Islands. In Japan, it is a job designated for the blind, whose sensitive sense of touch likely makes them well-suited for this work. However, in these regions, it is used less for treating illness and more as a luxury for the wealthy; I also can't find much in the few books on the topic to indicate that it has been commonly used as a tonic in Europe, apart from being a method to address local issues.
It is many years since I first saw in this city general massage used by a charlatan in a case of progressive paralysis. The temporary results he obtained were so remarkable that I began soon after to employ it in locomotor ataxia, in which it sometimes proved of signal value, and in other forms of spinal and local disease. At first I had to train nurses to use it, but I soon found that, although it was of some service to their patients, no one could use massage well who was not continually engaged in doing it. Some men do it better than any woman; but I prefer, nevertheless, for obvious reasons, to reserve men for male patients, except that in cases where strength is of moment, as in the forced movements and the very hard rubbing needed for old articular adhesions, in which force must be exercised without violence, it is usually impossible to secure the necessary power in a feminine manipulator.
It’s been many years since I first saw this city’s general massage being used by a fraud in a case of progressive paralysis. The temporary results he got were so impressive that I soon started using it for locomotor ataxia, where it sometimes showed significant benefits, and in other types of spinal and local diseases. At first, I had to train nurses to perform it, but I quickly realized that while it was somewhat helpful for their patients, no one could do massage well unless they were constantly practicing it. Some men do it better than any woman; however, I still prefer, for obvious reasons, to have men work with male patients, except in cases where strength is crucial, like in the forced movements and the very hard rubbing required for old joint adhesions, where force must be applied without causing harm, making it usually impossible to find the necessary strength in a female practitioner.
A few years later I resorted to it in the first cases which I treated by rest, and I very soon found that I had in it an agent little understood and of singular utility.
A few years later, I turned to it in the first cases I treated with rest, and I quickly realized that I had in it a tool that was not well understood but incredibly useful.
It will be necessary, in pursuance of my plan, to describe as minutely as the limits of a chapter will allow how and why this means is employed. The process and order of what is known to the manipulator as "general massage" follows.
It will be necessary, following my plan, to explain in detail as much as the limits of a chapter will allow how and why this method is used. The process and order of what is known to the practitioner as "general massage" follows.
After three or four days in bed have somewhat accustomed the patient to the general routine of treatment, a masseur or masseuse is set to work. If any special care is needed,—the avoidance of manipulating one part or added attention to another, tender handling of a sensitive or timid patient,—these matters have been ordered in advance by the physician. An hour midway between meals is chosen, and, the patient lying in bed between blankets, the manipulator begins, usually with the feet. A few rapid rubs of the whole foot and leg are given to start with; then the leg, except the foot and ankle, is covered up, and the operation commences upon the foot, of which the skin is picked up and rolled between the fingers, the whole foot receiving careful attention,—the toes are pulled, bent, and moved in every direction, the inter-osseous groups worked over with the thumbs and fingers or finger-tips, the larger muscles and subcutaneous tissues squeezed and kneaded, and last the whole mass of the foot rolled and pressed against the bones with both hands. A few rapid upward strokings with some force complete the treatment of the part, and the ankle is next dealt with. The joint is moved in every possible direction, slowly but firmly, the crevices between the articulating bones sought out and kneaded with the finger-tips, and the foot and ankle are then carefully covered. After the same rapid stroking upward of the leg with which it began has been repeated for the sake of the slight stimulation of the skin-vessels and nerves, the muscles of the leg are treated, first by friction of the more superficially placed masses, then by careful deep kneading (pétrissage) of the large muscles of the calf, twisting, pressing, and rolling them about the bone with one hand while the other supports the limb. In fat or heavily-muscled subjects it may be necessary to use both hands to get sufficient grasp of the muscles. The tibialis anticus and muscles of the outer side of the leg are operated upon by rolling them under the finger-tips and by pressing with the thumb while firmly pushing upward from the ankle to the knee. At brief intervals the manipulator seizes the limb in both hands and lightly runs the grasp upward, so as to favor the flow of the venous blood-currents, and then returns to the kneading of the muscles,—and each part is finished by light yet firm upward stroking, the hand returning downward more lightly, yet without breaking its contact with the skin.
After three or four days in bed have somewhat helped the patient get used to the overall treatment routine, a masseur or masseuse starts working. If any special care is needed—like avoiding certain areas or giving extra attention to others, or being gentle with a sensitive or anxious patient—those details have been arranged in advance by the doctor. An hour is chosen between meals for this, and with the patient lying in bed between blankets, the therapist begins, usually starting with the feet. A few quick rubs of the entire foot and leg are done first; then the leg, except for the foot and ankle, is covered, and the focus shifts to the foot. The skin of the foot is picked up and rolled between the fingers, and special care is given to the whole foot—the toes are pulled, bent, and moved in every direction, the spaces between the bones are worked on with thumbs and fingertips, the larger muscles and underlying tissues are squeezed and kneaded, and finally, the entire foot is rolled and pressed against the bones with both hands. A few strong, quick upward strokes finish off the treatment for that area, and then attention moves to the ankle. The joint is moved in every possible direction, slowly yet firmly, and the gaps between the connecting bones are targeted and kneaded with the fingertips, after which the foot and ankle are carefully covered. Following the same rapid upward stroking of the leg that started the treatment, this is repeated to slightly stimulate the skin's blood vessels and nerves. Next, the leg muscles are treated, first through friction of the more superficial areas, then by careful deep kneading of the large calf muscles, twisting, pressing, and rolling them around the bone with one hand while the other supports the limb. In subjects with more fat or muscle, it may be necessary to use both hands for a better grasp of the muscles. The tibialis anterior and the muscles on the outer side of the leg are treated by rolling them under the fingertips and pressing with the thumb while firmly pushing from the ankle to the knee. At brief intervals, the therapist grabs the limb with both hands and lightly runs their grip upward to encourage venous blood flow, then resumes kneading the muscles—each section is finished with light yet firm upward strokes, while the hand returns downward more lightly, maintaining contact with the skin.
Care must be taken as the different groups of muscles are treated that the leg is placed in the position which will most completely relax the ones to be operated upon. Any tension of muscles wholly defeats the effort of the masseur.
Care must be taken when treating the different muscle groups to ensure that the leg is positioned in a way that completely relaxes the muscles being worked on. Any muscle tension completely undermines the efforts of the massage therapist.
After completing the process upon both legs, the arm is next treated in the same manner, the hand receiving somewhat more detailed attention than the foot. Pains must be taken to reach the several groups of the forearm by operating from both sides of the arm. The ordinary manipulation of the shoulder can be accomplished with the patient lying down; but if special conditions, such as articular stiffening, call for unusual care or unusual force, it will be found best to treat the shoulder with the patient seated. The treatment of the arms is concluded with upward stroking (effleurage), as with the leg.
After finishing the process on both legs, the arm is treated in the same way, with the hand receiving a bit more detailed attention than the foot. Care should be taken to reach the different groups in the forearm by working from both sides of the arm. The usual manipulation of the shoulder can be done with the patient lying down; however, if there are special conditions like joint stiffness that require extra care or force, it's best to treat the shoulder with the patient seated. The treatment of the arms wraps up with upward stroking (effleurage), just like with the leg.
In the order usually pursued, the back is the next region treated. The patient lies prone, folding the arms under the head; a firm pillow is put under the epigastric region, so as to the better relax the back muscles, which are too tense when a person lies flat. Beginning from the occiput, both hands stroke firmly and rapidly downward and outward to the spines of the scapulæ, at first lightly, then with increasing force. Then the whole back is vigorously rubbed—scrubbed one might call it—with up-and-down strokes, as a preliminary application. The erector spinæ masses are treated by careful finger-tip kneading. Working from the spine outward to the axillary line, the muscles of the ribs are acted upon with flat-hand rubbing. The groups of the upper back and shoulder-blades are kneaded and squeezed, the arms being partly abducted so as to separate the shoulder-blades and allow the operator to reach the muscles underlying them. The lumbar regions receive their manipulation last. If it is desirable to give special attention or an extra share of manipulation to any part of the spinal region, this is done as the physician may have ordered, and the whole process is completed by downward friction over the spine, given vigorously and as rapidly as possible.
In the usual order of treatment, the back is the next area addressed. The patient lies face down, resting their arms under their head; a firm pillow is placed under the stomach area to help relax the back muscles, which tend to be tense when lying flat. Starting from the base of the skull, both hands stroke firmly and quickly downwards and outwards to the shoulder blades, initially lightly, then with more pressure. Next, the entire back is vigorously rubbed—some might call it scrubbed—with up-and-down strokes as a preliminary step. The lower back muscles are treated with careful fingertip kneading. Moving from the spine out to the side of the chest, the rib muscles are rubbed with flat-hand motions. The muscles of the upper back and shoulders are kneaded and squeezed, with the arms lifted slightly to separate the shoulder blades and allow the therapist to access the muscles beneath. The lower back is manipulated last. If specific areas of the spine need extra attention or manipulation, this is done as the doctor directs, and the whole process concludes with vigorous and rapid downward rubbing along the spine.
The chest is the next region to be handled, the patient turning from the prone to the supine position. In women the breasts are usually best left untouched unless special conditions demand their treatment.
The chest is the next area to attend to, with the patient turning from lying face down to lying on their back. In women, the breasts are generally best left alone unless there are specific reasons that require treatment.
The last and perhaps most important part of the process of general massage is the rubbing of the abdomen. Particular care is needed to secure complete relaxation, as nervous patients and, still more, hysterical patients are apt to present extreme rigidity of the abdominal muscles. The head is raised by pillows, the knees are slightly flexed and sometimes supported by a folded pillow also. With this position the rigidity generally yields to gentle persistence, at any rate after a few treatments. If it does not do so, a lateral decubitus may be tried, a position in which the intestinal regions may be very thoroughly treated, and in which, if there be gastric dilatation, the stomach-walls can be best reached. Sweeping circular frictions about the navel as a centre begin the process; the abdominal walls are then kneaded and pinched[16] with one or both hands; deep, firm kneading of the whole belly with the heel of the hand follows, the movements following the course of the colon. Next, the fingers of one hand are all held together in a pyramidal fashion and thrust firmly and slowly into the abdomen, in ordinary cases both hands being used thus alternately, in fat or resisting abdomens one hand pressing upon and aiding the other, and travelling thus over the ascending, transverse, and descending colon. To conclude, the whole belly is shaken by a rapid vibratory motion of the hands (to which is sometimes added succussion by slapping with the flat or cupped hand), and the whole process ends with quick, circular rubbing of the surface.
The last and possibly most important part of general massage is rubbing the abdomen. It's crucial to ensure complete relaxation, as nervous patients—and especially hysterical patients—often exhibit significant tension in their abdominal muscles. The head is supported by pillows, and the knees are slightly bent, sometimes also supported by a folded pillow. With this position, the tension usually subsides with gentle persistence, especially after a few treatments. If it doesn’t, a side-lying position can be tried, which allows for a thorough treatment of the intestinal areas and best access to the stomach walls in cases of gastric dilation. The process begins with sweeping circular motions around the navel, then the abdominal walls are kneaded and pinched with one or both hands. Next, deep, firm kneading of the entire abdomen with the heel of the hand follows the path of the colon. Then, fingers from one hand are held together in a pyramidal shape and pressed firmly and slowly into the abdomen, often alternating both hands; in cases of fat or resistant abdomens, one hand aids the other, moving over the ascending, transverse, and descending colon. To finish, the entire abdomen is shaken with a quick vibratory motion of the hands (sometimes accompanied by slapping with the flat or cupped hand), and the entire process concludes with rapid circular rubbing of the surface.
In cases of troublesome constipation or where other special indications exist, treatment of the abdomen may be much extended beyond the limits here suggested, and indeed it must be remembered that the process of "general massage" as described is capable of a great variety of useful modification to meet individual needs, and is so modified daily by the careful physician and the watchful masseur. It would not be possible or desirable here to describe all the movements which a skilful rubber makes in his treatment, and I have only attempted a skeleton-statement. It will perhaps be noticed by those familiar with the technique of massage that nothing is here said about the use of the movements classed under the general head of "tapotement," the tapping and slapping motions. They have no proper place in the treatment of cases of nervousness, and usually will serve only to irritate and annoy the patient, and often greatly to increase the nervous excitement. Their routine use or over-use constitutes one of the defects of the system of massage as usually practised by the Swedish operators; and when patients tell me, as many do, that "they cannot stand massage," it is often found that the performance of a great deal of this useless and fretting manipulation has constituted a great part of the treatment, and that deep, thorough, quiet kneading can be perfectly borne.
In cases of troublesome constipation or other specific issues, abdominal treatment can extend far beyond the suggested limits. It's important to remember that the process of "general massage," as described, can be modified in many useful ways to meet individual needs, and this adaptation happens daily by both careful physicians and attentive masseurs. It wouldn’t be feasible or helpful to list all the movements a skilled practitioner uses in treatment; I've only provided a basic outline. Those familiar with massage techniques might notice that I haven’t mentioned the movements categorized as "tapotement," which include tapping and slapping. These have no appropriate role in treating nervous cases and typically only serve to irritate the patient, often increasing nervous tension. Their routine or excessive use is one of the flaws of typical Swedish massage practices. When patients tell me, as many do, that "they can't stand massage," it's often because a lot of this unnecessary and annoying manipulation was a major part of their treatment, while deep, thorough, and gentle kneading can often be tolerated just fine.
A few precautions are necessary to observe. The grasping hand should carry the skin with it, not slip over the skin, as the drag thus put upon the hairs will, if daily repeated, cause troublesome boils. The use of a lubricant avoids this, and is a favorite device of unskilful manipulators. It also does away with much of the good effected by skin-friction, is uncleanly, very annoying to many patients, promotes an unsightly growth of hair, and should be avoided except where it is desired to rub into the system some oleaginous material. There are exceptional cases where a very dry, harsh skin or a tendency to excessive sweating during massage makes the use of some unguent desirable. Cocoa-oil may be used, or what is perhaps more agreeable, lanolin softened to the consistency of very thick cream by the addition of oil of sweet almonds. As little as possible should be made to serve.
A few precautions are important to keep in mind. The hand should move with the skin, not slide over it, as the friction on the hairs can lead to bothersome boils if done repeatedly. Using a lubricant can prevent this and is often employed by inexperienced practitioners. However, it negates much of the benefits of skin friction, is unhygienic, can be very irritating for many clients, encourages unwanted hair growth, and should be avoided unless there’s a need to apply some oily substance into the skin. In certain cases where the skin is very dry, rough, or there’s excessive sweating during massage, a lotion may be necessary. Cocoa oil can be used, or perhaps more pleasantly, lanolin softened to a thick cream-like consistency by mixing in sweet almond oil. Only a small amount should be used.
Too much care cannot be used to cover with stockings and warm wraps the parts after in turn they have been subjected to massage. As to time, at first the massage should last half an hour, but should be increased in a week to a full hour. I observe that Dr. Playfair has it used twice a day or more, and I have since had it so employed in some cases, letting the masseuse come before noon, and allowing the nurse to use it at night if it does not interfere with sleep, which is a matter to be tested solely by experiment. Commonly, one hour once daily suffices. I was at one time in the habit of suspending the use of both massage and electricity during menstruation, because I found occasionally that these agents disturbed or checked the normal flow. Of late, however, I continue to employ both agents, but confine them to the limbs. I have met with rare cases in which almost any massage gave rise to a uterine hemorrhage, and in which the utmost caution became necessary.
It's important to carefully cover the areas that have just been massaged with stockings and warm wraps. At the beginning, the massage should last for half an hour, but after a week, it should be increased to a full hour. I've noticed that Dr. Playfair recommends it twice a day or more, and I've also started using this approach in some cases, having the masseuse come before noon and letting the nurse use it at night if it doesn't disrupt sleep, which should be determined through experimentation. Usually, one hour once a day is enough. I used to stop both massage and electrical treatments during menstruation, as I found that sometimes they could disturb or disrupt normal flow. Recently, though, I've continued using both but limited them to the limbs. I've encountered rare situations where almost any massage triggered uterine bleeding, requiring extreme caution.
Women who have a sensitive abdominal surface or ovarian tenderness have of course to be handled with care, but in a few days a practised rubber will by degrees intrude upon the tender regions, and will end by kneading them with all desirable force. The same remarks apply to the spine when it is hurt by a touch; and it is very rare indeed to find persons whose irritable spots cannot at last be rubbed and kneaded to their permanent profit.
Women who have sensitive stomachs or ovarian discomfort need to be treated gently, but after a few days, an experienced practitioner will gradually begin to apply pressure to those sensitive areas and will eventually massage them with the necessary intensity. The same observations hold true for the spine when it's sensitive to touch; it's quite rare to find people whose trigger points can't eventually be massaged and kneaded for lasting benefit.
Sometimes when the patient is found to be much exhausted by massage, it is well to give some stimulating concentrated food afterwards; occasionally it may be necessary both before and after. In this case it would be well to see that the rubbing was not being made too severe.
Sometimes when the patient is found to be very exhausted from the massage, it's good to provide some energizing, concentrated food afterwards; occasionally, it might be necessary to do this both before and after. In this situation, it’s important to ensure that the massage isn’t being too intense.
Very rarely I find a patient to whom all massage is so disagreeable or produces such annoying nervousness as to make manipulation impossible; sometimes, though very rarely, massage, especially frictional movements, causes sexual excitement when applied in the neighborhood of the genital organs, or even on the buttocks and lower spine, and this may occur in either sane or insane patients: if the rubber observe any signs of this, it will of course be best to avoid handling the areas which are thus sensitive.
Very rarely do I find a patient for whom all massage feels so uncomfortable or triggers such annoying nervousness that it makes any manipulation impossible. Sometimes, though very infrequently, massage—especially friction movements—can cause sexual arousal when applied near the genital area or even on the buttocks and lower back. This reaction can occur in both mentally stable and unstable patients. If the therapist notices any signs of this response, it’s best to avoid working on those sensitive areas.
Another complaint sometimes made is of chilliness after treatment, and especially of cold feet. If this is not lessened after a few days, the lower extremities may be rubbed last instead of first, or as is now and then useful, the whole order of massage may be changed so as to begin with the abdomen, chest, and upper extremities and conclude with the back and legs.[17]
Another complaint that sometimes comes up is feeling cold after treatment, especially cold feet. If this doesn’t improve after a few days, the lower legs can be massaged last instead of first, or sometimes it’s beneficial to change the entire massage order to start with the abdomen, chest, and arms, and finish with the back and legs.[17]
Beginning with half an hour and gradually increasing to about an hour (a little more for very large or very fat people,—a little less for the small or thin) the daily massage is kept up through at least six weeks, and then if everything seems to be going along well, I direct the rubber or nurse to spend half of the hour in exercising the limbs as a preparation for walking. This is done after the Swedish plan, by making very slowly passive and extreme extensions and flexions of the limbs for a few days, then assisted movements, next active unassisted movements, and last active movements gently resisted by nurse or masseuse. When the patient is able to sit and stand, it is well to keep up and extend the number of these gentle gymnastic acts and to encourage the patient to make them habitual, or at least to keep them up for many months after the conclusion of treatment.[18]
Starting with thirty minutes and gradually increasing to about an hour (a bit more for very large or overweight individuals, a bit less for those who are small or thin), the daily massage continues for at least six weeks. If everything seems to be progressing well, I instruct the caregiver or nurse to spend half of that hour exercising the limbs to prepare for walking. This follows the Swedish technique, beginning with very slow passive and extreme extensions and flexions of the limbs for a few days, then moving to assisted movements, followed by active unassisted movements, and finally active movements gently resisted by the nurse or masseuse. Once the patient can sit and stand, it's important to continue and increase the number of these gentle exercises and to encourage the patient to make them a regular habit, or at least to maintain them for several months after the treatment is over.[18]
In 1877, several of the members of the staff of the Infirmary for Nervous Disease, and especially my colleague, Dr. Wharton Sinkler, obliged me by studying with care the influence of massage on temperature, and some very interesting results were obtained. In general, when a highly hysterical person is rubbed, the legs are apt to grow cold under the stimulation, and if this continues to be complained of it is no very good omen of the ultimate success of the treatment. But usually in a few days a change takes place, and the limbs all grow warm when kneaded, as happens in most people from the beginning of the treatment.[19] The extremely low temperature of the limbs of children suffering with so-called essential paralysis is well known. I have frequently seen these strangely cold parts rise, under an hour's massage, six to ten degrees F. In such small limbs, the long contact of a warm hand may account for at least a part of this notable rise in temperature. In adults this can hardly be looked upon as a cause of the rise of temperature produced by massage, first, because the long exposure of large surfaces incident to the process is calculated to lessen whatever increase of heat the contact of the hand may cause, and secondly, because this rise is a very variable quantity, and because occasionally some other and less comprehensible factors actually induce a fall rather than a rise in the thermometer as a result of massage.
In 1877, a number of staff members from the Infirmary for Nervous Disease, particularly my colleague Dr. Wharton Sinkler, kindly studied the effects of massage on body temperature, yielding some very interesting results. Generally, when a highly hysterical person is massaged, their legs tend to become cold during the process, and if this continues to be reported, it doesn’t bode well for the success of the treatment. However, usually within a few days, a change occurs, and the limbs warm up during massage, similar to what happens with most people from the start of treatment. The notably low temperature of the limbs in children who suffer from what is known as essential paralysis is well documented. I've often observed these unusually cold areas increase by six to ten degrees F after just an hour of massage. In such small limbs, the prolonged contact with a warm hand may explain at least part of this significant temperature rise. In adults, however, this can't really be considered a factor in the temperature increase caused by massage, firstly, because the extended exposure of larger areas during the process tends to diminish any heat increase from the hand's contact, and secondly, because this temperature rise can vary greatly, with some instances where less understood factors actually lead to a drop rather than a rise in temperature following massage.
In very nervous or hysterical women, ignorant of what the act of kneading may be expected to bring about, and especially in such as are thin and anæmic and have either a somewhat high or an unusually low normal temperature, we may find at first a slight fall of the thermometer, then a fairly constant rise, with some irregularities, and at last, as the health improves, a lessening effect or none at all.
In very nervous or hysterical women who don’t know what kneading is supposed to do, especially those who are thin and anemic with either a somewhat high or unusually low normal temperature, we may notice at first a slight drop in temperature, followed by a fairly steady increase with some fluctuations, and eventually, as their health improves, either a diminishing effect or none at all.
The most notable rise is to be found in persons who, owing to some organic disease, have acquired liability to great changes of temperature.
The most significant increase is seen in people who, due to an underlying health issue, have become susceptible to drastic temperature fluctuations.
It is impossible to observe the increase of heat which follows both massage and electricity without inferring that these agents must for a time, like exercise and other tonics, increase the tissue-waste by the stimulus they cause of the general and interstitial circulations, and by the direct influence they seem to have on the tissues themselves. I have sought to study this matter carefully by placing patients on a fixed and competent diet of milk alone, and by estimating the waste of tissues as shown in the secretions before and after the use of massage. This study, although it was never completed in a satisfactory manner, would seem to show that massage does not much alter the total elimination of the entire day, but causes a large and abrupt increase within three hours, followed by a compensatory decline.[20]
It’s impossible to notice the increase in heat that comes from both massage and electricity without concluding that these methods, like exercise and other tonics, temporarily boost tissue waste due to the stimulation they provide to overall and interstitial circulation, as well as their direct impact on the tissues themselves. I’ve tried to study this closely by putting patients on a strict and adequate milk-only diet and measuring tissue waste as indicated by the secretions before and after massage. This research, although never finished in a satisfying way, seems to indicate that massage doesn’t significantly change the total waste for the whole day, but does cause a large and sudden increase within three hours, followed by a compensatory decline.[20]
Mrs. J., at rest, on the usual diet. Manipulation at 11, daily:
Mrs. J. is resting on her usual diet. She has a manipulation scheduled at 11 every day:
Before Massage. | After Massage. |
100 | 100 |
100 | 100-1/5 |
99-2/5 | 99-4/5 |
99-4/5 | 100 |
99-2/5 | 100 |
100 | 100 |
99-4/5 | 100 |
99-4/5 | 100 |
Miss P., æt. 24, hysteria:
Miss P., age 24, hysteria:
Before Massage. | After Massage. |
99-1/4 | 99-1/4 |
98-1/4 | 99 |
98-1/2 | 99 |
98-1/4 | 99 |
98-1/4 | 98-1/4 |
99 | 99-3/4 |
100-1/5 | 100-2/5 |
100-2/5 | 101-2/5 |
100-2/5 | 100-3/5 |
100-3/5 | 100 |
Mrs. L., a very thin, feeble, and bloodless woman, æt. 29 years:
Mrs. L., a very thin, weak, and pale woman, 29 years old:
Before Massage. | After Massage. |
99 | 100 |
98-1/2 | 99-1/5 |
98 | 98-2/5 |
99 | 100 |
98-2/5 | 98-4/5 |
99 | 99-4/5 |
100 | 100-1/5 |
99 | 99-4/5 |
Mrs. P., æt. 31, feeble and anæmic, nervous, slight albuminuria and chronic bronchitis. Liable to fever. 3 P.M.:
Mrs. P., age 31, weak and anemic, anxious, slight protein in urine, and chronic bronchitis. Susceptible to fever. 3 PM:
Before Massage. | After Massage. |
101-3/5 | 102 |
100 | 100-4/5 |
99 | 99-4/5 |
100 | 101 |
99-2/5 | 100-1/5 |
99-4/5 | 100-3/5 |
100-3/5 | 101-3/5 |
100-2/5 | 99-4/5 |
100-3/5 | 100-2/5 |
100-3/10 | 100-9/10 |
99-1/5 | 99-4/5 |
These facts are, of course, extremely interesting; but it is well to add that the success of the treatment is not indicated in any constant way by the thermal changes, which are neither so steady nor so remarkable as those caused by electricity.
These facts are definitely fascinating; however, it’s important to note that the effectiveness of the treatment isn't consistently shown by the thermal changes, which are neither as stable nor as significant as those caused by electricity.
If now we ask ourselves why massage does good in cases of absolute rest, the answer—at least a partial answer—is not difficult. The secretions of the skin are stimulated by the treatment of that tissue, and it is visibly flushed, as it ought to be, from time to time, by ordinary active exercise. Under massage the flabby muscles acquire a certain firmness, which at first lasts only for a few minutes, but which after a time is more enduring and ends by becoming permanent. The firm grasp of the manipulator's hand stimulates the muscle, and, if sudden, may cause it to contract sensibly, which, however, is not usually desirable or agreeable. The muscles are by these means exercised without the use of volitional exertion or the aid of the nervous centres, and at the same time the alternate grasp and relaxation of the manipulator's hands squeezes out the blood and allows it to flow back anew, thus healthfully exciting the vessels and increasing mechanically the flow of blood to the tissues which they feed. It is possible also that a real increase in the production of red corpuscles is brought about by repeated applications of massage, as will be seen later on.
If we consider why massage is beneficial during complete rest, the answer—at least a partial one—is quite straightforward. The skin's secretions are stimulated by the treatment of that tissue, and it gets visibly flushed, just as it should from time to time through regular exercise. During massage, the flabby muscles gain a certain firmness that initially lasts for only a few minutes, but over time, it becomes more enduring and eventually permanent. The firm grip of the massage therapist's hands stimulates the muscle, and if it's sudden, it may cause noticeable contraction, which is usually not desired or pleasant. This method effectively exercises the muscles without any conscious effort or the involvement of the nervous system, and at the same time, the alternating grip and release of the therapist's hands push out the blood and allow it to flow back in, thereby healthily stimulating the blood vessels and mechanically increasing the blood flow to the tissues they nourish. It's also possible that repeated massage applications lead to a genuine increase in the production of red blood cells, as will be discussed later.
The visible results as regards the surface-circulation are sufficiently obvious, and most remarkably so in persons who, besides being anæmic and thin, have been long unused to exercise. After a few treatments the nails become pink, the veins show where before none were to be seen, the larger vessels grow fuller, and the whole tint of the body changes for the better.
The visible results related to surface circulation are quite clear, especially in people who are anemic and thin and have not exercised for a long time. After just a few treatments, the nails become pink, veins that weren’t visible before become noticeable, the larger vessels appear fuller, and the overall color of the body improves.
In like manner the sore places which previously existed, or which were brought into sensitive prominence by the manipulation, by degrees cease to be felt, and a general sensation of comfort and ease follows the later treatments.
Similarly, the painful areas that were previously present or became sensitive due to the manipulation gradually stop hurting, and a general feeling of comfort and relaxation follows the later treatments.
Although this plan of acting on the muscles seems to dispense with any demands upon the centres, it is not to be supposed that it is altogether without influence on these parts. In fact, extreme use of massage occasionally flushes the face and causes sense of fulness in the head or ache in the back. The actual large increase in the number of corpuscles in the circulation brought about by massage may be one of the reasons for this. We have added, perhaps, millions of cells to the number in the vessels in a very short time, and need not be astonished if some signs of plethora follow. Moreover, in some spinal maladies it has effects not to be altogether explained by its mechanical stimulation of the muscles, nerves, and skin.
Although this approach to working on the muscles seems to avoid any demands on the central systems, it shouldn't be assumed that it has no effect on these areas. In fact, excessive massage can sometimes cause the face to flush and create a feeling of fullness in the head or pain in the back. The significant increase in the number of blood cells in circulation, due to massage, might be one reason for this. We may have added millions of cells to the vessels in a very short time, so it’s not surprising if some signs of excess blood occur. Additionally, in certain spinal conditions, it has effects that can't be fully explained just by its mechanical stimulation of the muscles, nerves, and skin.
That the deep circulation shares in the changes which are so obvious in the superficial vessels has been shown by various observers of experimental and clinical facts. Firm deep muscle-kneading of the general surface will almost always slow and strengthen the pulse. If the abdomen alone is thoroughly rubbed the same effect appears in the pulse, but less in degree, and massage of the abdomen has also a distinct effect in increasing the flow of urine, a fact worth remembering in cases of heart-disease. In a case of albuminuria from exercise, W.W. Keen has shown that massage did not cause the return of the albumin after rest, though exercise did, a difference due to the opposite effects upon blood-pressure of the two forms of activity. Lauder-Brunton has shown that more blood passes through a masséed part after treatment. Dr. Eccles and Dr. Douglas Graham both found a decided decrease in the circumference of a limb after massage, showing how completely the veins must have been emptied, for the time at least,—an emptying which would surely be followed by an increased flow of arterial blood into the treated region. Dr. J.K. Mitchell, in 1894,[21] made a large number of examinations of the blood before and after massage, some in patients under treatment for a variety of disorders affecting the integrity of the blood, and a few in perfectly healthy men. With scarcely an exception there was a large increase in the number of corpuscles in a cubic millimetre, and an increase, though of less extent, in the hæmoglobin-content. Studies made at various intervals after treatment showed that the increase was greatest at the end of about an hour, after which it slowly decreased again; but this decrease was postponed longer and longer when the manipulation was continued regularly as a daily measure.[22] The author's conclusions from these examinations were interesting, and I quote them somewhat fully. The fact that the hæmoglobin is less decidedly increased than the corpuscular elements makes it seem at least probable that what happens is, that in all the conditions in which anæmia is a feature there are globules which are not doing their duty, but which are called out by the necessities of increased circulatory activity brought about by massage. If this is the first effect, yet as it is observed that the increase of corpuscles, at first passing, soon becomes permanent, we must conclude that massage has the ultimate effect of stimulating the production of red corpuscles.
The deep circulation is influenced by the changes seen in the superficial vessels, as various researchers have pointed out through experimental and clinical evidence. Firm deep muscle massage on the surface usually slows down and strengthens the pulse. Rubbing the abdomen alone produces a similar effect on the pulse, but to a lesser extent. Abdomen massage also noticeably increases urine flow, which is important to remember in heart disease cases. In a situation involving albuminuria from exercise, W.W. Keen demonstrated that massage did not lead to the return of albumin after rest, while exercise did—this difference is due to how each activity affects blood pressure. Lauder-Brunton showed that more blood circulates through an area after being massaged. Both Dr. Eccles and Dr. Douglas Graham noted a significant decrease in the circumference of a limb after massage, indicating that the veins were likely emptied for a while—this emptying would certainly be followed by an increased flow of arterial blood to that area. In 1894, Dr. J.K. Mitchell[21] conducted numerous blood examinations before and after massage, some in patients with various blood-related disorders, and a few in completely healthy individuals. Almost without exception, there was a significant rise in the number of cells per cubic millimeter and a smaller increase in hemoglobin content. Studies done at different intervals post-treatment revealed that the increase peaked around an hour later and then gradually decreased; however, this decline was delayed longer with regular daily manipulation.[22] The author's conclusions from these studies were intriguing, and I quote them in detail. The fact that hemoglobin increases less notably than the red blood cells suggests that, in conditions where anemia is present, some cells are not functioning properly but are mobilized by the demands of increased circulation due to massage. Although this might be the initial effect, since the rise in cell count eventually becomes permanent, we can conclude that massage ultimately stimulates the production of red blood cells.
One sometimes hears doubts expressed whether a patient with a high-grade anæmia is not "too feeble for such strong treatment" as massage. This study of one of the ways in which massage affects such cases may fairly be taken as proof of the certainty and safety of its effect on them, provided always it be done properly and with intelligence. Some check upon this may be had, as is said elsewhere, by the general effect upon the patient. It may be repeated that the pulse should be slower and stronger after an hour of deep massage, and that this effect will not be produced by superficial rubbing (indeed, with light or too rapid manipulation the pulse may become both less strong and more rapid), and finally the flow of urine should be increased. With these easily observed facts to aid, it may readily be judged whether massage is being rightly applied or not without the need of a visit from the physician during the hour of treatment. A final test might readily be made by examination of the blood and counting the red corpuscles before and after treatment. No doubt in very bad cases a small increase or none would be found at first, but a week of daily manipulation should show a distinct addition to the blood count. A striking instance in which this examination was repeatedly made is related on p. 184.
One sometimes hears concerns about whether a patient with severe anemia is "too weak for strong treatments" like massage. This study on how massage impacts such cases can be considered proof of its reliable and safe effects, as long as it is performed correctly and thoughtfully. Some indication of this can be observed in the overall effect on the patient, as mentioned elsewhere. It should be repeated that the pulse should be slower and stronger after an hour of deep massage, and this result won't occur with superficial rubbing (in fact, with light or rapid manipulation, the pulse may become weaker and faster). Additionally, the urine flow should increase. With these easy-to-observe signs, one can assess whether massage is being done effectively without needing a physician present during the treatment hour. A final test could be conducted by examining the blood and counting red blood cells before and after treatment. In very severe cases, a small increase or no change might be seen initially, but a week of daily massages should result in a noticeable rise in the blood count. A striking example where this examination was repeatedly conducted is detailed on p. 184.
"It is evident that our present definitions of anæmia are insufficient. An essential part of the description in all of them is that there are defects of number, of color, or of both in the blood. This is not necessarily or always true. The fault may lie in a lack of activity or of availability in the corpuscles. The state of things in the system may be like the want of circulating money during times of panic, when gold is hoarded and not made use of, and interference with commerce and manufactures results.
"It’s clear that our current definitions of anemia are inadequate. An important aspect of all these descriptions is that there are issues with the number, color, or both in the blood. However, this isn’t always the case. The problem might be due to a lack of activity or availability of the blood cells. The situation in the body can resemble a shortage of circulating money during a panic, when gold is hoarded and not utilized, leading to disruptions in trade and manufacturing."
"Neither an anæmic appearance nor a blood-count is alone enough for a certain diagnosis. Other signs must be used as a check on the blood examination for the establishment of the existence of anæmia. For instance, many cases here recorded had full normal or even supra-normal corpuscle-count, with a good percentage of hæmoglobin. Yet they presented every external sign of poverty of blood: pallor of skin and, more important still, of mucous membranes, cold extremities, anorexia, indigestion, dyspnœa on trifling exertion. In such cases we must suppose either that the total volume of the blood is reduced, or that the usefulness of the corpuscles is in some way impaired, or that both these troubles exist together."[23]
"Neither a pale appearance nor a blood test alone is enough for a definitive diagnosis. Additional signs should be used to verify the blood test results to determine if anemia is present. For example, many cases recorded here had a completely normal or even above-normal red blood cell count, along with a healthy percentage of hemoglobin. Yet, they showed every external sign of having low blood levels: pale skin and, even more importantly, pale mucous membranes, cold hands and feet, loss of appetite, indigestion, and shortness of breath with minor exertion. In such cases, we must consider that either the total volume of blood is reduced, or that the functionality of the red blood cells is somehow compromised, or that both issues are occurring simultaneously."
I have said above that the face was not touched in the course of the rubbing. There are cases, however, in which massage of the head and face may be usefully practised. Some obstinate neuralgias are helped by it temporarily, and very often it is of use with other means to aid in a permanent cure. Many headaches of a passing character may be dissipated promptly by careful massage of the head or by downward stroking over the jugular veins at the sides of the neck to lessen the flow of blood into the cerebral vessels, where the pain is due to congestion or distention, and careful manipulation of the facial muscles in paralysis is of service in restoring loss of tone and improving their nutrition. It is worth adding here, as women patients frequently say that during their illness the hair has become thin or shown a great tendency to fall, that daily firm finger-tip massage of the head for ten or twelve minutes, followed by rubbing into the scalp of a small amount of a tonic, either a bland oil or if need be of some more stimulating material, will in a great majority of the instances where loss of hair is due to general ill-health perfectly restore its vigor and even its color.
I mentioned earlier that the face wasn’t involved in the rubbing process. However, there are instances where massaging the head and face can be beneficial. Some stubborn pains, like neuralgia, can be temporarily relieved by it, and often it can be effective alongside other treatments for a lasting solution. Many short-lived headaches can be quickly alleviated through careful massaging of the head or by gently stroking downward along the jugular veins on the sides of the neck to reduce blood flow to the brain, especially when the pain is from congestion or swelling. Additionally, careful manipulation of the facial muscles in cases of paralysis can help restore muscle tone and improve their nutrition. It’s also worth noting that many female patients report thinner hair or increased hair loss during their illness. A daily, firm finger-tip massage of the scalp for ten to twelve minutes, followed by applying a little tonic—either a gentle oil or a more stimulating product if necessary—can often fully restore its health and even its color in most cases where hair loss is linked to poor overall health.
I am accustomed to pay a good deal of attention to the observations made on these and other points by practised manipulators, and I find that their daily familiarity with every detail of the color, warmth, and firmness of the tissues is of great use to me.
I tend to pay a lot of attention to the insights shared by experienced practitioners on these and other topics, and I find that their everyday knowledge of the color, warmth, and firmness of the tissues is incredibly helpful to me.
A great deal of nonsense is talked and written as to the use and the usefulness of massage. The "professional rubber" not unnaturally makes a mystery of it, and patients talk foolishly about "magnetism" and "electricity;" but what is needed is a strong, warm, soft hand, directed by ordinary intelligence and instructed by practice; and this is the whole of the matter, except in the massage of such obscure conditions as need full knowledge of the anatomical relations and physiological functions of the parts to be rubbed. It is a fact that I have known country physicians who, desiring to use massage and not having a practitioner of it within reach, have themselves trained persons to do it, with considerable resultant success.
A lot of nonsense is talked and written about the use and benefits of massage. The "professional masseur" understandably makes it seem mysterious, and patients often talk foolishly about "magnetism" and "electricity." However, what’s really needed is a strong, warm, soft hand, guided by basic intelligence and honed through practice; that’s the essence of it, except in cases of obscure conditions that require a deep understanding of the anatomical and physiological aspects of the areas being massaged. In fact, I’ve known country doctors who, wanting to use massage and lacking a professional nearby, have trained people themselves with considerable success.
It is not, perhaps, putting it too strongly to say that bad massage is better than none in those cases in which manipulation is needed. Very little harm can result from its use even by unskilled hands, provided that reasonable intelligence direct them.
It might not be too extreme to say that a bad massage is better than no massage at all in situations where some manipulation is necessary. Even if done by untrained hands, the potential harm from a massage is minimal, as long as there's some basic understanding guiding the process.
CHAPTER VII.
ELECTRICITY.
Electricity is the second means which I have made use of for the purpose of exercising muscles in persons at rest. It has also an additional value, of which I shall presently speak.
Electricity is the second method I've used to help exercise the muscles of people who are at rest. It also has an extra benefit that I will discuss shortly.
In order to exercise the muscles best and with the least amount of pain and annoyance, we make use of an induction current, with interruptions as slow as one in every two to five seconds, a rate readily obtained in properly-constructed batteries.[24] This plan is sure to give painless exercise, but it is less rapid and less complete as to the quality of the exercise caused than the movements evolved by very rapid interruptions. These, in the hands of a clever operator who knows his anatomy well, are therefore, on the whole, more satisfactory, but they require some experience to manage them so as not to shock and disgust the patient by inflicting needless pain. The poles, covered with absorbent cotton well wetted with salt water, which may be readily changed, so as not to use the same material more than once, are placed on each muscle in turn, and kept about four inches apart. They are moved fast enough to allow of the muscles being well contracted, which is easily managed, and with sufficient speed, if the assistant be thoroughly acquainted with the points of Ziemssen. The smaller electrode should cover the motor-point and the larger be used upon an indifferent area. After the legs are treated, the muscles of the belly and back and loins are gone over systematically, and finally those of the chest and arms. The face and neck are neglected. About forty minutes to an hour are needed; but at first a less time is employed. The general result is to exercise in turn all the external muscles.[25]
To best exercise the muscles with minimal pain and discomfort, we use an induction current with interruptions as slow as every two to five seconds, a rate that can be easily achieved with properly built batteries.[24] This method ensures painless exercise, but it is slower and less effective regarding the quality of the exercise compared to movements produced by very rapid interruptions. These rapid interruptions, in the hands of a skilled operator who has a good understanding of anatomy, are generally more effective, but they require some experience to handle without shocking or upsetting the patient by causing unnecessary pain. The electrodes, covered with absorbent cotton soaked in salt water, should be changed after each use to avoid reusing the same material and are placed on each muscle in turn, kept about four inches apart. They should be moved quickly enough to ensure the muscles contract well, which can be easily managed if the assistant knows Ziemssen's key points. The smaller electrode should cover the motor point, and the larger should be used on a neutral area. After treating the legs, systematically work on the muscles of the abdomen, back, and lower back, and finally those of the chest and arms. The face and neck are not treated. The entire process takes about forty minutes to an hour, but initially, it may take less time. The overall goal is to exercise all external muscles in turn.[25]
A half-hour's treatment of the muscles commonly gives rise to a marked elevation of temperature, which fades away within an hour or two. This effect is, like that from massage, most notable in persons liable to fever from some organic trouble, and it varies as to its degree in individuals who have no such disease.
A half-hour of muscle treatment usually leads to a significant increase in temperature, which diminishes within an hour or two. This effect, similar to that from massage, is most noticeable in people prone to fever due to some underlying condition, and it varies in intensity among individuals without such diseases.
The first case, Miss B., æt. 20, is an example of tubercular disease of the apex of the right lung. She had a morning temperature of 98-1/2° to 99-1/2°, and an evening temperature of 100° to 102°.
The first case, Miss B., age 20, is an example of tuberculosis affecting the top of the right lung. She had a morning temperature ranging from 98.5°F to 99.5°F, and an evening temperature between 100°F and 102°F.
Electricity was used about 11 o'clock daily, with these results:
Electricity was used around 11 o'clock every day, with these results:
Before Electricity. | After Electricity. | ||
November | 25 | 99 | 99-3/5 |
" | 27 | 97-3/5 | 100 |
" | 28 | 98 | 99 |
" | 29 | 98-4/5 | 99-4/5 |
December | 2 | 100-1/5 | 101-3/5 |
" | 4 | 99-1/5 | 100-1/5 |
" | 5 | 99-2/5 | 99-1/5 |
Mrs. R., æt. 40, the next case, was merely a rather anæmic, feeble, and thin woman, who for years had not been able to endure any prolonged effort. She got well under the general treatment, gaining thirteen pounds on a weight of ninety-eight pounds, her height being five feet and one inch. The facts as to rise of temperature are most remarkable, and, I need not say, were carefully observed.
Mrs. R., age 40, the next case, was just a rather anemic, weak, and thin woman who had been unable to handle any extended physical activity for years. She improved under the general treatment, gaining thirteen pounds on a weight of ninety-eight pounds, and she was five feet one inch tall. The details about her temperature rise are very noteworthy and, I should mention, were closely monitored.
Temperature taken in the mouth while at rest in bed.
Temperature taken in the mouth while resting in bed.
Before Electricity. | After Electricity. | ||||||
April | 2 | 98-2/5 | 98-4/5 | ||||
" | 3 | 98-1/5 | 98-2/5 | ||||
" | 4 | 98-1/5 | 98-2/5 | ||||
" | 5 | 98 | 98-3/5 | ||||
" | 6 | 97-9/10 | 98-7/10 | ||||
" | 7 | 98 | 98-5/10 | ||||
" | 8 | 98 | 98-3/5 | ||||
" | 9 | 98 | 98-1/10 | ||||
" | 10 | 98-2/5 | 98-3/5 | ||||
" | 11 | 98-5/10 | 98-7/10 | ||||
" | 12 | 98-3/5 | 99-1/10 | ||||
" | 13 | 98-1/5 | 99-5/10 | ||||
" | 14 | 98-2/5 | 99-1/5 | ||||
" | 16 | 98-4/10 | 99-1/10 | ||||
" | 17 | 98-5/10 | 99-2/10 | ||||
" | 18 | 98-7/10 | 99-1/10 | One | hour | later | 99-1/10 |
" | 19 | 98-9/10 | 99-3/10 | " | " | " , | 98-4/5 |
Before Electricity. | After Electricity. | ||
April | 20 | 99 | 99-1/10 |
" | 21 | 98-9/10 | 99-2/10 |
Menstrual period.
Menstrual cycle.
Before Electricity. | After Electricity. | ||
April | 30 | 98-3/5 | 98-3/5 |
May | 1 | 98 | 98-5/10 |
" | 2 | 98 | 98-3/10 |
The third case, Miss M., æt. 33, was that of a pallid woman, the daughter of a well-known physician in the South. She suffered for six years with "nervous exhaustion," headaches, pain in the back, intense depression of spirits, nausea, and repeated attacks of hysteria. She slept only under anodynes, and used stimulants freely. Under the use of rest and the adjuvant treatment described, Miss M. made a thorough recovery, and was restored to useful active life.
The third case, Miss M., age 33, was about a pale woman, the daughter of a well-known doctor in the South. She struggled for six years with "nervous exhaustion," headaches, back pain, severe depression, nausea, and recurring bouts of hysteria. She could only sleep with the help of painkillers and frequently used stimulants. After getting plenty of rest and following the supportive treatment outlined, Miss M. made a complete recovery and returned to a productive and active life.
Miss M. Thermometer held in mouth.
Miss M. Thermometer held in her mouth.
Before Electricity. | After Electricity. | |||
May | 14 | 99-1/10 | 99-1/10 | } Menstruating; general |
} faradization only. | ||||
" | 15 | 99 | 99-1/5 | } |
" | 16 | 99-1/5 | 99-1/5 | Gen'l faradization and limbs. |
" | 17 | 98-4/5 | 99-1/5 | |
" | 18 | 98-4/5 | 99-1/5 | |
" | 19 | 98-1/5 | 98-4/5 | |
" | 21 | 98-3/5 | 99 | |
" | 22 | 98-4/5 | 99-1/10 | |
" | 25 | 98-1/10 | 98-4/10 | |
" | 26 | 98-1/10 | 99-1/10 | |
" | 29 | 98-3/5 | 99 | |
" | 30 | 98-5/10 | 99-1/10 | |
" | 31 | 98-9/10 | 99-1/10 |
Mrs. P., æt. 38, was a rather nervous woman, easily tired, but not anæmic and not very thin. She improved greatly under the treatment.
Mrs. P., 38 years old, was a somewhat anxious woman, easily fatigued, but not anemic and not very thin. She improved significantly under the treatment.
Before Electricity. | After Electricity. | |||
January | 27 | 98-3/5 | 99-1/5 | Thermometer in axilla ten |
" | 29 | 98-2/5 | 99-1/5 | minutes before and after. |
" | 30 | 99-1/5 | 99-3/5 | |
" | 31 | 98-4/5 | 99-2/5 | |
February | 1 | 99 | 99-2/5 |
Menstrual period.
Menstrual cycle.
Before Electricity. | After Electricity. | |||
February | 8 | 98-2/5 | 99-1/5 | |
" | 9 | 98-3/5 | 99 | |
" | 10 | 98-2/5 | 99 | |
" | 12 | 98-1/5 | 99-3/5 | |
" | 13 | 98-2/5 | 99 | |
" | 14 | 98-2/5 | 98-3/5 | |
" | 15 | 98-2/5 | 98-4/5 | |
" | 19 | 99 | 98-2/5 | |
" | 20 | 98 | 99 | |
" | 23 | 98-3/5 | 99-4/5 | Thermometer in mouth five |
" | 24 | 99 | 99-2/5 | minutes before and after |
" | 27 | 99-1/5 | 99-3/5 | |
" | 28 | 98-4/5 | 99-4/5 |
Menstrual period.
Menstrual cycle.
Before Electricity. | After Electricity. | ||
March | 13 | 99 | 99-2/5 |
" | 14 | 98-4/5 | 98-4/5 |
" | 15 | 99 | 99-1/5 |
Miss R., æt. 27, was a fair case of hysterical conditions; over-use of chloral and bromides; anorexia and loss of flesh and color.
Miss R., age 27, was a clear case of hysteria; excessive use of chloral and bromides; loss of appetite and weight, along with a pale complexion.
Thermometer in mouth.
Thermometer under tongue.
Before Electricity. | After Electricity. | |||
May | 15 | 100 | 100 | } General faradization |
" | 16 | 100 | 100 | } for fifteen minutes. |
} | ||||
" | 17 | 100-1/5 | 100-2/5 | } |
" | 18 | 98-2/5 | 98-3/5 | } General faradization, |
} fifteen minutes, also of | ||||
" | 19 | 99-4/5 | 100-1/10 | } arm muscles, twenty minutes. |
" | 20 | 100-1/10 | 100 | |
General faradization, ten | ||||
" | 22 | 99-2/5 | 99-3/5 | minutes; arms and legs |
twenty minutes. | ||||
" | 26 | 99-1/10 | 99-2/10 | |
" | 27 | 99-3/10 | 99-4/10 | |
" | 28 | 99-2/5 | 99-2/5 | |
" | 29 | 99-3/10 | 99-3/10 | |
" | 30 | 99-1/10 | 99-4/10 | |
" | 31 | 99-1/10 | 99-2/10 | |
June | 2 | 99-3/5 | 99-4/5 | |
" | 4 | 99-5/10 | 99-6/10 | |
" | 6 | 99-3/10 | 99-5/10 | |
" | 7 | 99-3/10 | 99-5/10 |
I have given these full details because I have not seen elsewhere any statement of the rather remarkable phenomena which they exemplify. It may be that a part at least of the thermal change is due to the muscular action, although this seems hardly competent to account for any large share in the alteration of temperature, and we must look further to explain it fully. No mental excitement can be called upon as a cause, since it continues after the patient is perfectly accustomed to the process. I should add, also, that in most cases the subject of the experiment was kept in ignorance of the fact that a rise of the thermometer was to be expected. Is it not possible that the current even of an induction battery has the power so to stimulate the tissues as to cause an increase in the ordinary rate of disintegrative change? Perhaps a careful study of the secretions might lend force to this suggestion. That the muscular action produced by the battery is not essential to the increase of bodily heat is shown by the next set of facts to which I desire to call attention.
I’ve provided these detailed observations because I haven't found any other account of the pretty remarkable phenomena they illustrate. It’s possible that at least part of the temperature change is due to muscle activity, although it hardly seems capable of explaining a significant amount of the temperature shift, so we need to investigate further for a complete understanding. Mental stimulation can’t be considered a cause, since the effect continues even after the patient has fully adjusted to the process. I should also mention that in most cases, the subjects of the experiment were unaware that a rise in temperature was expected. Could it be that the current from an induction battery has the ability to stimulate the tissues enough to increase the usual rate of breakdown processes? Maybe a thorough examination of the secretions could support this idea. The fact that muscle activity caused by the battery isn’t necessary for the increase in body heat is demonstrated by the next set of facts I want to highlight.
Some years ago, Messrs. Beard and Rockwell stated that when an induced current is used for fifteen to thirty minutes daily, one pole on the neck and one on either foot, or alternately on both, the persistent use of this form of treatment is decidedly tonic in its influence. I believe that in this opinion they were perfectly correct, and I am now able to show that, when thus employed, the induced current causes also a decided rise of temperature in many people, which proves at least that it is in some way an active agent, capable of positively influencing the nutritive changes of the body.
Some years ago, Messrs. Beard and Rockwell mentioned that using an induced current for fifteen to thirty minutes each day, with one pole placed on the neck and one on either foot, or alternately on both, has a notably positive tonic effect with consistent use. I believe they were absolutely right in this view, and I can now demonstrate that when used this way, the induced current also leads to a significant rise in temperature in many individuals, which at least shows that it acts as an effective agent, capable of positively affecting the body's nutritional changes.
The rise of temperature thus caused is less constant, as well as less marked, than that occasioned by the muscle treatment. I do not think it necessary to give the tables in full. They show in the best cases, rises of one-fifth to four-fifths of a degree F., and were taken with the utmost care to exclude all possible causes of error.
The increase in temperature caused by this is less consistent and noticeable than the one from the muscle treatment. I don’t think it’s necessary to include all the tables. They demonstrate that, in the best cases, temperatures rose by one-fifth to four-fifths of a degree F., and these measurements were taken with great care to eliminate any potential errors.
The mode of treatment is as follows: At the close of the muscle-electrization one pole is placed on the nape of the neck and one on a foot for fifteen minutes. Then the foot pole is shifted to the other foot and left for the same length of time.
The treatment method is as follows: At the end of the muscle electrification, one electrode is placed on the back of the neck and the other on a foot for fifteen minutes. Then, the foot electrode is moved to the other foot and left there for the same amount of time.
It is desirable to have electricity used by a practised hand, but of late I have found that intelligent nurses may suffice, and this, of course, materially lessens the cost. In very timid or nervous people, or those who at some time have been severely "shocked" by the application of electricity in the hands of charlatans, it is common to find the patient greatly dreading a return to its use. In this case, if the battery be started and the poles moved about on the surface as usual, but without any connection being made, one of two things will happen,—either the patient will naturally find it very mild, and will submit fearlessly to a gentle and increasing treatment, or else her apprehensions will so dominate her as to cause her to complain of the effects as exciting or tiring her, or as spoiling her sleep. A few words of kindly explanation will suffice to show her how much expectation has to do with the apparent results, and she will be found, if the matter be managed with tact, to have learned a lesson of wide usefulness throughout her treatment.
It's best to have electricity administered by someone skilled, but lately I've found that knowledgeable nurses can work just fine, which significantly reduces costs. With very anxious or nervous people, or those who have been badly "shocked" by electricity mishandled by frauds, it's common for them to dread using it again. In this situation, if the battery is activated and the electrodes are moved around on the skin as usual, but no actual connection is made, one of two things will happen—either the patient will see it as very mild and will accept a gentle and gradually increasing treatment, or her fears will take over, leading her to say that the sensations are too stimulating or exhausting, or that they're affecting her sleep. A few kind words of explanation can help her understand how much her expectations influence the results, and if approached sensitively, she will likely gain a valuable insight that can benefit her throughout her treatment.
However, there are occasional, though very rare, cases in which it is impossible to use faradism at all by reason of the insomnia and nervousness which result even after very careful and gentle application of the current. On the other hand, some patients find the effect of the electric application so soothing as to promote sleep, and will ask to have it repeated or regularly given in the evening.
However, there are occasional, though very rare, cases where it's impossible to use faradism at all due to the insomnia and nervousness that occur even after very careful and gentle application of the current. On the other hand, some patients find the electric application so soothing that it helps them sleep and will ask to have it repeated or regularly given in the evening.
I have been asked very often if all the means here described be necessary, and I have been criticised by some of the reviewers of my first edition because I had not pointed out the relative needfulness of the various agencies employed. In fact, I have made very numerous clinical studies of cases, in some of which I used rest, seclusion, and massage, and in others rest, seclusion, and electricity. It is, of course, difficult, I may say impossible, to state in any numerical manner the reason for my conclusion in favor of the conjoined use of all these means. If one is to be left out, I have no hesitation in saying that it should be electricity.
I’ve been frequently asked if all the methods described here are necessary, and some reviewers of my first edition have criticized me for not highlighting the relative importance of the different approaches used. I’ve conducted numerous clinical studies of cases, where I used rest, seclusion, and massage in some instances, and rest, seclusion, and electricity in others. It’s quite difficult, if not impossible, to quantify the reasons for my conclusion supporting the combined use of all these methods. If I had to choose one to leave out, I would confidently say it should be electricity.
CHAPTER VIII.
DIETETICS AND THERAPEUTICS.
The somewhat wearisome and minute details I have given as to seclusion, rest, massage, and electricity have prepared the way for a discussion of the dietetic and medicinal treatment which without them would be neither possible nor useful.
The somewhat tedious and detailed information I provided about seclusion, rest, massage, and electricity has set the stage for a discussion on the dietary and medical treatment, which wouldn't be possible or effective without them.
As to diet, we have to be guided somewhat by the previous condition and history of the patient.
As for diet, we need to consider the patient's past conditions and history.
It is difficult to treat any of these cases without a resort at some time more or less to the use of milk. In most dyspeptic cases—and few neurasthenic women fail to be obstinately dyspeptic—milk given at the outset, and given alone by Karell's method for a fortnight or less, enormously simplifies our treatment. Even after that, milk is the best and most easily managed addition to a general diet. As to its use with rest and massage as an exclusive diet in obesity alone or in extreme fatness with anæmia, I spoke in a former edition with a confidence which has been increased by the added experience of physicians on both sides of the Atlantic. Finally, there are exceptional cases of intestinal pain of obscure parentage or seemingly neuralgic, of dyspepsia incorrigible by other treatments, which, having resulted in grave general defects of nutrition, are best treated by several weeks of milk diet, combined with rest, massage, and electricity. Milk, therefore, must be so much used in these cases in connection with the general treatment I am describing that it is perhaps as well to say more clearly how it is to be employed when given alone or with other food. I am the more willing to do this because I have learned certain facts as to the effects of milk diet which have, I believe, hitherto escaped observation. In fact, the study of the therapeutic influence and full results of exclusive diets is yet to be made; nor can I but believe that accurate dietetics will come to be a far more useful part of our means of managing certain cases than as yet seems possible.
It's hard to handle any of these situations without occasionally using milk. Most people with digestive issues—and few women with nervous exhaustion aren't stubbornly dyspeptic—do better with milk, especially if it’s given at the beginning, using Karell’s method for two weeks or less. It really simplifies our approach. Even after that, milk is still the best and easiest addition to a regular diet. Regarding its use with rest and massage as a solely exclusive diet for obesity or severe fatness with anemia, I discussed this in an earlier edition, and my confidence in it has grown thanks to feedback from doctors on both sides of the Atlantic. There are also unusual cases of intestinal pain with unclear origins or what seems like nerve pain, and stubborn digestive issues that other treatments haven’t resolved, which lead to serious nutritional deficiencies; these are best addressed with several weeks of a milk diet, along with rest, massage, and electricity. So, milk is essential in these cases in conjunction with the overall treatment I’m describing, and it’s perhaps best to explain more clearly how it should be used, whether alone or with other foods. I’m especially keen to share this because I’ve discovered some important facts about the effects of a milk diet that I think have gone unnoticed until now. The study of the therapeutic effects and overall results of exclusive diets still needs to be conducted; I genuinely believe that precise dietary guidelines will become a much more valuable tool in managing certain cases than it currently seems.
We are indebted chiefly to Dr. Karell, of St. Petersburg, for our knowledge of the value of milk as an exclusive diet, and to Dr. Donkin for the extension of Karell's treatment to diabetes. I shall formulate as curtly as possible the rules to be followed in using milk as an exclusive diet in dyspeptic states, and in anæmia with obesity, and in the latter state uncomplicated by defective hæmic conditions.
We owe a lot to Dr. Karell from St. Petersburg for our understanding of the benefits of milk as a sole diet, and to Dr. Donkin for extending Karell's treatment to diabetes. I'll outline the rules for using milk as an exclusive diet in cases of digestive issues and anemia with obesity, provided there are no underlying blood conditions complicating the obesity.
For fuller statements as to the reasons for the various rules to be observed in using milk, I must refer the reader to Karell's paper and to Donkin's book.
For more detailed explanations about the reasons behind the different rules for using milk, I recommend that the reader check out Karell's paper and Donkin's book.
Have the utmost care used as to preservation of the milk employed, and as to the perfect cleansing of all vessels in which it is kept. Use well-skimmed milk, as fresh as can be had, and, if possible, let it be obtained from the cow twice a day. Or if this is not possible, or where any doubt exists as to the condition of the milk, or any difficulty is experienced in keeping it fresh, it may be pasteurized as soon as received by heating it to 160°, keeping it some minutes at this point, and at once chilling on ice. For this purpose it is best to have the milk in bottles, and to heat by immersing the bottles in a water-bath. For longer preservation, as, for example, when travelling, sterilizing may be more thoroughly done by greater heat and lengthened immersion. Still, these should be expedients for use only when milk cannot be secured fresh and in good order, as it is more than doubtful if the milk is so well borne when it has been altered by these processes.
Take great care to preserve the milk you use, and to thoroughly clean all containers in which it is stored. Use well-skimmed milk that is as fresh as possible, ideally sourced from the cow twice daily. If this isn't feasible, or if there are any concerns about the milk's quality, or if you have trouble keeping it fresh, pasteurize it immediately upon receipt by heating it to 160°F, maintaining that temperature for a few minutes, and then quickly chilling it on ice. For this process, it's best to use bottles and heat them by placing the bottles in a water bath. For longer preservation, such as when traveling, consider sterilizing it more thoroughly by using higher heat and longer immersion. However, these methods should only be used when fresh, high-quality milk isn't available, as it’s uncertain how well the milk will keep after undergoing these processes.
For ordinary daily use it might be better to let all the milk for the day be peptonized in the morning with pancreatic extract, to the extent which is found to be agreeable to the patient's taste, and then preserve it by placing it upon ice. In this way milk may be kept for several days. Then, too, it has been found that where even skimmed milk upsets the stomach of patients, milk prepared in this manner can be taken without trouble. In peptonizing, the directions which accompany the powders to be used for that purpose should be followed carefully. It is to be remembered that if the patient desires to take the milk warm, the process of conversion into peptones, which has been stopped by the cold, will be promptly started again when the fluid is warmed, and then a very few minutes will suffice to make it disagreeably bitter. At first the skimming should be thorough, and for the treatment of dyspepsia or albuminuria the milk must be as creamless as possible. The milk of the common cow is, for our purposes, preferable to that of the Alderney. It may be used warm or cold, but, except in rare cases of diarrhoea, should not be boiled.
For everyday use, it might be better to have all the milk for the day treated with pancreatic extract in the morning, to a level that is agreeable to the patient's taste, and then keep it cool on ice. This way, the milk can last for several days. Additionally, it has been found that even if skimmed milk causes stomach issues for some patients, milk prepared this way can be consumed without any problems. When peptonizing, the instructions that come with the powders should be followed closely. It's important to note that if the patient wants to drink the milk warm, the peptonization process, which is paused by the cold, will quickly restart when the liquid is heated, and just a few minutes can make it unpleasantly bitter. Initially, make sure to skim thoroughly, and for treating dyspepsia or albuminuria, the milk should be as cream-free as possible. For our purposes, the milk from the common cow is preferred over Alderney milk. It can be served warm or cold, but should not be boiled except in rare cases of diarrhea.
It ought to be given at least every two hours at first, in quantities not to exceed four ounces, and as the amount taken is enlarged, the periods between may be lengthened, but not beyond three hours during the waking day, the last dose to be used at bedtime or near it. If the patient be wakeful, a glass should be left within reach at night, and always its use should be resumed as early as possible in the morning. A little lime-water may be added to the night milk, to preserve it sweet, and it should be kept covered.
It should be given at least every two hours initially, in amounts not exceeding four ounces. As the dosage increases, the intervals between doses can be extended, but not beyond three hours during the day. The last dose should be taken at bedtime or close to it. If the patient is having trouble sleeping, a glass should be left nearby at night, and its use should always resume as early as possible in the morning. A little lime water can be added to the night milk to keep it fresh, and it should be kept covered.
The milk given during the day should be taken at set times, and very slowly sipped in mouthfuls; and this is an important rule in many cases. Where it is so disagreeable as to cause great disgust or nausea, the addition of enough of tea or coffee or caramel or salt to merely flavor it may enable us to make its use bearable, and we may by degrees abandon these aids. Another plan, rarely needed, is to use milk with the general diet and lessen the latter until only milk is employed. If these rules be followed, it is rare to find milk causing trouble; but if its use give rise to acidity, the addition of alkalies or lime-water may help us, or these may be used and the milk scalded by adding a fourth of boiling water to the milk, which has been previously put in a warm glass. Some patients digest it best when it has the addition of a teaspoonful of barley-or rice-water to each ounce, the main object being to prevent the formation of large, firm clots in the stomach,—an end which may also be attained by the addition at the moment of drinking of a little carbonated water from a siphon. For the sake of variety, buttermilk may be substituted for a portion of the fresh milk, and though less nourishing it has the advantage of being mildly laxative.
The milk consumed during the day should be taken at regular times and sipped slowly in mouthfuls; this is an important rule in many cases. If it’s so unpleasant that it causes disgust or nausea, adding a bit of tea, coffee, caramel, or salt just to flavor it might make it more tolerable, and over time we can stop using these extras. Another approach, though rarely needed, is to mix milk with the regular diet and gradually reduce the latter until only milk is used. If these guidelines are followed, it’s uncommon to have issues with milk; however, if it leads to acidity, adding alkalies or lime-water can help, or we can scald the milk by adding a quarter of boiling water to it, which has been put in a warm glass. Some patients digest it better when a teaspoon of barley or rice water is added per ounce, with the main goal being to prevent the formation of large, firm clots in the stomach. This can also be achieved by adding a splash of carbonated water from a siphon when drinking. For variety, buttermilk can replace some of the fresh milk; while it’s less nutritious, it offers the benefit of being mildly laxative.
When used as an exclusive diet, skimmed milk gives rise to certain very interesting and what I might call normal symptoms. Since at first we can rarely give enough to sustain the functions, for several days the patient is apt to lose weight, which is another reason why exercise is in such cases undesirable. This loss soon ceases, and in the end there is usually a gain, while in most rest cases an exclusive milk diet may be dispensed with after a week. Where milk is taken alone for weeks or months, it is common enough to observe a large increase in bodily weight. I have seen several times active men, even laboring men, live for long periods on milk, with no loss of weight; but large quantities have to be used,—two and a half to three gallons daily. A gentleman, a diabetic, was under my observation for fifteen years, during the whole of which time he took no other food but milk and carried on a large and prosperous business. Milk may, therefore, be safely asserted to be a sufficient food in itself, even for an adult, if only enough of it be taken.
When used exclusively as a diet, skim milk can lead to some very interesting and what I would describe as normal symptoms. Since we often can't provide enough to support bodily functions at first, the patient may lose weight for several days, which is another reason why exercise isn't recommended in such cases. This weight loss usually stops soon after, and eventually, there is typically a weight gain, while in most cases, an exclusive milk diet can be discontinued after a week. When milk is consumed alone for weeks or months, it's quite common to see a significant increase in body weight. I've seen several active individuals, including manual laborers, sustain themselves on milk for long periods without losing weight; however, they need to consume large amounts—about two and a half to three gallons daily. I had a diabetic patient who I observed for fifteen years, during which he only consumed milk and successfully ran a large business. Thus, it can be confidently said that milk can serve as a sufficient food source on its own, even for adults, provided that enough is consumed.
During the first week or two, exclusive milk diet gives rise to a marked sense of sleepiness. It causes nearly always, and even for weeks of its use, a white and thick fur on the tongue, and often for a time an unpleasant sweetish taste in the early morning, neither of which need be regarded. Intense constipation and yellowish stools of a peculiar odor are usual. Of the former I shall speak in connection with the use of milk in special cases. The influence of milk on the urinary secretion is more remarkable, and has not been as yet fully studied.
During the first week or two, a strict milk diet can lead to noticeable drowsiness. It usually causes a white, thick coating on the tongue for several weeks, and often a mild sweet taste in the morning, both of which aren't a cause for concern. Intense constipation and yellowish stools with a distinct odor are common. I'll discuss the constipation in relation to milk in specific cases. The effect of milk on urine production is more significant and hasn't been thoroughly studied yet.
There is, of course, a large flow of urine; and in dropsical cases due to renal maladies this may exceed the ingested fluid and carry away very rapidly the dropsical accumulations. It is sometimes annoying to nervous persons because of the frequent micturition it makes necessary. I have discovered that while skimmed milk alone is being taken, uric acid usually disappears almost entirely from the urine, so that it is difficult to discover even a trace of this substance; nor does it seem to return so long as nothing but creamless milk is used. Almost any large addition of other food, but especially of meat, enables us to find it again. Creatine and creatinine also seem to lessen in amount, but of the extent of this change I am not as yet fully informed.
There is, of course, a significant amount of urine produced; and in cases of edema related to kidney issues, this can exceed the ingested fluids and quickly eliminate the fluid buildup. It can sometimes be frustrating for anxious individuals because it leads to frequent urination. I have found that when only skimmed milk is consumed, uric acid usually nearly completely disappears from the urine, making it hard to detect even a trace of it; this doesn't seem to return as long as only creamless milk is consumed. However, adding almost any other food, especially meat, allows us to detect it again. Creatine and creatinine also seem to decrease in quantity, but I am not yet fully informed about the extent of this change.
A yet more singular alteration occurs as to the pigments. If after a fortnight or less of exclusive milk diet we fill with the urine a long test-tube, and, placing it beside a similar tube of the ordinary urine of an adult, look down into the two tubes, we shall observe that the milk urine has a singular greenish tint, which once seen cannot again be mistaken. If we put some of this urine in a test-tube carefully upon hot nitric acid, there is noticed none of the usual brown hue of oxidized pigment at the plane of contact. In fact, it is often difficult to see where the two fluids meet.
A more unique change happens with the pigments. If, after about two weeks of solely consuming milk, we fill a long test tube with urine and place it next to a similar tube filled with the ordinary urine of an adult, we'll notice that the milk urine has a distinct greenish tint that, once seen, is unmistakable. If we carefully layer some of this urine in a test tube on top of hot nitric acid, there is none of the usual brown color of oxidized pigment at the point where the two liquids meet. In fact, it can be hard to discern where the two fluids touch.
The precise nature of this greenish-yellow pigment has not, I believe, been made out; but it seems clear that during a diet of milk the ordinary pigments of the urine disappear or are singularly modified. A single meal of meat will at once cause their return for a time.
The exact nature of this greenish-yellow pigment hasn’t been figured out, but it’s clear that when someone is on a milk-only diet, the usual pigments in urine disappear or change a lot. Just one meal of meat will cause them to reappear right away for a while.
These results have been carefully re-examined at my request by Dr. Marshall in the Laboratory of the University of Pennsylvania, and his results and my own have been found to accord; while he has also discovered that during the use of milk the substances which give rise to the ordinary fæcal odors disappear, and are replaced by others the nature of which is not as yet fully comprehended. The changes I have here pointed out are remarkable indications of the vast alterations in assimilation and in the destruction of tissues which seem to take place under the influence of this peculiar diet. Some of them may account for its undoubted value in lithæmic or gouty states; but, at all events, they point to the need for a more exhaustive study both of this and of other methods of exclusive diet.
These results were thoroughly re-examined at my request by Dr. Marshall in the Laboratory of the University of Pennsylvania, and both his findings and mine match up; he also discovered that while using milk, the substances that usually cause typical fecal odors disappear and are replaced by others that are not yet fully understood. The changes I’ve highlighted are significant signs of the major alterations in absorption and tissue breakdown that seem to occur with this unique diet. Some of these may explain its clear benefits in lithaemic or gouty conditions; however, they definitely suggest a need for a more in-depth study of this and other exclusive diet methods.
As regards milk, enough has here been said to act as a guide in its practical use in the class of cases with which we are now concerned; but I may add that it is sometimes useful, as the case progresses, to employ in place of milk, or with it, some one of the various "children's foods," such as Nestle's food, or malted milk.
As for milk, we've said enough to serve as a guide for its practical use in the cases we're discussing; however, I should mention that it can be helpful, as the situation develops, to use some of the different "children's foods," like Nestle's food or malted milk, either instead of milk or alongside it.
Before dealing with the treatment of the anæmic and feeble and more or less wasted invalids who require treatment by rest and its concomitant aids, I desire to say a few words as to the use of rest, milk dietetics, and massage in people who are merely cumbrously loaded with adipose tissues, and also in the very small class of anæmic women who are excessively fat and may or may not be hysterical, but are apt to be feeble and otherwise wretched.
Before addressing the treatment of anemic, weak, and somewhat emaciated patients who need rest and related therapies, I want to say a few words about the use of rest, milk-based diets, and massage for individuals who are simply burdened with excess body fat. This also applies to the very small group of anemic women who are excessively overweight and may or may not be hysterical, but tend to be weak and generally miserable.
Karell has pointed out that on creamless milk diet fat people lose flesh; and this is true; so that sometimes this mode of lessening weight succeeds very well. But it does not always answer, because, as in Banting, loss of weight is apt to be accompanied with loss of strength, so that in some cases the results are disastrous, or at least alarming. I do not know that this is ever the case if the directions of Mr. Harvey[26] are followed with care and the weight very deliberately lessened. But for this few people have the patience; and, even if they can be induced to follow out a strict diet, it is often useful to be able to cut off very rapidly a large amount of weight, and so shorten the period of strict regimen, or at least put over-fat persons in a condition to exercise with a freedom which had become difficult, and thus to provide them with a healthful means of preventing an accumulation of adipose matter. This can be done rapidly and with safety by the following means. The person whose weight we decide to lessen is placed on skimmed milk alone, with the usual precautions; or at once we give skimmed milk with the usual food, and in a week put aside all other diet save milk and all other fluids. When we find what quantity of milk will sustain the weight, we diminish the amount by degrees until the patient is losing a half-pound of weight each day, or less or more, as seems to be well borne. Meanwhile, during the first week or two rest in bed is enjoined, and later for a varying period rest in bed or on a lounge is insisted upon, while at the same time massage is used once or twice a day, and later in the case Swedish movements. At the same time, the pulse and weight are observed with care, so that if there be too rapid loss, or any sign of feebleness, the diet may be increased. In many such cases I allow daily a moderate amount of beef- or chicken- or oyster-soup,—more as a relief to the unpleasantness of a milk diet than for any other reason.
Karell has pointed out that people on a creamless milk diet can lose weight, and this is true; sometimes this method works very well. However, it doesn't always work because, like in Banting's experience, losing weight can often come with a loss of strength, which can lead to disastrous or at least concerning results. I don't think this happens if Mr. Harvey's directions are followed carefully and weight is reduced very gradually. But few people have the patience for that; and even if they can be convinced to stick to a strict diet, it’s often useful to lose a significant amount of weight quickly to shorten the time on a strict regimen, or at least to help overweight individuals feel comfortable enough to exercise more freely, thus providing them with a healthy way to prevent gaining excess fat. This can be done quickly and safely through the following steps. The person whose weight we want to reduce is put on a diet of skimmed milk only, with the usual precautions; or we can immediately give skimmed milk along with normal food, and after a week, eliminate all other foods except milk and fluids. Once we determine how much milk maintains their weight, we gradually reduce that amount until the patient is losing about half a pound each day, or more or less depending on how well they handle it. Meanwhile, in the first week or two, bed rest is recommended, and later, varying amounts of bed rest or lounging are emphasized, while massage is done once or twice daily, and later Swedish exercises may be added. At the same time, the pulse and weight are carefully monitored so that if there's too rapid weight loss or any signs of weakness, the diet can be adjusted. In many of these cases, I allow a moderate amount of beef, chicken, or oyster soup daily—not so much for nourishment, but more as a relief from the monotony of a milk diet.
When the weight has been sufficiently lowered, we add to the diet beef, mutton, oysters, etc., and finally arrange a full diet list to include but a moderate amount of hydro-carbons. Meanwhile, the milk remains as a large part of the food, and the active Swedish movements are still kept up as a habit, the patient being directed by degrees to add the usual forms of exercise.
When the weight has been lowered enough, we add beef, mutton, oysters, and so on to the diet, and finally put together a complete meal plan that includes just a moderate amount of carbohydrates. In the meantime, milk continues to be a major part of the diet, and the active Swedish movements are still maintained as a regular practice, gradually encouraging the patient to incorporate the usual types of exercise.
If we attempt to make so speedy a change in weight while the patient is afoot, the loss is apt to be gravely felt; but with the precautions here advised it is interesting and pleasant to see how great a reduction may be made in a reasonable time without annoyance and with no obvious result except a gain in health and comfort.
If we try to make such a quick change in weight while the patient is up and about, the loss can be seriously felt; but with the precautions suggested here, it’s interesting and enjoyable to see how significant a reduction can be achieved in a reasonable time without discomfort and with no noticeable outcome other than improved health and comfort.
Cases of anæmia in women with excess of flesh have to be managed in a somewhat similar fashion, but with the utmost care. In such persons we have a loss of red blood-globules, perhaps lessened hæmoglobin, weak heart, rapid pulse, and general feebleness, with too much fat, but not, or at least rarely, extreme obesity. The milder cases may profit by iron, with rest and very vigorous massage, but in old cases of this kind—they are, happily, rare—the best plan is to put the patient at rest, to use massage, restrict the diet to skimmed milk, or to milk and broths free from fat, and with them, when the weight has been sufficiently lowered, to give iron freely, and by degrees a good general diet, under which the globules rise in number, so that even with a new gain in flesh there comes an equal gain in strength and comfort. The massage must be very thoroughly done to be of service, and it is often difficult to get operators to perform it properly, as the manipulation of very fat people is excessively hard work. As to other details, the management should be much the same as that which I shall presently describe in connection with cases of another kind.
Cases of anemia in women with excess body weight need to be handled in a somewhat similar way, but with great care. In these individuals, there is a loss of red blood cells, possibly lower hemoglobin levels, a weak heart, a rapid pulse, and overall weakness, along with excess fat, though not usually extreme obesity. Milder cases may benefit from iron supplements, along with rest and rigorous massage, but in more severe cases—thankfully rare—the best approach is to have the patient rest, use massage, and limit their diet to skimmed milk or fat-free broths. Once their weight has sufficiently decreased, iron can be administered generously, and gradually, a balanced diet can be introduced, allowing the blood cell count to increase so that with any new weight gain, there is a corresponding increase in strength and well-being. The massage needs to be done very thoroughly to be effective, and it can often be challenging to find practitioners who can perform it correctly, as working with very overweight individuals can be extremely demanding. Other aspects of management should align closely with what I will soon describe for different cases.
Mrs. P., æt. 45, weight one hundred and ninety pounds, height five feet four and a half inches, had for some years been feeble, unable to walk without panting, or to move rapidly even a few steps. Although always stout, her great increase of flesh had followed an attack of typhoid fever four years before. Her appearance was strikingly suggestive of anæmia.
Mrs. P., age 45, weighing 190 pounds and standing 5 feet 4.5 inches tall, had been weak for several years, struggling to walk without breathing heavily and unable to move quickly even a few steps. While she had always been overweight, her significant weight gain came after a bout of typhoid fever four years earlier. Her appearance strongly indicated anemia.
She was subject to constant attacks of acid dyspepsia, was said to be unable to bear iron in any form, and had not menstruated for seven months. She had no uterine disease, and was not pregnant. Two years before I saw her she had been made very ill owing to an attempt to reduce her flesh by too rapid Banting, and since then, although not a gross or large eater, she had steadily gained in weight, and as steadily in discomfort.
She was constantly dealing with acid reflux, couldn't tolerate iron in any form, and hadn’t had her period for seven months. There was no uterine disease, and she wasn’t pregnant. Two years before I saw her, she had become very sick from trying to lose weight too quickly with a fad diet, and since then, even though she wasn’t a big eater, she had consistently gained weight and discomfort.
She was kept in bed for five weeks. Massage was used at first once daily, and after a fortnight twice a day, while milk was given, and in a week made the exclusive diet. Her average of loss for thirty days was a pound a day, and the diet was varied by the addition of broths after the third week, so as to keep the reduction within safe limits. Her pulse at first was 90 to 100 in the morning, and at night 80 to 95, her temperature being always a half degree to a degree below the normal. At the third week the latter was as is usual in health, and the pulse had fallen to 80 in the morning, and 80 to 90 at night.
She was confined to bed for five weeks. Initially, she received massage once a day, and after two weeks, it was increased to twice a day, while milk was introduced and eventually became her sole diet within a week. On average, she lost a pound a day for thirty days, and after the third week, the exclusive diet was supplemented with broths to keep the weight loss within safe limits. At first, her pulse was between 90 and 100 in the morning and 80 to 95 at night, with her temperature consistently half a degree to a degree below normal. By the third week, her temperature returned to the normal range, and her pulse had dropped to 80 in the morning and 80 to 90 at night.
After two weeks I gave her the lactate of iron every three hours in full doses. In the fourth week additions were made to her diet-list, and Swedish movements were added to the massage, which was applied but once a day; and during the fifth week she began to sit up and move about. At the seventh week her pulse was 70 to 80, her temperature natural, and her blood-globules much increased in number. Her weight had now fallen to one hundred and forty-five pounds, and her appearance had decidedly improved. She left me after three and a half months, able to walk with comfort three miles. She has lived, of course, with care ever since, but writes me now, after two years, that she is a well and vigorous woman. Her periodical flow came back five months after her treatment began, and she has since had a child.
After two weeks, I gave her iron lactate every three hours in full doses. In the fourth week, we made additions to her diet, and Swedish exercises were included in the massage, which was applied just once a day. During the fifth week, she started to sit up and move around. By the seventh week, her pulse was between 70 and 80, her temperature was normal, and her red blood cell count had significantly increased. Her weight had dropped to one hundred and forty-five pounds, and her appearance had noticeably improved. She left my care after three and a half months, able to comfortably walk three miles. She has, of course, lived carefully since then, but now, after two years, she writes to me that she is a healthy and active woman. Her menstrual cycle returned five months after her treatment began, and she has since had a child.
Early in the spring of 1876, Mrs. C., æt. 40, came under my care with partial hysterical paralysis of the right and hemi-anæsthesia of the left side. She had no power to feel pain or to distinguish heat from cold in the left leg and arm, though the sense of touch was perfect. The long strain of great mental suffering had left her in this state and rendered her somewhat emotional. Her appetite was fair, but she was strangely white, and weighed one hundred and sixty-three pounds, with a height of five feet five inches. As she had had endless treatment by iron, change of air, and the like, I did not care to repeat what had already failed. She was therefore put at rest, and treated with milk, slowly lessened in amount. Her stomach-troubles, which had been very annoying, disappeared, and when the milk fell to three pints she began to lose flesh. With a quart of milk a day she lost half a pound daily, and in two weeks her weight fell to one hundred and forty pounds. She was then placed on the full treatment which I shall hereafter describe. The weight returned slowly, and with it she became quite ruddy, while her flesh lost altogether its flabby character. I never saw a more striking result.
In early spring of 1876, Mrs. C., age 40, came under my care with partial hysterical paralysis on her right side and a lack of sensation on the left side. She couldn't feel pain or tell the difference between hot and cold in her left leg and arm, although she had perfect touch. The prolonged stress from significant mental suffering had put her in this condition and made her somewhat emotional. Her appetite was decent, but she appeared remarkably pale, weighing one hundred sixty-three pounds and standing five feet five inches tall. Since she had undergone numerous treatments with iron, changes of environment, and similar methods, I didn't want to repeat what had already proven ineffective. Therefore, she was allowed to rest and was treated with milk, which I gradually reduced. Her stomach issues, which had been quite bothersome, disappeared, and when her milk intake dropped to three pints, she started to lose weight. With a quart of milk a day, she lost half a pound each day, and in two weeks, her weight decreased to one hundred forty pounds. She was then put on a full treatment, which I will describe later. Her weight gradually returned, and along with it, she became quite healthy-looking, while her body lost its flabby appearance. I had never seen a more remarkable outcome.
Let us now suppose that we have to deal with a person of another and different type,—one of the larger class of feeble, thin-blooded, neurasthenic or hysterical women. Let us presume that every ordinary and easily attainable means of relief has been utterly exhausted, for not otherwise do I consider it reasonable to use so extreme a treatment as the one we are now to consider. Inevitably, if it be a woman long ill and long treated, we shall have to settle the question of uterine therapeutics. A careful examination is made, and we learn that there is decided displacement. In this case it is well to correct it at once and to let the uterine treatment go on with the general treatment. If there be bad lacerations of the womb or perineum, their surgical relief may await a change in the general status of health,—say at the fourth or fifth week. If there be only congestive or other morbid states of the womb or ovaries, they are best left to be aided by the general gain in health; but in this as in every other stage of this treatment it is unwise, and undesirable therefore, to lay down too absolute laws. Having satisfied ourselves as to these points, and that rest, etc., is needful, we begin treatment, if possible, at the close of a menstrual period, because usually the monthly flow is a time at which there is little or no gain, and by starting our treatment when it is just over we save a week of time in bed.
Let’s now consider a person of a different type—specifically, one from the larger group of weak, thin-blooded, neurasthenic, or hysterical women. Let’s assume that every ordinary and easily accessible treatment option has been completely exhausted, as I don’t think it’s reasonable to resort to such an extreme treatment as the one we're about to discuss otherwise. If it’s a woman who has been ill for a long time and has received prolonged treatment, we will need to address the issue of uterine therapy. A thorough examination reveals a significant displacement. In this case, it’s best to correct it right away and continue the uterine treatment along with the overall treatment plan. If there are serious lacerations of the womb or perineum, their surgical treatment can wait until there’s an improvement in general health—let's say around the fourth or fifth week. If there are just congestive issues or other pathological conditions of the womb or ovaries, it’s best to let them improve with the overall increase in health; however, at this and every other stage of treatment, it’s unwise and undesirable to establish too strict rules. Once we’ve confirmed these details and identified that rest, etc., is necessary, we begin treatment if possible at the end of a menstrual period, as the time of monthly flow is typically a period of little or no improvement, and starting our treatment just after it ends allows us to save a week of bed rest.
The next step is, usually, to get her by degrees on a milk diet, which has two advantages. It enables us to know precisely the amount of food taken, and to regulate it easily; and it nearly always dismisses, as by magic, all the dyspeptic conditions. If the case be an old one, I rarely omit the milk; but, although I begin with three or four ounces every two hours, I increase it in a few days up to two quarts, given in divided doses every three hours. If a cup of coffee given without sugar on awaking does not regulate the bowels, I add a small amount of watery extract of aloes at bedtime; or if the constipation be obstinate, I give thrice a day one-quarter of a grain of watery extract of aloes with two grains of dried ox-gall. I find the simple milk diet a great aid towards getting rid of chloral, bromides, and morphia, all of which I usually am able to lay aside during the first week of treatment.[27] Nor is it less easy with the same means to enable the patient to give up stimulus; and I may add that in the treatment of the congested stomach of the habitual hard drinker the milk treatment is of admirable efficacy. As I have spoken over and over of the use of stimulus by nervous women, I should be careful to explain that anything like great excess on the part of women of the upper classes, in this country at least, is, in my opinion, extremely rare, and that when I speak of the habit of stimulation I mean only that nervous women are apt to be taught to take wine or whiskey daily, to an extent that does not affect visibly their appearance or demeanor.
The next step is usually to gradually put her on a milk diet, which has two benefits. It allows us to accurately track the amount of food consumed and adjust it easily; plus, it almost always magically eliminates any digestive issues. If it's a long-standing issue, I rarely skip the milk; I start with three or four ounces every two hours and then increase it to two quarts over a few days, given in smaller amounts every three hours. If a cup of coffee without sugar in the morning doesn’t help regulate the bowels, I add a small dose of watery extract of aloes at bedtime; or if the constipation is stubborn, I give one-quarter of a grain of watery extract of aloes along with two grains of dried ox-gall three times a day. I find that the simple milk diet is a great help in weaning off chloral, bromides, and morphine, which I can usually stop entirely during the first week of treatment.[27] It’s also quite straightforward to help the patient give up stimulants with the same approach; I should also mention that for treating the congested stomach of regular heavy drinkers, the milk treatment is highly effective. As I have repeatedly mentioned the use of stimulants by anxious women, I should clarify that significant excess among upper-class women, at least in this country, is extremely rare. When I refer to the habit of stimulation, I mean that nervous women tend to be encouraged to consume wine or whiskey daily in amounts that don’t noticeably impact their appearance or behavior.
Meanwhile, the mechanical treatment is steadily pursued, and within four days to a week, when the stomach has become comfortable, I order the patient to take also a light breakfast. A day or two later she is given a mutton-chop as a mid-day dinner, and again in a day or two she has added bread-and-butter thrice a day; within ten days I am commonly able to allow three full meals daily, as well as three or four pints of milk, which are given at or after meals, in place of water.
In the meantime, the mechanical treatment is consistently applied, and within four days to a week, when the stomach feels comfortable, I tell the patient to have a light breakfast as well. A day or two later, she gets a mutton chop for lunch, and again in a day or two, she adds bread and butter three times a day; within ten days, I usually can allow three full meals a day, along with three or four pints of milk, which are served at or after meals instead of water.
After ten days I order also two to four ounces of fluid malt extract before each meal. The fluid malt extracts which now reach us from Germany have become less trustworthy than they formerly were. Some of them keep badly, and are uncertain in composition, one bottle being good, another bad. The more constant, and at the same time most agreeable, extracts are those now made in this country. Although their diastasic powers are usually less than is claimed for them, and vary greatly even in the best makes, they so far have seemed to me on the whole more satisfactory than the imported malts. It is very desirable that a thorough chemical study should be made of the various malt extracts, solid and liquid. I am sure that some of them are defective in composition, or vary notably as to the amount of alcohol they contain.
After ten days, I also recommend taking two to four ounces of liquid malt extract before each meal. The liquid malt extracts we now receive from Germany are less reliable than they used to be. Some of them don't store well, and their composition is inconsistent—one bottle might be good while another is bad. The more reliable and pleasant extracts are the ones produced domestically. Although their diastatic powers are often lower than claimed and can vary significantly even among the best brands, they have generally seemed more satisfactory to me than the imported malts. It’s very important that a thorough chemical analysis be conducted on the various malt extracts, both solid and liquid. I believe that some of them have issues with their composition or vary widely in alcohol content.
No troublesome symptoms usually result from this full feeding, and the patient may be made to eat more largely by being fed by her attendant. People who will eat very little if they feed themselves, often take a large amount when fed by another; and, as I have said before, nothing is more tiresome than for a patient flat on her back to cut up her food and to use the fork or spoon. By the plan of feeding we thus gain doubly.
No annoying symptoms usually come from this full feeding, and the patient can be encouraged to eat more by having someone else feed her. People who eat very little when they feed themselves often consume a lot more when someone else does it for them; and, as I mentioned before, there's nothing more exhausting than for a patient lying flat on her back to cut up her food and use a fork or spoon. With this feeding method, we get the benefit in two ways.
As to the meals, I leave them to the patient's caprice, unless this is too unreasonable; but I like to give butter largely, and have little trouble in getting this most wholesome of fats taken in large amounts. A cup of cocoa or of coffee with milk on waking in the morning is a good preparation for the fatigue of the toilet.
As for the meals, I let the patient choose what they want, as long as it’s not too unreasonable; but I do like to offer a lot of butter, and I find it easy to get them to eat this healthy fat in large quantities. A cup of cocoa or coffee with milk in the morning is a good way to prepare for the tiring routine of getting ready.
At the close of the first week I like to add one pound of beef, in the form of raw soup. This is made by chopping up one pound of raw beef and placing it in a bottle with one pint of water and five drops of strong hydrochloric acid. This mixture stands on ice all night, and in the morning the bottle is set in a pan of water at 110° F. and kept two hours at about this temperature. It is then thrown on to a stout cloth and strained until the mass which remains is nearly dry. The filtrate is given in three portions daily. If the raw taste prove very objectionable, the beef to be used is quickly roasted on one side, and then the process is completed in the manner above described. The soup thus made is for the most part raw, but has also the flavor of cooked meat.[28]
At the end of the first week, I like to add one pound of beef in the form of raw soup. This is made by chopping one pound of raw beef and putting it in a bottle with one pint of water and five drops of strong hydrochloric acid. This mixture sits on ice overnight, and in the morning, the bottle is placed in a pan of water at 110°F and kept at that temperature for about two hours. It is then poured onto a sturdy cloth and strained until the remaining mass is nearly dry. The liquid is given in three doses throughout the day. If the raw taste is too strong, the beef can be quickly roasted on one side, and then the process is completed as described above. The resulting soup is mostly raw but has the flavor of cooked meat.[28]
In difficult cases, especially those treated in cool weather, I sometimes add, at the third week, one half-ounce of cod-liver oil, given half an hour after each meal. If it lessen the appetite, or cause nausea, I employ it thrice a day as a rectal injection; and in cases where the large doses of iron used cause intense constipation, I find the use of cod-oil enemata doubly valuable, by acting as a nutriment and by disposing the bowels to act daily. This may be given as an emulsion with pancreatic extract. This will suit some people well, and result in a single passage daily, but in others may be annoying, and be either badly retained or not retained at all, and may give rise to tenesmus.
In tough cases, especially those treated in cold weather, I sometimes add half an ounce of cod-liver oil during the third week, taking it half an hour after each meal. If it reduces the appetite or causes nausea, I use it three times a day as a rectal injection. In situations where the high doses of iron lead to severe constipation, I've found that using cod-liver oil enemas is particularly beneficial, as it acts both as a nutrient and encourages daily bowel movements. This can be given as an emulsion with pancreatic extract. Some people respond well to this and have a single bowel movement daily, while for others it might be uncomfortable, poorly retained, or not retained at all, potentially leading to tenesmus.
The question of stimulus is a grave one. In too many cases which come to me, I have to give so much care to break off the use of all forms of alcoholic drinks that I am loath to resort to them in any case, although I am satisfied that a small amount is a help towards speedy increase of fat. Its use is, therefore, a matter for careful judgment, and in persons who have never taken it in excess, or as a habit, I prefer to give, with the other treatment, a small daily ration of stimulus: an ounce a day of whiskey in milk, or a glass of dry champagne or red wine, seems to me useful as an adjuvant, and as increasing the capacity to take food at meals. Nevertheless, alcohol is not essential, and for the most part I give none, except the small amount—some four per cent.—present in fluid malt extracts. Even this is found to excite certain persons, and it is in such cases easy to substitute the thicker extracts of malt, or the Japanese extract, made from barley and rice.
The question of using stimulants is a serious one. In too many cases that come to me, I have to put a lot of effort into breaking the habit of using all kinds of alcoholic drinks, so I'm hesitant to use them. However, I believe that a small amount can help increase body fat quickly. Therefore, it's important to make careful decisions about it. For people who have never abused alcohol or made a habit of it, I prefer to include a small daily amount of a stimulant along with other treatments: about an ounce of whiskey in milk, or a glass of dry champagne or red wine, seems helpful as a supplement and can increase their ability to eat at meals. Still, alcohol isn’t essential, and I usually don’t give any, except for the small amount—about four percent—found in liquid malt extracts. Even this can sometimes stimulate certain individuals, and in those cases, it’s easy to switch to thicker malt extracts or a Japanese extract made from barley and rice.
So soon as my patient begins to take other food than milk, and sometimes even before this, I like to give iron in large doses. In hospital practice the old subcarbonate answers very well, being cheap, and not unpalatable when shaken up in water or given in an effervescent draught of carbonated waters. In private practice large doses of salts of iron, as four to six grains of lactate at meal-time, are satisfactory; but the form of iron is of less moment than the amount.
As soon as my patient starts eating something other than milk, and sometimes even before that, I prefer to give iron in large doses. In hospital settings, the old subcarbonate works well, being affordable and not too unpleasant when mixed with water or taken in a fizzy drink with carbonated water. In private practice, large doses of iron salts, like four to six grains of lactate at mealtimes, are effective; however, the type of iron is less important than the dosage.
Very often I meet with women who cannot take iron, either because it disturbs the stomach, causes headache, or constipates, or else because they have been told never to take iron. In the latter case I simply add five grains of the pyrophosphate to each ounce of malt, and give it thus for a month unknown to the patients. It is then easy to make clear to them that iron is not so difficult to take as they had been led to believe, and when it has ceased to disagree mentally I find that I am able to fall back on the coarser method. If iron constipate, as it may and does often do when used in these large doses, the trouble is to be corrected by fruit, and especially pears, by the pill of the watery extract of aloes and ox-gall already mentioned, by extracts of cascara or of juglans cinerea, which may be added to the malt extract ordered with the meals, or by enemata of oil, or oil and glycerin, or a glycerin suppository. The instances in which iron gives headache and sense of fulness are very rare when the patient is undergoing the full treatment described, and, as a rule, I disregard all such complaints, and find that after a time I cease to hear anything more of these symptoms.
I often meet women who can't take iron, either because it upsets their stomach, causes headaches, or leads to constipation, or because they've been advised not to take iron at all. In those cases, I simply add five grains of pyrophosphate to each ounce of malt and give it to them for a month without their knowledge. After that, it's easy to show them that iron isn't as hard to tolerate as they thought. Once they no longer have mental objections, I find that I can use a more straightforward approach. If iron causes constipation, which can happen especially with large doses, I address the issue with fruit, particularly pears, with a pill of the previously mentioned watery extract of aloes and ox-gall, with extracts of cascara or juglans cinerea that can be mixed with the malt extract taken with meals, or through enemas of oil, or oil and glycerin, or a glycerin suppository. Instances of iron causing headaches and a feeling of fullness are very rare when the patient is undergoing the complete treatment I described, and generally, I ignore such complaints, finding that over time, these symptoms tend to go away.
Unless some especial need arises, iron, in some form, is the only drug I care to use until the patient begins to sit up, when I order nearly always sulphate of strychnia, in rather full doses, thrice a day, with iron and arsenic.
Unless there's a specific need, iron, in some form, is the only medication I prefer to use until the patient can sit up. At that point, I usually prescribe sulphate of strychnine in fairly high doses, three times a day, along with iron and arsenic.
Probably no physician will read the account I have here detailed of the vast amount of food which I am enabled to give, not only with impunity from dyspepsia, but with lasting advantage, without some sense of wonder; and, for my own part, I can only say that I have watched again and again with growing surprise some listless, feeble, white-blooded creature learning by degrees to consume these large rations, and gathering under their use flesh, color, and wholesomeness of mind and body. It is needless to say that it is not in all cases easy to carry out this treatment.
Probably no doctor will read the account I’ve detailed here about the huge amounts of food I can provide, not only without causing indigestion but with lasting benefits, without feeling some sense of wonder. Personally, I can only say that I’ve observed, more than once, with growing amazement, some weak, pale person gradually learning to eat these large portions and, as a result, gaining weight, color, and overall wellness of both mind and body. It goes without saying that it's not always easy to implement this treatment.
When the full treatment has been reached, and kept up for a few days, I begin to watch the urine with care, because if the patient be overfed the renal secretion speedily betrays this result in the precipitation of urates. When this occurs at all steadily, I usually give directions to lessen the amount of food until the urine is again free from sediment.
When the full treatment has been achieved and maintained for a few days, I start to closely monitor the urine, because if the patient is overfed, the kidney output quickly shows this through the formation of urate crystals. When this happens consistently, I typically instruct to reduce the amount of food until the urine is clear of sediment again.
Nearly always at some time in the progress of the case there are attacks of dyspepsia, when it suffices to cut down the diet one-half, or to give milk alone for a day or two. Diarrhoea is more rare, and has to be met in like manner; or, if obstinate, it may be requisite to give the milk boiled. Occasionally the rapid increase of blood is shown by nasal hemorrhage, which needs no especial treatment.
Almost always, at some point during the case, there are episodes of indigestion, where it’s enough to cut the diet in half or provide only milk for a day or two. Diarrhea is less common and should be managed similarly; if it’s persistent, it might be necessary to serve boiled milk. Sometimes, a quick rise in blood volume is indicated by nosebleeds, which don’t require any special treatment.
Perhaps I shall make myself more clear if I now relate in full the diet-list of some of my cases, and the mode of arranging it.
Perhaps I'll be clearer if I share the complete diet list of some of my cases and how I've organized it.
I take the following case as an illustration from my note-book:
I’m using the following case as an example from my notebook:
Mrs. C., a New England woman, æt. 33, undertook, at the age of sixteen, a severe course of mental labor, and within two years completed the whole range of studies which, at the school she went to, were usually spread over four years. An early marriage, three pregnancies, the last two of which broke in upon the years of nursing, began at last to show in loss of flesh and color. Meanwhile, she met with energy the multiplied claims of a life full of sympathy for every form of trouble, and, neglecting none of the duties of society or kinship, yet found time for study and accomplishments. By and by she began to feel tired, and at last gave way quite abruptly, ceased to menstruate five years before I saw her, grew pale and feeble, and dropped in weight in six months from one hundred and twenty-five pounds to ninety-five. Nature had at last its revenge. Everything wearied her,—to eat, to drive, to read, to sew. Walking became impossible, and, tied to her couch, she grew dyspeptic and constipated. The asthenopia which is almost constantly seen in such cases added to her trials, because reading had to be abandoned, and so at last, despite unusual vigor of character, she gave way to utter despair, and became at times emotional and morbid in her views of life. After numberless forms of treatment had been used in vain, she came to this city and passed into my care.
Mrs. C., a woman from New England, 33 years old, took on a heavy mental workload at the age of sixteen and completed a full four-year course of studies in just two years at her school. An early marriage, three pregnancies—two of which overlapped with her nursing years—eventually took a toll on her, leading to a loss of weight and color. Despite this, she energetically addressed the numerous demands of a life filled with empathy for every kind of trouble, fulfilling all her social and familial responsibilities while still making time for study and personal development. Over time, she started to feel exhausted and abruptly stopped menstruating five years before I saw her. She became pale and weak, dropping from 125 pounds to 95 in just six months. Nature finally took its toll. Everything became exhausting for her—eating, driving, reading, and sewing. Walking became impossible, and confined to her couch, she developed digestive issues and constipation. The constant fatigue she experienced worsened her situation, as she had to give up reading. Eventually, despite her exceptional strength of character, she fell into deep despair and developed emotional and morbid views on life. After countless treatments failed, she came to this city and came under my care.
At this time she could not walk more than a few steps without flushing and without a sense of painful tire. Her morning temperature was 97.5° F., and her white corpuscles were perhaps a third too numerous. After most careful examination, I could find no disease of any one organ, and I therefore advised a resort to the treatment by rest, with full confidence in the result.
At this point, she couldn’t walk more than a few steps without feeling flushed and experiencing painful exhaustion. Her morning temperature was 97.5°F, and her white blood cell count was possibly a third higher than normal. After a thorough examination, I couldn’t identify any disease in any specific organ, so I recommended a treatment plan focused on rest, fully confident in its effectiveness.
In this single case I give the schedule of diet in full as a fair example:
In this one case, I provide the complete diet schedule as a good example:
Mrs. C. remained in bed in entire repose. She was fed, and rose only for the purpose of relieving the bladder or the rectum.
Mrs. C. stayed in bed completely at rest. She was fed and only got up to use the bathroom.
October 10.—Took one quart of milk in divided doses every two hours.
October 10.—Had one quart of milk in split doses every two hours.
11th.—A cup of coffee on rising, and two quarts of milk given in divided portions every two hours. A pill of aloes every night, which answered for a few days.
11th.—A cup of coffee upon waking, and two quarts of milk divided into portions every two hours. A pill of aloes every night, which worked for a few days.
12th to 15th.—Same diet. The dyspepsia by this time was relieved, and she slept without her habitual dose of chloral. The pint of raw soup was added in three portions on the 16th.
12th to 15th.—Same diet. By this time, her indigestion had eased, and she slept without her usual dose of chloral. A pint of raw soup was added in three portions on the 16th.
19th.—She took, on awaking at 7, coffee; at 7.30, a half-pint of milk; and the same at 10 A.M., 12 M., 2, 4, 6, 8, and 10 P.M. The soup at 11, 5, and 9.
19th.—She woke up at 7 and had coffee; at 7:30, she had a half-pint of milk; and the same at 10 A.M., 12 P.M., 2, 4, 6, 8, and 10 P.M. She had soup at 11, 5, and 9.
23d.—She took for breakfast an egg and bread-and-butter; and two days later (25th) dinner was added, and also iron.
23d.—She had an egg and toast for breakfast; and two days later (25th) dinner was added, along with some iron.
On the 28th this was the schedule:
On the 28th, this was the plan:
On waking, coffee at 7. At 8, iron and malt. Breakfast, a chop, bread-and-butter; of milk, a tumbler and a half. At 11, soup. At 2, iron and malt. Dinner, closing with milk, one or two tumblers. The dinner consisted of anything she liked, and with it she took about six ounces of burgundy or dry champagne. At 4, soup. At 7, malt, iron, bread-and-butter, and usually some fruit, and commonly two glasses of milk. At 9, soup; and at 10 her aloe pill. At 12 M., massage occupied an hour. At 4.30 P.M., electricity was used for an hour in the manner which I have described.
Upon waking, coffee at 7. At 8, iron and malt. Breakfast consisted of a chop, bread and butter, and a tumbler and a half of milk. At 11, soup. At 2, iron and malt again. Dinner, ending with one or two tumblers of milk. Dinner could include anything she wanted, and she usually had about six ounces of burgundy or dry champagne with it. At 4, soup. At 7, malt, iron, bread and butter, and usually some fruit, along with two glasses of milk. At 9, soup; and at 10, her aloe pill. At 12 M., she spent an hour on massage. At 4:30 P.M., electricity was used for an hour in the way I previously described.
This heavy diet-list, reached in a few days by a woman who had been unable to digest with comfort the lightest meal, seemed certainly surprising. I have not given in full the amount of food eaten at meal-time. Small at first, it was increased rapidly owing to the patient's growing appetite, and became in a few days three large meals.
This strict diet list, created in just a few days by a woman who had struggled to comfortably digest even the lightest meal, was definitely surprising. I haven’t included the complete amount of food consumed at mealtimes. Initially small, it quickly increased due to the patient’s growing appetite, and within a few days, it became three substantial meals.
It is necessary to see the result in one of these successful cases in order to credit it. Mrs. C. began to show gain in flesh about the face in the second week of treatment, and during her two months in bed rose in weight from ninety-six pounds to one hundred and thirty-six; nor was the gain in color less marked.
It is necessary to see the result in one of these successful cases to believe it. Mrs. C. started to gain weight in her face during the second week of treatment, and over her two months in bed, she went from ninety-six pounds to one hundred and thirty-six; her improvement in color was just as noticeable.
At the sixth week of treatment the soup was dropped, wine abandoned, the iron lessened one-half, the massage and electricity used on alternate days, and the limbs exercised as I have described. The usual precautions as to rising and exercise were carefully attended to, and at the ninth week of treatment my patient took a drive. At this time all mechanical treatment ceased, the milk was reduced to a quart, the iron to five grains thrice a day, and the malt continued. At the sixth week I began to employ strychnia in doses of one-thirtieth of a grain thrice a day at meals, and this was kept up for several months, together with the iron and malt. The cure was complete and permanent; and its character may be tested by the fact that at the thirtieth day of rest in bed, and after five years of failure to menstruate, to her surprise she had a normal monthly flow. This continued with regularity until eighteen months later, when she became pregnant. The only drawback to her perfect use of all her functions lay in asthenopia, which lasted nearly a year after she left my care. Fatigue of vision for near work is a common condition of the cases I am now describing, and is apt to persist long after all other troubles have vanished. When there is no asthenopia I usually think well of the general chance of recovery; but in no case of feeble vision do I omit at some period of the treatment to have the optical apparatus of the eye looked at with care, because pure asthenopia, apart from all optical defects, is a somewhat rare symptom.
At the sixth week of treatment, the soup was removed, wine was discontinued, the iron dosage was reduced by half, and massage and electrical therapy were done on alternate days, with limb exercises as I've described. The usual precautions regarding standing up and exercising were strictly followed, and by the ninth week of treatment, my patient went for a drive. At this point, all mechanical treatments stopped, the milk intake was cut down to a quart, the iron dosage was adjusted to five grains three times a day, and the malt was continued. In the sixth week, I started giving strychnine in doses of one-thirtieth of a grain three times a day during meals, and this was maintained for several months alongside the iron and malt. The cure was complete and permanent; its success can be demonstrated by the fact that on the thirtieth day of bed rest, after five years without menstruation, she was surprised to have a normal monthly period. This continued regularly until eighteen months later when she became pregnant. The only issue affecting her full recovery in all her functions was asthenopia, which lasted nearly a year after she left my care. Visual fatigue for close work is a common issue in the cases I’m discussing and tends to persist long after other problems have disappeared. When there is no asthenopia, I usually have a good outlook on the overall chance of recovery; however, in any instance of weak vision, I ensure that the optical apparatus of the eye is carefully examined at some point during the treatment, because pure asthenopia, separate from any optical defects, is a relatively rare symptom.
Neither am I always satisfied with the ophthalmologist's dictum that there is a defect so slight as to need no correction, being well aware, as I have elsewhere pointed out, that even minute ocular defects are competent mischief-makers when the brain becomes what I may permit myself, using the photographer's language, to call sensitized by disease.
Neither am I always satisfied with the eye doctor's statement that there is a defect so minor that it needs no correction. I'm well aware, as I've pointed out elsewhere, that even tiny vision defects can cause significant problems when the brain is, to put it in photographer's terms, sensitized by illness.
The following illustrations of success in this mode of treatment are taken from Dr. Playfair's book:[29]
The following examples of success using this treatment method are taken from Dr. Playfair's book:[29]
"Early in October of last year I was asked to see a lady thirty-two years of age, with the following history. She had been married at the age of twenty-two, and since the birth of her last child had suffered much from various uterine troubles, described to me by her medical attendant as 'ulceration, perimetritis, and endometritis.' Shortly after the death of her husband, in 1876, these culminated in a pelvic abscess, which opened first through the bladder and afterwards through the vagina. Paralysis of the bladder immediately followed the appearance of pus in the urine, and from that time the urine was never spontaneously voided, and the catheter was always used. Soon after this she began to lose power in the right leg, and then in the left, until they both became completely paralyzed, so that she could not even move her toes, and lay on her back with her legs slightly drawn up, the muscles being much wasted. Towards the end of 1877, after some pain in the back of her neck and twitching of the muscles, she began to lose power in her left arm and in her neck, so that she lay absolutely immobile in bed, the only part of her body she was able to move at all being her right arm. Up to this time the pelvic abscess had continued to discharge through the vagina, and occasionally through the bladder, but it now ceased to do so, and there were no further symptoms referable to the uterine organs. Her general condition, however, remained unaltered, in spite of the most judicious medical treatment. She was seen, from time to time, by several of our most eminent consultants, all of whom recognized the probable hysterical character of her illness, but none of the remedies employed had any beneficial effect. There was almost total anorexia, the amount of food consumed was absurdly small, and the necessary consequence of this inability to take food, combined with four years in bed with paralysis of the greater part of the body, and the habitual use of chloral to induce sleep, had reduced a naturally fine woman to a mere shadow. In October, 1880, her medical attendant was good enough to bring her to London for the purpose of giving a fair trial to the Weir Mitchell method of treatment, with the ready co-operation of herself and her friends, and she was conveyed on a couch slung from the roof of a saloon carriage, so as to avoid any jolt or jar, since the slightest movement caused much suffering. Two days after her arrival my friend Dr. Buzzard saw her with me, and, after a careful and prolonged electrical examination, came to the conclusion that contractility existed in all the affected muscles, and that the paralysis was purely functional. I could find no evidence in the pelvis of the abscess, the uterus being perfectly mobile, and apparently healthy. After a few days' rest the treatment was commenced on October 16, the patient being isolated in lodgings with a nurse of my own choosing; and this was the only difficulty I had with her, since she naturally felt acutely the separation from the faithful attendant who had nursed her during her long illness. Her friends agreed not to have communication with her of any sort. It is needless to give the details of the treatment in this and the following cases. A mere abstract will suffice to indicate the rapid and satisfactory progress made.
"Early in October last year, I was asked to see a 32-year-old woman with the following history. She got married at 22, and since the birth of her last child, she had been suffering a lot from various uterine issues, which her doctor described as 'ulceration, perimetritis, and endometritis.' Shortly after her husband died in 1876, these problems led to a pelvic abscess that first drained through her bladder and then through her vagina. Paralysis of the bladder followed right after pus appeared in her urine, and from that point on, she was unable to urinate on her own and always needed a catheter. Soon after, she began to lose strength in her right leg, then her left, until both legs became completely paralyzed, leaving her unable to move her toes. She lay on her back with her legs slightly bent, and her muscles had wasted away. By the end of 1877, after experiencing some pain in the back of her neck and muscle twitching, she lost strength in her left arm and neck, becoming completely immobile in bed, with her only movable body part being her right arm. Up until this point, the pelvic abscess had been draining through her vagina and sometimes through her bladder, but it stopped, and there were no further symptoms related to the uterine organs. Her overall condition, however, remained unchanged despite the best medical care. She was periodically seen by several top consultants, all of whom recognized the likely hysterical nature of her illness, but none of the treatments had any positive effect. She had almost no appetite, eating an absurdly small amount of food, and this inability to take in nourishment, combined with four years of being bedridden with paralysis of most of her body and regularly taking chloral to sleep, had reduced a naturally beautiful woman to just a shadow of her former self. In October 1880, her doctor kindly brought her to London to try the Weir Mitchell treatment method, with the cooperation of her and her friends, and she was transported on a couch suspended from the ceiling of a saloon carriage to avoid any jolts, as even the slightest movement caused her a lot of pain. Two days after her arrival, my friend Dr. Buzzard examined her with me, and after a thorough electrical examination, he concluded that there was muscle contractility in all the affected muscles and that the paralysis was purely functional. I found no evidence of the abscess in the pelvis—the uterus was perfectly mobile and appeared healthy. After a few days of rest, treatment began on October 16, with the patient isolated in lodgings with a nurse of my choice; this was the only challenge I faced with her, as she deeply felt the separation from the loyal nurse who had cared for her during her long illness. Her friends agreed to have no communication with her whatsoever. There's no need to detail the treatment in this and the following cases. A brief summary will suffice to show the quick and satisfying progress made."
"October 16.—Twenty-two ounces of milk were taken, in divided doses, in twenty-four hours; on the 17th, fifty ounces of milk; on the 18th, the same quantity of milk repeated; massage for half an hour; on the 19th, milk as before; bread-and-butter and egg; massage for an hour and a half; twenty minims of dialyzed iron twice daily; on the 21st, a mutton-chop in addition to the above; massage an hour and fifty minutes. To-day she passed water for the first time for four years, and the catheter was never again used. Chloral discontinued, and she slept naturally all night long. On the 23d, porridge and a gill of cream were added to her former diet; massage three hours daily, and electricity for half an hour, and this was continued until the end of the treatment. Maltine was now given twice daily.
"October 16.—Twenty-two ounces of milk were taken in divided doses over twenty-four hours; on the 17th, fifty ounces of milk; on the 18th, the same amount of milk again; massage for half an hour; on the 19th, the same milk intake; bread-and-butter and egg; massage for an hour and a half; twenty minims of dialyzed iron twice daily; on the 21st, a mutton chop in addition to the above; massage for an hour and fifty minutes. Today she passed water for the first time in four years, and the catheter was never used again. Chloral was stopped, and she slept naturally all night long. On the 23rd, porridge and a gill of cream were added to her previous diet; massage for three hours daily, and electricity for half an hour, and this continued until the end of the treatment. Maltine was now given twice daily."
"October 30.—She is now consuming three full meals daily of fish, meat, vegetables, cream, and fruit, besides two quarts of milk and two glasses of burgundy. Considerable muscular power is returning in her limbs, which she can now move freely in bed.
"October 30.—She is now eating three full meals a day of fish, meat, vegetables, cream, and fruit, along with two quarts of milk and two glasses of burgundy. A lot of muscular strength is coming back in her limbs, which she can now move freely in bed."
"November 6.—Sat in a chair for an hour. The massage and electricity are being gradually discontinued, and the amount of food lessened.
November 6.—I sat in a chair for an hour. They're slowly stopping the massage and electric treatments, and reducing the amount of food.
"November 17.—Walked down-stairs, and went out for a drive, and henceforth she went out daily in a Bath-chair. She has increased enormously in size, and looks an entirely different person from the wasted invalid of a few weeks ago.
"November 17.—I walked downstairs and went out for a drive, and from then on, she went out every day in a Bath-chair. She has gained a lot of weight and looks completely different from the frail person she was just a few weeks ago."
"On November 26 she went to Brighton quite convalescent, and on December 11 came up of her own accord to see me, drove in a hansom to my house, and returned the same afternoon. She has since remained perfectly strong and well, and has resumed the duties of life and society.
"On November 26, she went to Brighton feeling much better, and on December 11, she came to see me on her own, took a cab to my house, and went back the same afternoon. Since then, she has been completely healthy and has resumed her responsibilities in life and society."
"A somewhat curious phenomenon in this case, which I am unable to account for, was the formation on the anterior surface of the legs, extending from below the patellæ half-way down the tibiæ, of two large sacs of thin fluid, containing, I should say, each a pint or more, freely fluctuating, and quite painless. I left them alone, and they have spontaneously disappeared."
"A somewhat curious phenomenon in this case, which I am unable to account for, was the formation on the front surface of the legs, extending from below the kneecaps halfway down the shins, of two large sacs of thin fluid, containing, I would estimate, each a pint or more, freely moving, and completely painless. I left them alone, and they have spontaneously disappeared."
"In May, 1880, I saw with Dr. Julius, of Hastings, an unmarried lady, aged thirty-one. Her history was that she had been in fairly good health until five years ago, when, during her mother's illness, she overtaxed her strength in nursing, since which time she has been a constant invalid, suffering from backache, bearing down, inability to walk, disordered menstruation, and the usual train of uterine symptoms. She used to get a little better on going to the sea-side, but soon became ill again, and in October, 1879, she was completely laid up. The least standing or walking brought on severe pain in her back and side, and she gave up the attempt, and had since remained entirely confined to her bed or sofa, suffering from constant nausea, complete loss of appetite, and depending on chloral and morphia for relief. Many efforts had been made to break her of this habit, but in vain. Her medical attendant had recognized the existence of a retroflexion, but no pessary remained in situ for more than a day or so, and he suspected that she herself pulled them out. I was unable to do more than confirm the diagnosis that had been made as to her local condition, but the pessary I introduced shared the fate of its predecessors, and she remained in the same condition,—in no way benefited by my visit. Things going on from bad to worse, Dr. Julius sent her to London for treatment in the early part of December. I now determined to try the effect of the method I am discussing, of which I knew nothing when I first saw her. It was commenced on December 11, and everything went on most favorably. A week after it was begun, when her attention was fully occupied with the diet, massage, etc., I introduced a stem pessary, being tempted to try this instrument, which I rarely use, by the knowledge that she was at perfect rest, and that no form of Hodge had previously been retained. I do not think she ever knew she had it, and it remained in situ for a month, when I removed it and inserted a Hodge, which was thenceforth kept in without any trouble. I may say that I do not think the retroflexion had much to do with her symptoms, except, doubtless, at the commencement of her illness, and she probably would have done quite as well without any local treatment. She rapidly gained flesh and strength, and very soon I entirely stopped both chloral and morphia, and she never seemed to miss them. On December 11, when the treatment was commenced, she weighed 5 st. 9 lbs. On January 20 she weighed 7 st. On January 25 she walked down-stairs, and went out for a drive, and from that time she went out twice daily. She complained of no pain of any kind, and, although she wore a Hodge, she did not seem to have any uterine symptoms. On February 1 she went to the sea-side, looking rosy, fat, and healthy, and has since returned to her home in the country, where she remains perfectly strong and well. A few days ago she came to town, a long railway journey, on purpose to announce to me her approaching marriage."
"In May 1880, I met with Dr. Julius from Hastings to see an unmarried woman who was thirty-one years old. Her history was that she had been in pretty good health until five years ago when she exhausted herself nursing her mother during her illness. Since then, she had been a continual invalid, experiencing back pain, pressure, trouble walking, irregular menstruation, and the usual set of uterine symptoms. She would get a bit better when she went to the seaside, but would soon fall ill again, and by October 1879, she was completely bedridden. The slightest standing or walking caused her severe pain in her back and side, so she stopped trying and had since been confined to her bed or sofa, suffering from constant nausea, a total loss of appetite, and relying on chloral and morphine for relief. Many attempts were made to help her break this habit, but they all failed. Her doctor had noted a retroflexion, but no pessary stayed in situ for more than a day or so, and he suspected she was pulling them out. I could only confirm the diagnosis regarding her condition, but the pessary I inserted ended up having the same fate as the others, and she remained unchanged—my visit did not help her at all. Things continued to deteriorate, so Dr. Julius sent her to London for treatment in early December. I decided to try the method I’m discussing, of which I had no knowledge when I first saw her. It began on December 11, and everything progressed positively. A week after treatment started, while her attention was fully on diet, massage, etc., I introduced a stem pessary. I was tempted to try this method, which I rarely use, knowing she was at complete rest and that no form of Hodge had been retained before. I don’t think she ever realized she had it, and it stayed in situ for a month. When I removed it, I inserted a Hodge, which she kept in without any issues. I would say that the retroflexion didn’t contribute significantly to her symptoms, except probably at the beginning of her illness, and she might have done just as well without any local treatment. She quickly gained weight and strength, and soon I completely stopped both chloral and morphine, and she never seemed to miss them. On December 11, when the treatment started, she weighed 5 st. 9 lbs. By January 20, she weighed 7 st. On January 25, she walked downstairs and went out for a drive, and from then on, she went out twice a day. She reported no pain at all, and although she wore a Hodge, she didn’t appear to have any uterine symptoms. On February 1, she went to the seaside looking rosy, plump, and healthy, and has since returned to her home in the countryside, where she remains perfectly strong and well. A few days ago, she made a long railway journey to town just to tell me about her upcoming marriage."
"On September 10 a gentleman came to consult me on the case of his wife, in consequence of his attention having been directed to my former papers by a relative who is a well-known physician in London. He informed me that his wife was now fifty-five years of age, and that she had passed ten years of her married life in India. At the age of thirty she was much weakened by several successive miscarriages, and then drifted into confirmed ill health. He wrote, on making an appointment, as follows: 'I will give you at once a short outline of her case. We have been married thirty-four years, of which the last twenty have been spent by her in bed or on the sofa. She is unable even to stand, and finds the pain in her back too great to admit of her sitting up. She is utterly without strength, of an intensely nervous temperament, and suffers incessantly from neuralgia. She has, moreover, an outward curvature of the spine. There is not the slightest symptom of paralysis. Fortunately, she does not touch morphia, or any narcotic or stimulant, beyond a glass or two of wine in the day. That she has long been in a state of hysteria is the opinion of nearly all the many medical men who have seen her.'
"On September 10, a man came to see me about his wife's condition after a relative, who is a well-known doctor in London, directed his attention to my previous work. He told me that his wife was now fifty-five years old and had spent ten years of their marriage in India. At thirty, she became significantly weakened by several miscarriages and then fell into chronic poor health. In his appointment request, he wrote: 'I'll give you a brief overview of her situation. We've been married for thirty-four years, and for the last twenty, she's either been in bed or on the sofa. She can't even stand and the pain in her back is too severe for her to sit up. She has no strength, is extremely nervous, and suffers constantly from neuralgia. Additionally, she has an outward curvature of the spine. There are no signs of paralysis. Fortunately, she doesn’t take morphine or any narcotics or stimulants, aside from a glass or two of wine a day. Most of the numerous doctors who have seen her believe she has been in a state of hysteria for a long time.'”
"Although the attempt to cure so aggravated a case as this was certainly a sufficiently severe test of the treatment, I determined to make the trial, and had the patient removed from her own home and isolated in lodgings. I found her in bed, supported everywhere by many small pillows, and wasted more than, I think, I had ever seen any human being. She really hardly had any covering to her bones, and looked somewhat like the picture of the living skeleton we are familiar with. It may give some idea of her emaciation if I state that, though naturally not a small woman, her height being five feet five and a half inches, she weighed only 4 st. 7 lbs., and I could easily make my thumb and forefinger meet round the thickest part of the calf of her leg. The curvature of the spine said to exist was a deceptive appearance, produced by her excessive leanness, and the consequent unnatural prominence of the spinous processes of the vertebræ. I could detect no organic disease of any kind. The appetite was entirely wanting, and she consumed hardly any food beyond a little milk, a few mouthfuls of bread, and the like. From the first the patient's improvement was steady and uniform. The way she put on flesh was marvellous, and one could almost see her fatten from day to day. Within ten days all her pains, neuralgia, and backache had gone, and have never been heard of since, and by that time we had also got rid of all her little pillows and other invalid appliances.
"Even though trying to treat such a serious case was definitely a tough test for the treatment, I decided to go ahead with it and had the patient moved from her home to isolated accommodations. I found her in bed, propped up by numerous small pillows, and she looked more emaciated than I had ever seen anyone. She barely had any flesh on her bones and resembled the image of a living skeleton we're familiar with. To illustrate her extreme thinness, although she wasn't naturally a small woman—standing five feet five and a half inches tall—she weighed only 4 stone 7 pounds, and I could easily touch my thumb and forefinger around the thickest part of her calf. The curvature of her spine that was mentioned was a misleading appearance caused by her extreme leanness and the resulting unnatural prominence of her vertebrae. I didn’t find any signs of organic disease of any kind. She had no appetite and hardly ate anything besides a little milk and a few bites of bread. From the start, the patient's improvement was consistent and steady. The way she gained weight was astonishing, and you could almost see her getting healthier day by day. Within ten days, all her pains, neuralgia, and backaches had disappeared and they’ve never returned, and by that point, we also got rid of all her little pillows and other sickroom necessities."
"It may be of interest, as showing what this system is capable of, if I copy her food diary on the tenth day after the treatment was begun; and all this, this bedridden patient, who had lived on starvation diet for twenty years, not only consumed with relish, but perfectly assimilated.
"It might be interesting to demonstrate what this system can do by sharing her food diary from the tenth day after the treatment started; and all this, this bedridden patient, who had survived on a starvation diet for twenty years, not only enjoyed but also perfectly absorbed."
"Six A.M.: ten ounces of raw meat soup. 7 A.M.: cup of black coffee. 8 A.M.: a plate of oatmeal porridge, with a gill of cream, a boiled egg, three slices of bread-and-butter, and cocoa. 11 A.M.: ten ounces of milk. 2 P.M.: half a pound of rump-steak, potatoes, cauliflower, a savory omelette, and ten ounces of milk. 4 P.M.: ten ounces of milk and three slices of bread-and-butter. 6 P.M.: a cup of gravy soup. 8 P.M.: a fried sole, roast mutton (three large slices), French beans, potatoes, stewed fruit and cream, and ten ounces of milk. 11 P.M.: ten ounces of raw meat soup.
"6 A.M.: ten ounces of raw meat soup. 7 A.M.: a cup of black coffee. 8 A.M.: a plate of oatmeal porridge with a splash of cream, a boiled egg, three slices of buttered bread, and cocoa. 11 A.M.: ten ounces of milk. 2 P.M.: half a pound of rump steak, potatoes, cauliflower, a savory omelet, and ten ounces of milk. 4 P.M.: ten ounces of milk and three slices of buttered bread. 6 P.M.: a cup of gravy soup. 8 P.M.: a fried sole, roast mutton (three large slices), French beans, potatoes, stewed fruit with cream, and ten ounces of milk. 11 P.M.: ten ounces of raw meat soup."
"The same scale of diet was continued during the whole treatment, and, from first to last, never produced the slightest dyspeptic symptoms, and was consumed with relish and appetite. At the end of six weeks from the day I first saw her she weighed 7 st. 8 lb.,—that is, a gain of 3 st. 1 lb. It will suffice to indicate her improvement if I say that in eight weeks from the commencement of treatment she was dressed, sitting up to meals, able to walk up and down stairs with an arm and a stick, and had also walked in the same way in the park. Considering how completely atrophied her muscles were from twenty years' entire disuse, this was much more than I had ventured to hope. She has now left with her nurse for Natal, and I have no doubt that she will return from her travels with her cure perfected."
"The same diet plan was followed throughout the entire treatment, and from start to finish, it never caused any digestive issues and was eaten with enjoyment and appetite. By the end of six weeks from when I first saw her, she weighed 7 st. 8 lb., which is a gain of 3 st. 1 lb. To highlight her improvement, I can say that after eight weeks of treatment, she was dressed, sitting up for meals, able to walk up and down stairs using an arm and a stick, and had also walked in the park in the same manner. Considering how completely her muscles had deteriorated after twenty years of complete disuse, this was much more than I had dared to hope for. She has now left with her nurse for Natal, and I have no doubt that she will return from her journey fully cured."
"Early in August I was asked to see a lady, aged thirty-seven, with the following history:—'As a girl of sixteen she had a severe neuralgic illness, extending over months: excepting that, she seems to have enjoyed good health until her marriage. Soon after this she had a miscarriage, and then two subsequent pregnancies, accompanied by albuminuria and the birth of dead children.' 'During gestation I was not surprised at all sorts of nervous affections, attributing them to uræmia.' The next pregnancy terminated in the birth of a living daughter, now nearly three years old; during it she had 'curious nervous symptoms,—e.g., her bed flying away with her, temporary blindness, and vaso-motor disturbances.' Subsequently she had several severe shocks from the death of near relatives, and gradually fell into the condition in which she was when I was consulted. This is difficult to describe, but it was one of confirmed illness of a marked neurotic type. Among other phenomena she had frequently-recurring attacks of fainting. 'These were not attacks of syncope, but of such general derangement of the balance of the circulation that cerebration was interfered with. She was deaf and blind; her face often flushed, sometimes deadly cold; her hands clay-cold, often blue, and difficult to warm with the most vigorous friction. These attacks passed off in from twenty minutes to a couple of hours.' Soon 'the attacks became more frequent, with the reappearance of another old symptom,—acute tenderness of the spine, especially over the sacrum. Then came frequent and persistent attacks of sciatica, and gradual loss of strength.' About this time there appears to have been some uterine lesion, for a well-known gynæcologist went down to the country to see her. Eventually 'she became unable to do anything almost for herself, for the nervous irritability had distressingly increased. To touch her bed, the ringing of a bell, sometimes the sound of a voice, sunlight, &c., affected her so as to make her almost cry out.' 'If she stood up, or even raised her hands to dress her hair, they immediately became blue and deadly cold, and she was done for.' Then followed palpitations of a distressing character, with loud blowing murmur, and pulse of 120 to 140, for which she was seen by an eminent physician, who diagnosed them to be caused by 'slight ventricular asynchronism, with atonic condition of the cardiac as well as of all other muscles of the body.' 'She has no appetite whatever.' 'Any attempt at walking brings on sciatica. She cannot sit, because the tip of the spine is so sensitive; any pressure on it makes her feel faint. She cannot go in a carriage, because it jars every nerve in her body. She cannot lie on her back, because her whole spine is so tender.'
"Early in August, I was asked to see a 37-year-old woman with the following history: 'As a sixteen-year-old, she experienced a severe neuralgic illness that lasted for months. Other than that, she seemed to have enjoyed good health until she got married. Shortly after, she had a miscarriage, followed by two pregnancies that involved albuminuria and resulted in stillborn children.' 'During her pregnancies, I wasn't surprised at various nervous issues, which I attributed to uremia.' The next pregnancy ended with the birth of a living daughter, who is now almost three years old; during this pregnancy, she experienced 'strange nervous symptoms— for example, feeling like her bed was flying away, temporary blindness, and vaso-motor disturbances.' Afterward, she suffered several severe shocks from losing close relatives, and gradually fell into the state in which I found her when I was consulted. It was difficult to describe, but it was a clearly defined illness of a marked neurotic type. Among other symptoms, she had frequent fainting spells. 'These were not true syncope, but rather a general disruption of blood circulation that affected her brain function. She would be deaf and blind; her face was often flushed, sometimes icy cold; her hands were clay-cold, often blue, and hard to warm even with strong rubbing. These attacks lasted anywhere from twenty minutes to a couple of hours.' Soon after, 'the attacks became more frequent, and another old symptom reappeared—acute tenderness of the spine, especially over the sacrum. Then she began having frequent and persistent sciatica, along with a gradual loss of strength.' Around this time, it seems there was some issue with her uterus, prompting a well-known gynecologist to travel to see her. Eventually, 'she became almost incapable of doing anything for herself, as her nervous irritability had distressingly increased. Just touching her bed, the ringing of a bell, sometimes even the sound of a voice, sunlight, etc., would make her almost cry out.' 'If she stood up or even raised her hands to fix her hair, they would immediately turn blue and feel icy cold, and she would be exhausted.' Then she experienced distressing palpitations, accompanied by a loud blowing murmur, and her pulse ranged from 120 to 140. An eminent physician examined her and determined that they were caused by 'slight ventricular asynchronism, with an atonic condition of the heart and all other muscles.' 'She has no appetite at all.' 'Any attempt to walk triggers sciatica. She can't sit because the tip of her spine is so sensitive; any pressure on it makes her feel faint. She can’t ride in a carriage because it jars every nerve in her body. She can't lie on her back, as her entire spine is so tender.'"
"When consulted about this lady, I gave it as my opinion that any attempt at cure was hopeless as long as she remained in the country house in which she lived. I was informed that it was absolutely impossible to get her away, as she could not bear the motion of any carriage, still less of a railway, without the most acute suffering. Eventually the difficulty was got over by anæsthetizing her, when she was carried on a stretcher to the nearest railway station, and then brought over two hundred miles to London, being all the time more or less completely under the influence of the anæsthetic, administered by her medical attendant, who accompanied her. I found this lady's state fully justified the account given of her. She was intensely sensitive to all sounds and to touch. Merely laying the hand on the bed caused her to shrink, and she could not bear the lightest touch of the fingers on her spine or any part near it. She lay in a darkened room at the back of the house, to be away from the noise of the streets, which distressed her much. She was a naturally fine and highly-cultivated woman, greatly emaciated, with a dusky, sallow complexion, and dark rims round her eyes. I could find no evidence of organic disease of any kind. Whatever lesion of the uterine organs had previously existed had disappeared, and I therefore paid no attention to them. Within a week I had the patient lying in a bright sunlit room in the front of the house, with the windows open, and she complained no longer of the noise. Within ten days the whole spine could be rubbed freely from top to bottom, and from the first I directed the masseuse to be relentless in her manipulation of this part of the body. In a few weeks she had gained flesh largely, the dusky hue of her complexion had vanished, and she looked a different being. The only trouble complained of was sleeplessness, but it did not interfere with the satisfactory progress of the case, and no hypnotic was given. After the first few days we had no return of the nerve-crises which in the country had formed so characteristic a part of her illness. Her hands and feet also, at first of a remarkable deadly coldness, soon became warm, and remained so. In five weeks she was able to sit up, and before the fifth week of treatment was completed I took her out for a drive through the streets in an open carriage for two hours, which she bore without the slightest inconvenience, and the result of which she thus described in a letter the same evening: 'I never enjoyed anything more in my life. I cannot describe my delight and my astonishment at being once more able to drive with comfort. My back has given me no trouble, and I was not really tired.' This lady has since remained perfectly well, and I need give no better proof of this than stating that she has started with her husband on a tour round the world, viâ India, Japan, and San Francisco, and that I have heard from her that she is thoroughly enjoying her travels."
"When I was asked about this woman, I said that any attempt to help her would be pointless as long as she stayed in the country house where she lived. I was told it was completely impossible to move her, as she couldn't tolerate the motion of any carriage, let alone a train, without extreme pain. Eventually, we got around this by putting her under anesthesia, and she was carried on a stretcher to the nearest train station, then transported over two hundred miles to London, remaining mostly under the anesthetic throughout the journey, which was administered by her doctor who accompanied her. I found her condition fully matched the description given to me. She was extraordinarily sensitive to all sounds and touch. Just resting a hand on the bed made her wince, and she couldn't handle even the lightest touch on her spine or any area nearby. She stayed in a darkened room at the back of the house to avoid the noise from the streets, which upset her greatly. She was a naturally elegant and well-educated woman, extremely thin, with a dull, yellowish complexion and dark circles around her eyes. I found no signs of any organic disease. Whatever issues with her reproductive organs had existed before were gone, so I didn’t focus on them. Within a week, I had her lying in a bright, sunny room at the front of the house, with the windows open, and she no longer complained about the noise. In ten days, we could massage her entire spine up and down without any issues, and from the start, I instructed the masseuse to be thorough with this area of her body. In a few weeks, she had gained significant weight, her dull complexion had improved, and she looked like a different person. The only issue she mentioned was trouble sleeping, but it didn't hinder her recovery, and no sleeping pills were given. After the first few days, we didn't see any return of the nerve crises that had been a significant part of her illness in the country. Her hands and feet, which were initially cold as ice, soon became warm and stayed that way. In five weeks, she was able to sit up, and before the fifth week of treatment was over, I took her out for a two-hour drive through the streets in an open carriage, which she managed without any discomfort. She described the experience in a letter that evening: 'I’ve never enjoyed anything more in my life. I can’t express how delighted and amazed I am to be able to ride comfortably again. My back didn’t bother me at all, and I wasn’t really tired.' This woman has since remained completely healthy, and I can’t provide better proof of that than to say she has now embarked on a worldwide trip with her husband, via India, Japan, and San Francisco, and she has told me that she is thoroughly enjoying her travels."
"The last example with which I shall trespass on your patience I am tempted to relate because it is one of the most remarkable instances of the strange and multiform phenomena which neurotic disease may present, which it has ever been my lot to witness. The case must be well known to many members of the profession, since there is scarcely a consultant of eminence in the metropolis who has not seen her during the sixteen years her illness has lasted, besides many of the leading practitioners in the numerous health-resorts she has visited in the vain hope of benefit. My first acquaintance with this case is somewhat curious. About two months before I was introduced to the patient, chancing to be walking along the esplanade at Brighton with a medical friend, my attention was directed to a remarkable party at which every one was looking. The chief personage in it was a lady reclining at full length on a long couch, and being dragged along, looking the picture of misery, emaciated to the last degree, her head drawn back almost in a state of opisthotonos, her hands and arms clenched and contracted, her eyes fixed and staring at the sky. There was something in the whole procession that struck me as being typical of hysteria, and I laughingly remarked, 'I am sure I could cure that case if I could get her into my hands.' All I could learn at the time was that the patient came down to Brighton every autumn, and that my friend had seen her dragged along in the same way for ten or twelve years. On January 14 of this year, I was asked to meet my friend Dr. Behrend in consultation, and at once recognized the patient as the lady whom I had seen at Brighton. It would be tedious to relate all the neurotic symptoms this patient had exhibited since 1864, when she was first attacked with paralysis of the left arm. Among them—and I quote these from the full notes furnished by Dr. Behrend—were complete paraplegia, left hemiplegia, complete hysterical amaurosis, but from this she had recovered in 1868. For all these years she had been practically confined to her bed or couch, and had not passed urine spontaneously for sixteen years. Among other symptoms, I find noted 'awful suffering in spine, head, and eyes,' requiring the use of chloral and morphia in large doses. 'For many years she has had convulsive attacks of two distinct types, which are obviously of the character of hystero-epilepsy.' The following are the brief notes of the condition in which I found her, which I made in my case-book on the day of my first visit. 'I found the patient lying on an invalid couch, her left arm paralyzed and rigidly contracted, strapped to her body to keep it in position. She was groaning loudly at intervals of a few seconds, from severe pain in her back. When I attempted to shake her right hand, she begged me not to touch her, as it would throw her into a convulsion. She is said to have had epilepsy as a child. She has now many times daily, frequently as often as twice in an hour, both during the day and night, attacks of sudden and absolute unconsciousness, from which she recovers with general convulsive movements of the face and body. She had one of these during my visit, and it had all the appearance of an epileptic paroxysm. The left arm and both legs are paralyzed, and devoid of sensation. She takes hardly any food, and is terribly emaciated. She is naturally a clever woman, highly educated, but, of late, her memory and intellectual powers are said to be failing.'
"The last example I want to share with you, which I hope won't test your patience, is particularly remarkable. It's one of the most astonishing cases of the strange and diverse effects of neurotic illness that I've ever witnessed. Many in the medical field are likely familiar with this case, as it seems like almost every prominent consultant in the city has seen her over the past sixteen years of her illness, along with many leading doctors at the various health resorts she has visited, hoping for some relief. My first encounter with this case is quite interesting. About two months before I met the patient, while walking along the esplanade in Brighton with a medical friend, I noticed a striking group that had drawn everyone's attention. The main person in this group was a lady lying on a long couch, being pulled along, looking utterly miserable and extremely thin, her head arched back in a sort of spasm, her hands and arms clenched and stiff, and her eyes fixed on the sky. There was something about the whole scene that struck me as typical of hysteria, and I jokingly said, 'I bet I could fix that case if I could just get my hands on her.' At the time, all I learned was that the patient came to Brighton every autumn and that my friend had seen her being dragged along like this for ten to twelve years. On January 14 of this year, I was asked to meet my friend Dr. Behrend for a consultation and immediately recognized the patient as the lady I had seen in Brighton. It would take too long to go through all the neurotic symptoms this patient had exhibited since 1864, when she first developed paralysis in her left arm. Among these—I'll quote from the detailed notes provided by Dr. Behrend—were complete paraplegia, left hemiplegia, and total hysterical blindness, from which she had recovered in 1868. For all these years, she had been mostly confined to her bed or couch and hadn’t urinated on her own for sixteen years. Other symptoms noted include 'intense pain in the spine, head, and eyes,' which required large doses of chloral and morphine. 'For many years, she has experienced convulsive episodes of two different types that clearly resemble hystero-epilepsy.' Here are the brief notes I made during my first visit regarding her condition: 'I found the patient lying on an invalid couch, her left arm paralyzed and rigidly contracted, strapped to her body to keep it in position. She was groaning loudly every few seconds from severe pain in her back. When I tried to shake her right hand, she begged me not to touch her, as it might trigger a convulsion. She is said to have had epilepsy as a child. Now, she frequently experiences multiple episodes of sudden and complete unconsciousness daily, sometimes as often as twice an hour, both day and night, from which she recovers with general convulsions of the face and body. She had one of these episodes during my visit, appearing much like an epileptic seizure. Her left arm and both legs are paralyzed and lack sensation. She hardly eats and is severely emaciated. She is naturally intelligent and well-educated, but lately, her memory and cognitive abilities are reported to be declining.'”
"It was determined that an attempt should be made to cure this case, and she was removed to the Home Hospital in Fitzroy Square. She was so ill, and shrieked and groaned so much, on the first night of her admission, that next day I was told that no one in the house had been able to sleep, and I was informed that it would be impossible for her to remain. Between 3 P.M. and 11.30 P.M. she had had nine violent convulsive paroxysms of an epileptiform character, lasting, on an average, five minutes. At 11.30 she became absolutely unconscious, and remained so until 2.30 A.M., her attendant thinking she was dying. Next day she was quieter, and from that time her progress was steady and uniform. On the fourth day she passed urine spontaneously, and the catheter was never again used. In six weeks she was out driving and walking; and within two months she went on a sea-voyage to the Cape, looking and feeling perfectly well. When there, her nurse, who accompanied her, had a severe illness, through which her ex-patient nursed her most assiduously. She has since remained, and is at this moment, in robust health, joining with pleasure in society, walking many miles daily, and without a trace of the illnesses which rendered her existence a burden to herself and her friends.
"It was decided that an attempt should be made to treat this case, and she was taken to the Home Hospital in Fitzroy Square. She was very ill and was screaming and moaning so much on her first night that the next day I was told no one in the house was able to sleep, and I was informed that it would be impossible for her to stay there. Between 3 P.M. and 11:30 P.M., she experienced nine violent convulsive episodes that resembled seizures, each lasting about five minutes on average. At 11:30, she became completely unconscious and stayed that way until 2:30 A.M., with her caregiver thinking she was dying. The next day she was calmer, and from then on, her recovery was steady and consistent. On the fourth day, she urinated on her own, and the catheter was never used again. Within six weeks, she was out driving and walking, and within two months, she went on a sea voyage to the Cape, looking and feeling completely well. While there, her nurse, who accompanied her, became seriously ill, and her former patient took care of her very diligently. She has since remained in excellent health and is currently enjoying social activities, walking many miles every day, and shows no signs of the illnesses that once made her life a burden to herself and her friends."
"In conclusion, I may remark that it seems to me that the chief value of this systematic treatment, which is capable of producing such remarkable results, is that it appeals, not to one, but many influences of a curative character. Every one knew, in a vague sort of way, that if an hysterical patient be removed from her morbid surroundings a great step towards cure is made. Few, however, took the trouble to carry this knowledge into practical action; and when they did so they relied on this alone, combined with moral suasion. Now, I am thoroughly convinced that very few cases of hysteria can be preached into health. Judicious moral management can do much; but I believe that very few hysterical women are conscious impostors; and the great efficacy of the Weir Mitchell method seems to me to depend on the combination of agencies which, by restoring to a healthy state a weakened and diseased nervous system, cures the patient in spite of herself."
"In conclusion, I want to say that it appears to me the main benefit of this structured approach, which can produce such amazing results, is that it addresses not just one, but many healing factors. Everyone had a vague understanding that if a hysterical patient is taken out of her unhealthy environment, a significant step towards healing is made. However, few people bothered to put this knowledge into practice; and when they did, they relied solely on this, together with moral persuasion. Now, I'm completely convinced that very few cases of hysteria can be talked into health. Thoughtful moral management can help a lot; but I believe that very few hysterical women are intentionally faking their condition, and the great effectiveness of the Weir Mitchell method seems to rely on the combination of strategies that, by restoring a weakened and unhealthy nervous system to a healthy state, help the patient recover despite her own resistance."
CHAPTER IX.
DIETETICS AND THERAPEUTICS—(CONTINUED).
As additional illustrations I shall now state a few cases of my own, without entering into minute details of treatment.
As further examples, I will now share a few of my own cases, without going into specific details about the treatment.
The following case is reported by Dr. John Keating, who watched it with care throughout:
The following case is reported by Dr. John Keating, who monitored it closely throughout:
P.D., male, æt. 53, after more than thirty years of close attention to business, which severely tried both mental and physical endurance, found himself, in January, 1877, at the close of some months of gradually increasing feebleness, absolutely unable to fulfil his usual duties, and the most alarming symptoms manifested themselves. There was a remarkable loss of nervous and muscular force; his limbs refused their support; his appetite failed; the recollection of ordinary phrases involved distinct and painful effort; sleep became unattainable, except under the influence of powerful narcotics, and even that brief slumber was rendered valueless by the incessant convulsive twitching of the muscles.
P.D., male, age 53, after more than thirty years of intense dedication to work, which severely tested both his mental and physical endurance, found himself, in January 1877, unable to perform his usual responsibilities after several months of gradually increasing weakness. The most alarming symptoms appeared. He experienced a significant loss of nerve and muscle function; his limbs couldn't support him; his appetite was gone; recalling simple phrases required painful effort; sleep was only possible with strong sedatives, and even that short rest was useless due to constant muscle twitching.
His physician prescribed iron and strychnia; ordered an immediate abandonment of all business, and instant departure to a point where telegraph-wires were unknown and mails infrequent. He went at once to the Bahamas, passing a month in that delicious climate in absolute inaction; more than another month was consumed in slowly returning; but, though some flesh had been gained, there was only a trifling improvement in the nervous condition.
His doctor prescribed iron and strychnine; told him to quit all work immediately, and leave for a place where there were no telegraph wires and mail was rare. He went straight to the Bahamas, spending a month in that beautiful climate doing nothing at all; it took him over another month to return slowly; however, while he had gained some weight, there was only a slight improvement in his nervous condition.
May 1, 1877, Dr. Mitchell examined Mr. P.D. The patient was sallow and emaciated, and coughed every few moments. He had night-sweats, nervous twitching, and slight dulness on percussion at the apex of the right lung, with prolonged expiration and roughened inspiration, and some increase of vocal resonance.
May 1, 1877, Dr. Mitchell examined Mr. P.D. The patient looked pale and thin and coughed every few moments. He experienced night sweats, nervous twitching, and had a slight dullness when tapping on the apex of the right lung, along with prolonged exhalation and rough inspiration, and some increase in vocal resonance.
Mr. P.D. was allowed to be out of bed once a day four hours, and to spend one hour at his place of business. The treatment was as follows:
Mr. P.D. was permitted to get out of bed once a day for four hours and to spend one hour at his workplace. The treatment was as follows:
At 6 A.M., a tumbler of strong, hot beef-tea, made from the Australian extract.
At 6 A.M., a glass of strong, hot beef tea made from the Australian extract.
At 10 o'clock Dr. Keating administered the electricity.
At 10 o'clock, Dr. Keating gave the electric shock.
At 12 o'clock Mr. P.D. might be dressed, making as little personal effort as possible. The second goblet of milk and malt was administered, and a carriage took him to his office, where he might remain till two o'clock, when the carriage brought him for dinner, preceded by half a tumbler of iron-water. All walking was forbidden.
At 12 o'clock, Mr. P.D. would be dressed, making as little effort as possible. He was given a second goblet of milk and malt, and a carriage took him to his office, where he would stay until two o'clock, when the carriage brought him back for dinner, preceded by half a tumbler of iron water. Walking was completely off-limits.
After dinner (which included a goblet of milk) the third goblet of milk and malt was swallowed; then a short drive might be taken, but by four o'clock the patient must be undressed and in bed.
After dinner (which included a glass of milk) the third glass of milk and malt was consumed; then a short drive could be taken, but by four o'clock, the patient must be undressed and in bed.
At 6 P.M. the third dose of iron-water presented itself, and a light supper of fruit, bread-and-butter, and cream, followed by the fourth goblet of milk and malt. Two quarts of milk were thus swallowed every day in addition to all other food.
At 6 P.M., the third dose of iron-water was served, followed by a light supper of fruit, bread and butter, and cream, then the fourth glass of milk and malt. Two quarts of milk were consumed each day in addition to all other meals.
At 9 P.M., massage one hour, with cocoa-oil, followed by beef-soup, four ounces.
At 9 P.M., massage for one hour with cocoa oil, followed by four ounces of beef soup.
May 6, Mr. D. weighed in heavy winter dress one hundred and twenty-five pounds; June 20, in the lightest summer garb, he weighed one hundred and thirty-three pounds; in August his weight rose to one hundred and forty pounds, and he has continued to gain. When last I saw him, a year later, he was strong and well, had no cough, and had ceased to be what he had been for years—a delicate man.
May 6, Mr. D. weighed in wearing heavy winter clothes, at one hundred twenty-five pounds; on June 20, dressed in the lightest summer outfit, he weighed one hundred thirty-three pounds; by August, his weight increased to one hundred forty pounds, and he kept gaining. When I last saw him a year later, he was strong and healthy, had no cough, and was no longer what he had been for years—a frail man.
I am indebted to the late Professor Goodell for the following case, which I never saw, but which was carried on with every detail of my treatment. As the testimony of an admirable observer, it is valuable evidence. Professor Goodell writes as follows:
I owe a debt of gratitude to the late Professor Goodell for the following case, which I never personally encountered, but which was documented with every detail of my treatment. As the account of a remarkable observer, it stands as valuable evidence. Professor Goodell writes the following:
"Some four years ago, Mrs. Y., a very highly intelligent lady, from a neighboring city, came to consult me. She suffered dreadfully at each monthly period, and had constant ovarian pains and a wearying backache, which kept her on a lounge most of the day. She was also barren, and altogether in a pitiable condition. After a two months' treatment she returned home very much better, and soon after conceived. As pregnancy advanced, many of her old symptoms came back, but it was hoped that maternity would rid her of them. The shock of the labor, however, proved too great for her already shattered nervous system. She became far more wretched than before, and again sought my advice.
"About four years ago, Mrs. Y., a very smart woman from a nearby city, came to see me. She was in severe pain during her monthly period, had constant ovarian discomfort, and experienced a tiring backache that kept her lying down for most of the day. She was also unable to conceive and was overall in a really tough situation. After about two months of treatment, she went home feeling much better, and not long after, she became pregnant. As her pregnancy progressed, many of her old symptoms returned, but we hoped that being a mother would help alleviate them. Unfortunately, the strain of labor was too much for her already weakened nervous system. She became even more miserable than before and came back to seek my help again."
"At this time I found all her old pains and aches running riot. She got no relief from them night or day without large doses of chloral. The slightest exertion, such as sewing, writing, and reading for a few minutes, greatly wearied her. Even the simple mental effort of casting up the weekly housekeeping expenses of a very small household upset her, and she had to give it up. The act of walking one of our blocks, or of going down a short flight of stairs, or of riding for an hour in a well-padded carriage, gave her such 'unspeakable agony'—to use her own words—that she would have an hysterical attack of screams and tears. So emotional had this constant nerve-strain made her that she could not sustain an ordinary conversation without giving way to tears. Much of her time was spent in bed; in fact, she was practically bedridden.
"At this point, I saw all her old pains and aches going out of control. She found no relief from them day or night without large doses of chloral. The smallest amount of effort, like sewing, writing, or reading for a few minutes, exhausted her. Even the simple task of adding up the weekly expenses for a very small household stressed her out, and she had to stop. Walking just one block, going down a short set of stairs, or riding for an hour in a cushioned carriage caused her such 'unspeakable agony'—in her words—that she would have hysterical outbursts of screams and tears. This constant nerve strain had made her so emotional that she couldn't handle a normal conversation without breaking down in tears. Much of her time was spent in bed; in fact, she was basically bedridden."
"I tried in vain to wean her from her anodynes, and failed altogether in doing her any good, although many remedies were resorted to, and various modes of treatment adopted. Finally, in sheer despair, I put her to bed, and began your treatment of rest, with electricity, massage, and frequent feeding. The first trace of improvement showed itself in a greater self-control, and in a lessening of her aches and pains. Next, smaller doses of the anodyne were needed, until it was wholly withheld. Then she began to pick up an appetite, which, towards the close of the treatment, became so keen that, between three good meals every day, she drank several goblets of milk and of beef-tea. At the outset I had stipulated for six weeks of this treatment, and it was with reluctance that my patient yielded to my wish. But when the time was up she had become so impressed with the wonderful benefits she had received and was receiving, that she begged to have the treatment continued for two weeks more. At the end of that time she had gained at least thirty pounds in weight, and had lost every pain and ache. Her night-terrors, which I forgot to mention as one of her distressing symptoms, had wholly disappeared, and she could sleep from nine to ten hours at a stretch. I now sent her into the country, where she is continuing to mend, and is astonishing her friends by her scrambles up and down the steep hills.
I tried unsuccessfully to help her stop using painkillers, and I didn’t manage to help her at all, even though we tried many remedies and different treatment methods. Finally, out of sheer desperation, I put her to bed and started your treatment of rest, along with electricity, massage, and frequent meals. The first sign of improvement appeared when she showed more self-control and her aches and pains decreased. Soon, she needed smaller doses of the painkiller until it was completely stopped. Then she started to regain her appetite, which, by the end of the treatment, became so strong that, in addition to three hearty meals each day, she drank several glasses of milk and beef tea. At first, I had planned for six weeks of this treatment, and my patient was reluctant to agree. But when the time was up, she was so impressed with the amazing benefits she had received that she begged to continue the treatment for two more weeks. By the end of that period, she had gained at least thirty pounds and lost all her pains. Her night terrors, which I forgot to mention as one of her troubling symptoms, had completely vanished, and she could sleep for nine to ten hours straight. I then sent her to the country, where she is continuing to improve and is surprising her friends by climbing up and down steep hills.
"Such were the salient features of this case; and I can assure you that I was as much impressed by the happy results of the treatment as were a host of anxious and doubting friends.
"These were the key aspects of this case; and I can assure you that I was just as impressed by the positive outcomes of the treatment as were many concerned and skeptical friends."
"Very faithfully yours,
"WM. GOODELL."
"Best regards,
WM. GOODELL."
Miss C., an interesting woman, æt. 26, at the age of 20 passed through a grave trial in the shape of nursing her mother through a typhoid fever. Soon after, a series of calamities deprived her of fortune, and she became, for support, a clerk, and did for two years eight hours' work daily. Under these successive strains her naturally sturdy health gave way. First came pain in the back, then growing paleness, loss of flesh, and unending sense of tire. Her work, which was a necessity, was of course kept up, steadily at first, but was soon interfered with by increase of the menstrual flow, with unusual pain and persistent ovarian tenderness. Very soon she began to drop her work for a day at a time. Then came an increasing asthenopia, with evening headaches, until her temper changed and became capricious and irritable. When I saw her, she had been forced to abandon all labor, and had been treated by an accomplished gynæcologist, and was said to be cured of a prolapsus uteri and of extensive ulceration, despite which relief she gained nothing in vigor and endurance and got back neither color nor flesh.
Miss C., an intriguing woman, age 26, faced a serious challenge at 20 when she cared for her mother during a typhoid fever. Shortly after, a series of misfortunes stripped her of her wealth, and she took on a job as a clerk, working eight hours a day for two years. Under this constant pressure, her naturally strong health began to decline. It started with back pain, followed by increasing paleness, weight loss, and a persistent sense of fatigue. Although she needed to keep working, which she initially did steadily, this was soon disrupted by an increase in her menstrual flow, accompanied by unusual pain and ongoing ovarian tenderness. Before long, she began to miss work for a day at a time. Then her vision issues worsened, leading to evening headaches, and her temperament changed, becoming moody and irritable. When I met her, she had been forced to stop all work and had received treatment from a skilled gynecologist, who claimed she was cured of a uterine prolapse and severe ulceration. However, despite this relief, she did not regain any strength or stamina and didn't recover her color or weight.
She went to bed December 10, and rose for the first time February 4, having gained twenty-nine pounds. She went to bed pale, and got up actually ruddy. In a month she returned to her work again, and has remained ever since in health which enables her, as she writes me, "to enjoy work, and to do with myself what I like."
She went to bed on December 10 and got up for the first time on February 4, having gained twenty-nine pounds. She went to bed looking pale and got up actually glowing. After a month, she went back to work and has remained healthy ever since, which allows her, as she writes to me, "to enjoy work and do what I like."
Miss L., æt. 26, came to me with the following history. At the age of 20 she had a fall, and began in a week or two to have an irritable spine. Then, after a few months, a physician advised rest, to which she took only too kindly, and in a year from the time of her accident she was rarely out of bed. Surrounded by highly sympathetic relatives, to whom chronic illness was somewhat novel, she speedily developed, with their tender aid, hyperæsthetic states of the eye and ear, so that her nurses crept about in a darkened room, the piano was silenced, and the children kept quiet. By slow degrees a whole household passed under the selfish despotism of an hysterical girl. Intense constipation, anorexia, and alternate states of dysuria, anuria, and polyuria followed, and before long her sister began to fail in health, owing to the incessant exactions to which she too willingly yielded. This alarmed a brother, who insisted upon a change of treatment, and after some months she was brought on a couch to this city.
Miss L., 26 years old, came to see me with the following background. When she was 20, she had a fall and began experiencing an irritable spine within a week or two. A few months later, a doctor recommended rest, which she embraced all too readily, and within a year of her accident, she was rarely out of bed. Surrounded by very sympathetic relatives, who found chronic illness somewhat unfamiliar, she quickly developed, with their tender support, heightened sensitivity in her eyes and ears, causing her caregivers to move around in a darkened room, the piano to be silenced, and the children to stay quiet. Gradually, an entire household fell under the self-centered control of a hysterical girl. She experienced severe constipation, loss of appetite, and alternating issues with urination, leading her sister to show signs of declining health due to the constant demands she too willingly met. This concerned a brother, who insisted on changing her treatment, and after a few months, she was brought to this city on a couch.
At the time I first saw her, she took thirty grains of chloral every night and three hypodermic injections of one-half grain of morphia daily. As to food, she took next to none, and I could only guess her weight at about ninety pounds. She was in height five feet two and a half inches, and very sallow, with pale lips, and the large, indented tongue of anæmia. I made the most careful search for signs of organic mischief, and, finding none, I began my treatment as usual with milk, and added massage and electricity without waiting. Her digestion seemed so good that I gave lactate of iron in twenty-grain doses from the third day, and also the aloes pill thrice a day. It is perhaps needless to state that I isolated her with a nurse she had never seen before, and that for seven weeks she saw no one else save myself and the attendants. The full schedule of diet was reached at the end of a fortnight, but the chloral and morphia were given up at the second day. She slept well the fourth night, and, save that she had twice a slight return of polyuria, went on without a single drawback. In two months she was afoot and weighed one hundred and twenty-one pounds. Her change in tint, flesh, and expression was so remarkable that the process of repair might well have been called a renewal of life.
The first time I saw her, she was taking thirty grains of chloral every night and three hypodermic injections of half a grain of morphine each day. As for food, she barely ate, and I could only estimate her weight to be about ninety pounds. She stood five feet two and a half inches tall, very pale, with light lips, and had a large, indented tongue from anemia. I conducted a thorough search for signs of any serious health issues, and finding none, I started my usual treatment with milk, along with massage and electricity immediately. Her digestion seemed good enough that I started her on lactate of iron in twenty-grain doses from the third day, along with an aloes pill three times a day. It's important to mention that I kept her isolated with a nurse she had never met before, and for seven weeks, she only saw me and the staff. We reached the full diet plan after two weeks, but we stopped the chloral and morphine after just two days. She slept well the fourth night and, apart from two minor instances of excessive urination, she continued to improve without any setbacks. In two months, she was on her feet, weighing one hundred and twenty-one pounds. The change in her color, body, and expression was so remarkable that the healing process could easily be described as a rebirth.
She went home changed no less morally than physically, and resumed her place in the family circle and in social life, a healthy and well-cured woman.
She went home transformed both morally and physically, and took her place back in the family and social scene as a healthy and fully recovered woman.
I might multiply these histories almost endlessly. In some cases I have cured without fattening; in others, though rarely, the mental habits formed through years of illness have been too deeply ingrained for change, and I have seen the patient get up fat and well only to relapse on some slight occasion.
I could go on about these stories almost forever. In some cases, I've helped people get better without them gaining weight; in rare instances, the mental habits developed over years of illness have been too deeply rooted to change, and I've watched patients recover, looking healthy and fit, only to relapse over something minor.
The intense persistency with which some women study and dwell upon their symptoms is often the great difficulty. Even a slight physical annoyance becomes for one of these unhappily-constituted natures a grave and almost ineradicable trouble, owing to the habit of self-study.
The intense focus with which some women analyze and obsess over their symptoms can often be a major challenge. Even a minor physical issue turns into a serious and nearly permanent problem for those with this tendency, due to their habit of overthinking their condition.
Miss P., æt. 29, weight one hundred and eleven pounds, height five feet four inches, dark-skinned, sallow, and covered with the acne of bromidism, had had one attack which was considered to have been epileptic, and which was probably hysterical, but on this matter she dwelt with incessant terror, which was fostered by the tender care of a near relative, who left her neither by night nor by day. Vague neuralgic aches in the limbs, with constant weariness, asthenopia, anæmia, loss of appetite, and loss of flesh, followed. Then came spinal pain and irregular menstruation, a long course of local cauterizations of the womb, spinal braces, and endless tonics and narcotics.
Miss P., 29 years old, weighing 111 pounds, standing 5 feet 4 inches tall, dark-skinned, looking pale, and suffering from acne due to bromide use, had one incident that was thought to be epileptic, but was likely hysterical. This situation caused her constant fear, which was exacerbated by the overprotective care of a close relative, who stayed with her day and night. She experienced vague nerve pain in her limbs, ongoing fatigue, eye strain, anemia, loss of appetite, and weight loss. This was followed by back pain and irregular periods, leading to a lengthy series of treatments that included cauterization of the uterus, back braces, and a multitude of tonics and sedatives.
I broke up the association which had nearly been fatal to both women, and, confidently promising a cure, carried out my treatment in full In three months she went home well and happy, greatly improved in looks, her skin clear, her functions regular, and weighing one hundred and thirty-six pounds.
I ended the relationship that had almost been disastrous for both women, and, confidently promising a cure, I completed my treatment fully. In three months, she returned home healthy and happy, looking much better, with clear skin, regular bodily functions, and weighing one hundred and thirty-six pounds.
It is vain to repeat the relation of such cases, and impossible to put on paper the means for deciding—what is so large a part of success in treatment—the moral methods of obtaining confidence and insuring a childlike acquiescence in every needed measure.
It’s pointless to go over such cases again, and it’s impossible to write down the ways to determine—what is a big part of success in treatment—the moral methods for gaining trust and ensuring a child-like acceptance of every necessary step.
Another class of cases will, however, bear some further illustration. We meet with women who are healthy in mind, but who have some chronic pain or some definite malady which does not get well, either because the usual tonics fail, or because their occupations in life keep them always in a state of exhaustion. If by rest we slow the machinery, and by massage and electricity deprive rest of its evils, we can often obtain cures which are to be had in no other way. This is true of many uterine and of some other disorders.
Another group of cases needs further explanation. We encounter women who are mentally healthy but suffer from chronic pain or a specific illness that doesn’t improve, either because the usual treatments don’t work or because their jobs keep them in a constant state of fatigue. If we slow down the machinery through rest, and use massage and electricity to alleviate the downsides of rest, we can often achieve recoveries that are impossible through other means. This applies to many uterine issues and some other conditions.
Miss B., æt. 37, height five feet five inches, weight one hundred and fifteen pounds, a schoolteacher, without any notable organic disease, had a severe fall, owing to an accident while driving. A slight swelling in the hurt lumbar region was followed by pain, which became intense when she walked any distance. Loss of color, flesh, and appetite ensued, and, after much treatment, she consulted me. I could find nothing beyond soreness on deep pressure, and she was anything but hysterical or emotional.
Miss B., age 37, height five feet five inches, weight one hundred and fifteen pounds, a schoolteacher, without any significant health issues, experienced a serious fall due to an accident while driving. A minor swelling in the injured lower back area was followed by pain that became severe whenever she walked any distance. She also experienced loss of color, weight, and appetite, and after undergoing various treatments, she came to see me. I found no issues other than tenderness when pressing deeply, and she was certainly not hysterical or emotional.
Two months' rest with the usual treatment brought her weight up to one hundred and thirty-eight pounds, and she has been able ever since to do her usual work, and to walk when and where and as far as she wished.
Two months of rest with the standard treatment brought her weight up to one hundred thirty-eight pounds, and she has been able to do her regular work since then, walking whenever, wherever, and as far as she wanted.
Several years ago I treated with some reluctance a lady who had extensive bronchitis and a slight albuminuria. This woman was a mere skeleton, with every function out of order. I undertook her case with the utmost distrust, but I had the pleasure to find her fattening and reddening like others. Her cough left her, the albumen disappeared, and she became well enough to walk and drive; when a sudden congestion of the kidneys destroyed her in forty-eight hours.
Several years ago, I hesitantly treated a woman who had severe bronchitis and mild albuminuria. She was incredibly thin, with every body function in disarray. I took on her case with a lot of skepticism, but I was pleased to see her start to gain weight and regain her color like others do. Her cough went away, the albumin level dropped, and she got well enough to walk and go for drives; then a sudden kidney failure took her life within forty-eight hours.
Mrs. T., æt. 40, the mother of several children, had been unwell for years, and almost totally incapacitated for exertion for two years before admission, in January, 1894. She complained of extreme feebleness, distaste for and inability to digest food, a great and constant difficulty in swallowing, shortness of breath, dropsy of the ankles if she walked or stood, hemorrhoids from which some bleeding often occurred, extreme constipation, constant chilliness, and frequent violent headaches. Her appearance was that of a person with pernicious anæmia, a very yellow muddy skin, dry and harsh to the touch, and the hands and feet cold, almost to the point of pain.
Mrs. T., age 40, the mother of several children, had been unwell for years and was almost completely unable to exert herself for two years before she was admitted in January 1894. She complained of extreme weakness, lack of appetite, and trouble digesting food, along with a constant struggle to swallow, shortness of breath, swelling in her ankles when she walked or stood, hemorrhoids that sometimes bled, severe constipation, persistent chilliness, and frequent intense headaches. Her appearance resembled that of someone with pernicious anemia, with a very yellow, dull skin that was dry and harsh to the touch, and her hands and feet were cold, almost painfully so.
On examination the spleen was decidedly large; the lower border of the stomach reached to the level of the umbilicus. Two cardiac murmurs were present, the one a sharp and well-defined mitral regurgitant sound, confirmed by the dyspnoea and dropsy as organic, the other a loud musical murmur of hæmic origin. The trouble in deglutition proved to be due to an oesophageal narrowing. The blood examination bore out the suggestion of probable pernicious anæmia, the red cells being only 1,500,000, hæmoglobin 18 per cent.: the microscope showed microcytes, megaloblasts, nucleated red cells, and a large increase in white corpuscles. In order to study the effect of massage alone upon the blood no other treatment was used, though of course the patient was kept at "absolute rest." No drugs were given, electricity was not used, and extra food was omitted, as the irritability of the oesophagus made her unwilling to attempt the exertion and annoyance of frequent feeding. The general chilliness was at once helped by massage, and in a few days only felt in the small hours of the night, and the patient gained weight from the first. After one week of treatment a blood count was made: red cells were 3,800,000, more than double the former figure; hæmoglobin, 35 per cent., almost double its original value. On the same day, one hour after the completion of an hour's massage, the corpuscular count had attained 5,400,000, the hæmoglobin remaining 35 per cent.
On examination, the spleen was clearly enlarged; the lower edge of the stomach reached the level of the belly button. Two heart murmurs were present: one was a sharp and distinct mitral regurgitant sound, which was confirmed by the shortness of breath and swelling as organic, while the other was a loud musical murmur of hæmic origin. The difficulty with swallowing was found to be due to a narrowing in the esophagus. The blood test supported the possibility of pernicious anemia, with red cells at only 1,500,000 and hemoglobin at 18 percent; under the microscope, microcytes, megaloblasts, nucleated red cells, and a significant increase in white blood cells were observed. To assess the impact of massage alone on the blood, no other treatments were used, although the patient was kept at "absolute rest." No medications were administered, electricity was not applied, and additional food was avoided, as the sensitivity of the esophagus made her reluctant to deal with the effort and discomfort of frequent feeding. The overall chilliness was immediately alleviated by massage, and after a few days, she only felt it during the early morning hours; the patient started to gain weight right away. After one week of treatment, a blood count was conducted: red cells were at 3,800,000, which is more than double the previous number; hemoglobin was at 35 percent, almost double its original level. On the same day, one hour after finishing an hour of massage, the corpuscular count had reached 5,400,000, with hemoglobin remaining at 35 percent.
At the end of two weeks the hæmic murmur had faded into a faint soft bruit, though the mitral murmur was unchanged, the skin had improved in color, the aches and weariness were gone, and the blood count had reached nearly five million cells, with 50 per cent. of hæmoglobin. The extraordinary results of the blood examination were confirmed by observations made by Professor Frederick P. Henry, Dr. Judson Daland, and Dr. J.K. Mitchell, who all practically agreed. Professor Henry made several studies and stained a number of slides, verifying in his report the statements of the presence of megaloblasts and nucleated red cells made above.
At the end of two weeks, the hemic murmur had faded into a faint soft sound, while the mitral murmur remained unchanged. The skin color had improved, the aches and fatigue were gone, and the blood count had nearly reached five million cells, with 50 percent hemoglobin. The remarkable results of the blood test were confirmed by observations from Professor Frederick P. Henry, Dr. Judson Daland, and Dr. J.K. Mitchell, who all generally agreed. Professor Henry conducted several studies and stained several slides, confirming in his report the presence of megaloblasts and nucleated red cells mentioned earlier.
Owing to the necessity for an operation on the hemorrhoids, which caused loss of blood, the patient was somewhat retarded in her progress to recovery, but by the tenth week was so far better that the blood showed no microscopic abnormalities, the count was full normal, and the hæmoglobin over 70 per cent. Her color and strength were good, the heart was perfectly strong, the anæmic murmur was gone, and the oesophagus was so much less irritable that it was possible to begin dilatation of the stricture.
Due to the need for an operation on her hemorrhoids, which resulted in some blood loss, the patient was somewhat slow to recover. However, by the tenth week, she had improved enough that there were no microscopic abnormalities in her blood, her count was completely normal, and her hemoglobin was over 70 percent. Her color and strength were good, her heart was strong, the anemic murmur was gone, and the esophagus was much less sensitive, allowing for the start of dilatation of the stricture.
I have heard within a year that though occasionally annoyed by this last trouble if she becomes much fatigued, she has remained in other ways well.
I’ve heard that over the past year, even though she gets a bit irked by this last issue when she’s really tired, she has stayed well in other ways.
Mrs. G., the daughter of nervous parents, was always a nervous, over-sensitive, serious child, worked hard at Vassar, broke down, recovered, returned to college, was attacked with measles, which proved severe, and by the time she graduated had been made by her own tendencies and the anxious attention of her family into a devoted member of the class which I may permit myself to describe as health-maniacs.
Mrs. G., the daughter of anxious parents, was always a nervous, overly sensitive, serious child. She worked hard at Vassar but broke down, recovered, and went back to college. She then came down with severe measles, and by the time she graduated, her own tendencies and her family's constant worry had transformed her into a devoted member of what I can only describe as the health-obsessed class.
Health-foods, health-corsets, health-boots, the deeply serious consideration of how to eat, on which side to sleep, profound examination of whether mutton or lamb were the more digestible flesh,—these were her occupations,—and two or three years before her panic about her health had been made worse by the discovery of an aortic stenosis, of which an over-frank doctor had thought it best to inform her. When I saw her she had been three years married, was childless, and, between the real cardiac disease and her own anxieties about it, had driven herself into a state of great physical debility and a mental condition approaching delusional insanity.
Health foods, health corsets, health boots, the serious consideration of how to eat, which side to sleep on, and the deep examination of whether mutton or lamb is more digestible—these were her preoccupations. A couple of years before, her anxiety about her health had intensified after a blunt doctor informed her that she had aortic stenosis. When I saw her, she had been married for three years, was childless, and, between the actual heart disease and her own worries about it, had pushed herself into a state of severe physical weakness and a mental condition nearing delusional insanity.
A too restricted diet, lacking both in variety and appetizingness, had had its usual result of upsetting digestion and destroying desire for food. Even with the small amounts which she ate she considered it necessary to chew so carefully and to feed herself so slowly that from one hour to an hour and a half was used for each meal. The heart, under-nourished, beat feebly, there was constant slight albuminuria with evidences of congested kidneys, and she could only rest in a semi-erect position.
A diet that was too limited, lacking in both variety and appeal, had the usual effect of upsetting her digestion and killing her appetite. Even with the small amounts she did eat, she felt it was necessary to chew meticulously and to take her time, spending anywhere from one hour to an hour and a half on each meal. Her undernourished heart beat weakly, there was ongoing slight protein in her urine with signs of congested kidneys, and she could only rest in a semi-upright position.
The heart condition, with its renal results, proved the most rebellious part of the trouble. A firm and intelligent nurse soon overcame the difficulties and delays about food, and my final refusal to discuss them disposed for the time of some of the fanciful theories about digestion and so on. Her meals were ordered in every detail, and she was told that they were prescribed and to be taken like medicine, and, fed by the nurse, she began to take more nourishment. Massage relieved some of the labor of the heart, and gradually the semi-erect posture was exchanged inch by inch for a semi-recumbent one. Not to prolong the relation of details, it was found needful to keep this lady in bed for five months before the heart seemed to recover sufficiently to allow her to get up. Even then, although improved in color, flesh, and blood condition, she had to attain an erect station almost as slowly as she had had to reach recumbency. Slow, active Swedish movements, to which gentle resistance movements were very gradually added, helped the heart. Her cure was completed by five or six months' camp-life in the woods, and she is now the mother of a healthy child and herself perfectly well, the valvular disease only to be detected by the most careful examination, and never, even during pregnancy and parturition, causing any annoyance.
The heart condition, along with its kidney-related issues, was the toughest part of the problem. A skilled and caring nurse quickly solved the challenges and delays with food, and my final decision to stop discussing them put an end to some of the fanciful ideas about digestion and such. Her meals were carefully planned, and she was told that they were prescribed like medicine; with the nurse feeding her, she started to take in more nourishment. Massage eased some of the strain on the heart, and little by little, the semi-upright position was shifted to a semi-reclined one. To cut the details short, it was necessary to keep this lady in bed for five months before her heart seemed to recover enough for her to get up. Even then, although her color, weight, and blood condition improved, she had to stand up almost as slowly as she had to lie down. Gentle, active Swedish movements, with mild resistance exercises added gradually, helped her heart. Her recovery was completed after five or six months of camping in the woods, and now she is a mother of a healthy child and perfectly well herself, with the valvular disease only detectable by the most thorough examination, and never causing any issues, even during pregnancy and childbirth.
The surgeons, who once thought a floating kidney could be permanently fixed in its place by stitching, have now concluded that this is very doubtful, and the treatment of this displacement is never very satisfactory by any method. Still, some success has followed long rest in the supine position, which encourages the kidney to return to its normal place, until careful full feeding has renewed or increased the fatty cushions which hold it up. It is best during the first weeks of treatment not to allow the patient to sit or stand, or if she should be unable to avoid the occasional need for these positions, an abdominal binder must be applied by the nurse and drawn tightly before she moves. The masseuse is directed to avoid any movements which might further displace the organ, and may cautiously push it upward and hold it there with one hand while with the other the manipulation of the abdomen is performed. However long it may require, the patient should not get up until examinations, supine, lateral, prone, and erect, combine to assure us that the kidney is replaced. Repeated investigation of this point will be required,—for the kidney will sometimes be in place for a little while and next day or even a few hours later have slipped down again. Before any exertion is permitted, even ordinary walking, an accurate close-fitting abdominal belt with a kidney-pad should be applied. Those kept in stock are seldom properly adjusted, and usually have the pad in the wrong place. If rightly made, they can be worn with comfort and tight enough to be useful. If not rightly made, they are useless instruments of torture.
The surgeons, who once believed that a floating kidney could be permanently secured through stitching, have now realized that this is highly unlikely, and any method of treating this condition rarely yields satisfactory results. However, some success has come from prolonged rest in a lying position, which helps the kidney return to its normal position, until proper nutrition has restored or increased the fatty padding that keeps it in place. It's advisable during the initial weeks of treatment to prevent the patient from sitting or standing; if she must do so occasionally, a nurse should apply an abdominal binder tightly before any movement. The masseuse is instructed to avoid any actions that could further displace the organ and may gently push it upward to hold it in place with one hand while manipulating the abdomen with the other. No matter how long it takes, the patient should remain lying down until examinations—lying down, on her side, face down, and standing—confirm that the kidney is correctly positioned. Ongoing checks will be necessary, as the kidney may stay in place for a brief period and then slip down again the next day or even within hours. Before allowing any physical activity, including simple walking, a well-fitted abdominal belt with a kidney pad should be put on. Those available usually aren't properly adjusted and often have the pad placed incorrectly. If made correctly, they can be comfortable and tight enough to be effective. If not made correctly, they become uncomfortable and ineffective tools.
Mrs. Y., æt. fifty-six, was sent to Dr. J.K. Mitchell by Professor Osler for treatment. She had all the usual intestinal derangements and discomforts attendant upon a floating kidney: constipation alternated with diarrhoea, or rather with a sort of intestinal incontinence; vague pains in the back, flanks, and stomach were frequent; attacks of acute pain began in the right hypogastrium and ran down to the symphysis or into the groin; she had constant flatulence, weight, and oppression after food; was pale, flabby, and emaciated, but had no emotional or nervous symptoms except an annoying amount of insomnia. The lower border of the stomach was fully two inches below the navel in the middle-line, even when only a glass of water had been taken. It was a little lower after a small meal. The colon was distended and very variable in position, probably changing its relations with the landmarks as it happened to be more or less filled with food or gases. The abdominal walls were flabby, relaxed, and pendulous, and the whole surface tender. The patient gave a history of sudden loss of flesh with almost no reason some three years before, and increasing indigestion in all forms ever since. The tenderness made careful abdominal study difficult, but lessened enough after a few days in bed to permit the perception of a displacement of the right kidney, whose lower edge could be felt on a level with the umbilicus and two inches to the right of it. No change of position would bring it any lower. Examined with the patient prone, two-thirds of the kidney could be outlined, extremely tender, and causing nausea and sinking if pressed upon.
Mrs. Y., age fifty-six, was sent to Dr. J.K. Mitchell by Professor Osler for treatment. She had all the usual intestinal issues and discomforts associated with a floating kidney: constipation alternated with diarrhea, or more accurately, a kind of intestinal incontinence; vague pains in her back, sides, and stomach were common; episodes of sharp pain started in the right lower abdomen and radiated down to the pubic area or into the groin; she experienced constant bloating, heaviness, and discomfort after eating; she was pale, weak, and thin, but had no emotional or nervous symptoms aside from a troublesome amount of insomnia. The lower edge of her stomach was well over two inches below the navel in the middle, even after just drinking a glass of water. It was slightly lower after a small meal. The colon was swollen and very inconsistent in position, likely changing its relation to anatomical landmarks depending on how full it was with food or gas. The abdominal walls were weak, relaxed, and sagging, with the entire area being tender. The patient reported a sudden loss of weight about three years ago for no apparent reason, along with worsening indigestion in all forms ever since. The tenderness made it challenging to conduct a thorough abdominal examination, but it decreased enough after a few days in bed to allow for the detection of a displacement of the right kidney, whose lower edge could be felt at the level of the belly button and two inches to the right. No change in position would move it any lower. When examined with the patient lying on her stomach, two-thirds of the kidney could be outlined, extremely tender, and causing nausea and a sinking feeling if pressed.
The chief trouble in treatment proved to be the irritability of the intestines, which was brought on in most unexpected fashion by foods of the simplest kind. For some time it was so persistent that the suspicion of intestinal tuberculosis was entertained; but it finally disappeared, and after that the case progressed more favorably and she was out of bed with a tight belt and kidney-pad in a little more than twelve weeks. The kidney was then, and has remained since, in its normal position. The patient gained twelve pounds in weight, and should have gained more, but she found the hot weather during the latter weeks of her treatment very trying. The intestinal indigestion was only partially relieved, but the gastric symptoms, the general pains, and weakness all disappeared, and with precaution she will continue to improve. It is best to advise the constant use of the belt in such a case. In a patient who has made a large gain in flesh, as this one did not, and who has been found after some months to maintain the increased weight, the belt might gradually and experimentally be left off; but repeated examinations should be made for a year or two to be sure that no displacement results.
The main issue in treatment was the irritability of the intestines, which was triggered in the most unexpected way by very basic foods. For a while, it was so persistent that doctors suspected intestinal tuberculosis, but it eventually went away. After that, the case improved significantly, and she was able to get out of bed with a tight belt and kidney pad in just over twelve weeks. The kidney was then, and has remained, in its normal position. The patient gained twelve pounds, and she should have gained more, but she found the hot weather during the final weeks of her treatment very challenging. The intestinal indigestion was only partially improved, but the stomach symptoms, general pains, and weakness all disappeared, and with some care, she will continue to get better. It's best to recommend that she always wear the belt in this situation. For a patient who has gained a lot of weight, like this one didn't, and who has managed to maintain that weight after a few months, the belt might be gradually and cautiously removed; however, regular check-ups should be done for a year or two to ensure that there are no issues with displacement.
I could relate cases of gain in flesh without manifest relief. As I have said, these are rare; but it is less uncommon to see great relief without improvement in weight at all, or until the patient is up and afoot for some weeks; and I could also state several cases in which a repetition of the treatment won a final and complete success after the first effort at cure had failed or but partially succeeded; and of this, I believe, Professor Goodell has seen several examples.
I could share instances of weight gain without obvious improvement. As I mentioned, these are rare; however, it is more common to see significant relief without any change in weight, or until the patient is up and moving around for a few weeks. I could also provide several examples where repeating the treatment led to complete success after the initial attempt at a cure had either failed or only partially succeeded, and I believe Professor Goodell has observed several such cases.
Mrs. N., æt. 29, no menstruation for five years; return of menstruation at thirtieth day of treatment; continued regularly ever since during three years.
Mrs. N., age 29, had not had a period for five years; her menstruation returned on the thirtieth day of treatment and has continued regularly ever since for three years.
Mrs. C., æt. 42, eight years without menstruation; return at fourteenth day of treatment; now regular during five months.
Mrs. C., age 42, hasn't had a period for eight years; returned on the fourteenth day of treatment; now regular for five months.
Miss C., æt. 22, no menstruation for eight months; return at close of sixtieth day of treatment; regular now for four months.
Miss C., age 22, hasn’t had her period for eight months; came back at the end of the sixtieth day of treatment; she’s been regular for four months now.
Miss A., æt. 26, irregular; missing for two or three months, and then menstruating irregularly for two or three months. No flow for two months. Menstruated at nineteenth day of treatment, and regular during thirteen months ever since.
Miss A., age 26, had irregular periods; she was missing for two or three months, then had irregular menstruation for another two or three months. No flow for two months. She menstruated on the nineteenth day of treatment, and has been regular for thirteen months since then.
I had at one time intended to give, in the first edition of this work, a summary of all my cases, with the results; but what is easy to do in definite maladies like typhoid fever becomes hard in cases such as I here relate. In fevers the statistics are simple,—patients die or get well; but in cases of nervous exhaustion, so called, it is impossible to state accurately the number of partial recoveries, or, at least, to define usefully the degrees of gain. For these reasons I have not attempted to furnish full statistics of the large number of cases I have treated.
I once planned to include a summary of all my cases and their outcomes in the first edition of this work. However, what's easy to accomplish with clear diseases like typhoid fever becomes complicated with the cases I describe here. In fevers, the statistics are straightforward—patients either die or recover—but with conditions like nervous exhaustion, it’s tough to accurately report the number of partial recoveries or to meaningfully define the levels of improvement. Because of this, I haven't tried to provide complete statistics on the many cases I've treated.
In the debate before the British Medical Association the question of the permanence of cures by this method was the subject of discussion. I have lately been at some pains to learn the fate of many of my earlier cases, and can say with certainty that every case then treated was selected because all else had failed, and that I find relapses into the state they were in when brought to me to have been very uncommon. A vast proportion have remained in useful health, and a small number have lost a part of their gains. I now make it a rule to keep up some relation with patients after discharge, by occasional visits or by letter, and believe that in this way many small troubles are hindered from becoming large enough to cause relapses.
In the debate before the British Medical Association, the topic of whether the cures from this method are permanent was discussed. I've recently taken the time to find out what happened with many of my earlier cases, and I can confidently say that each case I treated was chosen because everything else had failed, and I’ve found that relapses to the state they were in when they came to me have been quite rare. A large percentage have stayed in good health, while a small number have lost some of their improvements. I now make it a practice to maintain some connection with patients after they're discharged, through occasional visits or letters, and I believe this helps prevent minor issues from growing into significant problems that could lead to relapses.
I said in my first edition that I did not doubt that the statements I made would give rise in some minds to that distrust which the relation of remarkable cures so naturally excites; and this I cannot blame. Every physician can recall in his own practice such cases as I have described, and every medical man of large experience knows that many of these women are to him sources of anxiety or of therapeutic despair so deep that after a time he gets to think of them as destined irredeemably to a life of imperfect health, and finds it hard to believe that any method of treatment can possibly achieve a rescue.
I mentioned in my first edition that I was sure the claims I made would lead some people to feel the skepticism that often comes with reports of remarkable cures, and I can’t blame them for that. Every doctor can recall cases in their own practice like the ones I described, and every experienced medical professional knows that many of these women are sources of worry or deep therapeutic despair. Over time, he starts to see them as destined to lead a life of poor health, making it hard to believe that any treatment could actually help them.
I am fortunate now in having been able to show that in other hands than my own, both here and abroad, this treatment has so thoroughly justified itself as to need no further defence or apology from its author. It has gratified me also to learn that in many instances country physicians, remote from the resources of great cities, have been able to make it available. As I have already said, I am now more fearful that it will be misused, or used where it is not needed, than that it will not be used; and, with this word of caution, I leave it again to the judgment of time and my profession.
I’m grateful now that I’ve been able to demonstrate that this treatment has proven itself so effectively in the hands of others, both here and abroad, that it no longer needs any defense or apology from me. I’m also pleased to hear that many rural doctors, far from the resources of large cities, have successfully utilized it. As I’ve mentioned before, I’m now more concerned about it being misused or applied in situations where it isn’t necessary than I am about it not being used at all; and with this note of caution, I turn it over once more to the judgment of time and my profession.
CHAPTER X.
THE TREATMENT OF LOCOMOTOR ATAXIA, ATAXIC PARAPLEGIA, SPASTIC PARALYSIS, AND PARALYSIS AGITANS.
In my earliest publication on the treatment of diseases by rest, etc., locomotor ataxia was alluded to as one of the troubles in which remarkable results had been obtained. Rest alone will do much to diminish pain and promote sleep in tabes, rest with massage and electricity will do more. It is not necessary to order complete seclusion for such cases, but some special measures will be needed in addition to those already described as of use in various disorders, and these will be discussed in this chapter.
In my first article on treating illnesses with rest, I mentioned locomotor ataxia as one of the conditions where we saw outstanding results. Just resting can significantly reduce pain and help with sleep in tabes, but combining rest with massage and electricity can be even more effective. There's no need to require complete isolation for these cases, but some additional measures will be necessary beyond those already noted as helpful for various disorders, which will be covered in this chapter.
While this is not a treatise on diagnosis, some brief symptom-description is needed to enable one to define clearly the methods of treatment at different stages.
While this isn't a detailed discussion on diagnosis, a brief description of the symptoms is necessary to help clarify the treatment methods at different stages.
In the middle or late stages there need be little uncertainty in uncomplicated cases; in the earlier periods diagnosis is by no means easy. A history may usually be elicited of important heralding symptoms, such as former or present troubles with the muscles of the eyes, the occurrence of vague but sharp and recurring pains, vertigo, an impairment of balance, unnoticed perhaps, except when walking in the dark or when stooping to wash the face, or especially when going down stairs. Attacks of 'dyspepsia,' as unrecognized visceral crises are often called, should render one suspicious. If, on examination, loss or impairment of knee-jerk be shown, contraction of the pupil with Argyll-Robertson phenomenon and defective station, but little doubt can exist. The discovery by the ophthalmoscope of some degree of beginning optic neuritis would make assurance more sure, and this can often be detected in a very early stage of the disease.
In the middle or later stages, there’s usually little doubt in straightforward cases; however, in the early stages, diagnosis is definitely not easy. A patient history often reveals significant warning signs, like previous or current issues with the eye muscles, the presence of vague but sharp and recurring pains, dizziness, and a balance issue that might go unnoticed, except when walking in the dark, bending down to wash their face, or especially when going downstairs. Episodes of 'indigestion,' which are frequently unrecognized acute visceral crises, should raise red flags. If an exam shows a loss or reduction in knee-jerk reflex, pupil constriction with the Argyll-Robertson phenomenon, and unsteady posture, there’s little room for doubt. Finding some degree of early optic neuritis through the ophthalmoscope would further confirm the diagnosis, and this can often be detected very early in the disease.
Much controversy has been spent on the question of the share of syphilis in producing tabes, and out of the battle but two facts emerge fairly certain, the one that syphilis often precedes the disease, the other that anti-syphilitic medication is commonly of no service. But syphilis is so frequently antecedent that a history of that infection may make certain the diagnosis when doubt exists. This may be an important point, for some of the cardinal symptoms are occasionally absent; cases are seen with no incoördination, sometimes with the station unaffected, even, though rarely, with the knee-jerk preserved.
Much debate has occurred over the role of syphilis in causing tabes, and out of the discussion, two fairly certain facts emerge: first, syphilis often occurs before the disease, and second, anti-syphilitic treatment is usually ineffective. However, since syphilis frequently comes before tabes, a history of that infection can help confirm the diagnosis when doubts arise. This could be a significant point because some of the main symptoms may sometimes be absent; there are cases where there's no coordination issue, sometimes where the posture is unaffected, and even, though rarely, where the knee-jerk reflex remains intact.
The diagnosis established, treatment will somewhat depend upon the stage which the disease has reached.
The diagnosis made, treatment will depend somewhat on how advanced the disease is.
In the pre-ataxic stage, where slight unsteadiness, often not troublesome except in the dark or with closed eyes, sharp stabbing pains here and there, numbness of the feet, girdle-sense in the region of chest, waist, or belly, some recurrent difficulty in emptying the bladder, a fugitive partial palsy of the external muscles of the eye, are the chief or, perhaps, the only complaints, it would not be justifiable to put the patient to bed at complete rest. This early stage calls for a different plan of treatment, to be presently described.
In the pre-ataxic stage, where there’s slight unsteadiness that usually isn’t a big deal except in the dark or with closed eyes, sharp stabbing pains in various places, numbness in the feet, a tight sensation in the chest, waist, or belly, occasional trouble emptying the bladder, and temporary weakness in the outer eye muscles are the main or possibly the only complaints, it wouldn't be right to confine the patient to bed rest. This early stage requires a different treatment approach, which will be described shortly.
In the middle or more distinctly ataxic period long rest in bed should be prescribed, and will be gratefully accepted by a patient whose sufferings from incoördination, pains, and numbness of the extremities are often so great as to incapacitate him.
In the middle or more distinctly ataxic period, long bed rest should be recommended and will be gratefully accepted by a patient whose struggles with uncoordinated movements, pain, and numbness in the limbs are often so severe that they are disabling.
The bowels cannot be emptied or are moved without the patient's knowledge, and these annoyances combine with the pain and nervous apprehension to drive the victim into a melancholic or neurasthenic state. He suffers, too, from want of occupation, from the absence of exercise, from the anticipation of worse changes in the near future, and usually by the time he reaches the specialist has been more or less poisoned with iodide of potash and mercury, and perhaps with morphia.
The bowels can’t be emptied or move without the patient realizing it, and these frustrations, along with pain and anxiety, push the person into a depressed or overly anxious state. They also struggle with lack of activity, no exercise, fear of worse changes coming soon, and by the time they see the specialist, they have often been somewhat harmed by iodide of potash and mercury, and maybe even morphine.
In the third, the paralytic stage, which seldom comes on until the symptoms have lasted for years, there is gradual loss of power and ataxia, increasing until he is totally unable to walk. If a patient is not seen until this condition of things has been reached, but little can be hoped from any treatment, though in a few cases energetic measures may bring about a marked improvement, which is rarely lasting.
In the third stage, the paralytic stage, which rarely occurs until the symptoms have persisted for years, there is a gradual loss of strength and coordination, leading to the person becoming completely unable to walk. If a patient isn’t seen until this point, there’s not much that can be expected from any treatment, although in a few cases, aggressive interventions might lead to noticeable improvement, but that improvement is seldom permanent.
The first or pre-ataxic stage is, to the great detriment of patients, too seldom recognized. The pains are called rheumatic, the eye symptoms are lightly passed over or glasses are ordered, the difficulty of micturition is treated by drugs, and the slightly impaired balance unnoticed or unconsidered.
The first or pre-ataxic stage is, much to the disadvantage of patients, rarely recognized. The pains are labeled as rheumatic, the eye symptoms are brushed aside or prescriptions for glasses are given, the trouble with urination is managed with medication, and the slight balance issues go unnoticed or aren’t taken seriously.
When such a patient comes into our hands the history, and especially the history of predisposing causes, needs the most careful examination. It is well established that syphilis is a common precedent of ataxia, occurring in at least two-thirds of the cases; it is even more firmly settled that iodide and mercury in large doses do no good in advanced ataxia. I say in advanced ataxia, because a few cases are seen in which the syphilis has been of recent occurrence, or where the spinal symptoms are of decidedly acute character, and in these anti-syphilitic medication is needed and useful; but such cases should be described as acute or subacute spinal syphilis, not as ataxia. When nerve degeneration has once begun, iodide will do little good and mercury may do positive harm, if used in large doses. The other common predisposing causes, exposure to cold, over-exertion, sexual excess, need concern us only as they suggest warnings to be given, especially when the patient is improving. Until he does improve not much need be said about them; he cannot indulge in venery, as sexual power is usually (though not always) lost early in the disease; and the incoördination lessens his opportunities of exposure or over-exertion.
When a patient like this comes to us, we need to thoroughly examine their history, especially the background of any contributing factors. It’s well-known that syphilis is a common precursor to ataxia, found in about two-thirds of cases. It’s even more firmly established that large doses of iodide and mercury do not help in advanced ataxia. I specify "advanced ataxia" because there are a few cases where syphilis is recent or where the spinal symptoms are clearly acute, and in those situations, anti-syphilitic treatment is necessary and effective; but those should be referred to as acute or subacute spinal syphilis, not ataxia. Once nerve degeneration starts, iodide will be of little benefit and mercury could even cause harm if administered in large doses. Other common contributing factors, like exposure to cold, over-exertion, and excessive sexual activity, only concern us in terms of cautionary advice, particularly when the patient is getting better. Until they start to improve, we shouldn’t focus too much on these factors; they can't engage in sexual activity, as sexual ability is usually (though not always) lost early in the disease, and their lack of coordination reduces their chances of over-exertion or exposure.
During this stage some patients complain most of the numbness, girdle-sense, and incoördination; others of the stabbing pains or the bladder weakness. The general treatment must be much the same, however, in all, with special attention besides to the special needs of each individual.
During this stage, some patients mostly report feelings of numbness, a girdle-like sensation, and coordination issues; others experience stabbing pains or bladder weakness. The overall treatment should be similar for everyone, but special attention should also be given to the unique needs of each individual.
Fatigue makes all the symptoms worse, increases pain, and impairs still more the muscular incoördination; it is, therefore, of the first importance in every instance to forbid all over-exertion. Walking, more than any other form of exercise, hurts these cases. The patient should not walk beyond his absolute necessities. To get the needed fresh air, let him, according to his situation in life, drive out or use the street-cars. In some cases the use of a tricycle on a level floor or on good roads is not so harmful as walking, for obvious reasons; this tricycle exercise may at first be made a passive or mild exercise by having the machine pushed by an attendant. To replace the effects upon the circulation and bowels of physical activity massage may be used, and the masseur must have directions as to gentle handling of the tender places at first. These are usually in fixed positions, and can be avoided or only lightly touched. The shooting pains may be lessened by deep, slow massage in the tracks of the nerves affected. If, as generally happens, there are also regions of defective sensation, these should receive after the general manipulation active, rapid circular friction, and, perhaps, experimentally, open-hand slapping. As constipation is one of the troublesome features, the abdomen should have particular attention, and an unusual amount of time be given to manipulations of the colon, as described in the chapter on massage. A full hour's rest in bed, preferably in a darkened room, must follow the rubbing.
Fatigue makes all the symptoms worse, increases pain, and further disrupts muscular coordination; therefore, it's crucial to avoid any overexertion in every situation. Walking, more than any other form of exercise, is particularly harmful for these cases. The patient should not walk more than absolutely necessary. To get needed fresh air, they should, based on their lifestyle, either drive out or use streetcars. In some cases, riding a tricycle on a flat surface or good roads is less harmful than walking, for obvious reasons; this tricycle exercise can initially be done as a passive or light activity by having someone push the machine. To substitute for the effects of physical activity on circulation and digestion, massage can be used, and the masseur should be instructed on how to gently handle sensitive areas at first. These sensitive areas are usually in specific positions, and can be avoided or only lightly touched. Shooting pains may be reduced by deep, slow massage along the affected nerve pathways. If, as often occurs, there are also areas with reduced sensation, these should receive active, rapid circular friction after the general massage, and possibly, just to experiment, open-hand slapping. Since constipation is one of the annoying issues, particular attention should be given to the abdomen, and extra time should be spent on the colon manipulations as detailed in the chapter on massage. A full hour of rest in bed, preferably in a darkened room, should follow the massage.
A schedule for the day on about the lines of the "partial rest" schedule, as described on a previous page, should be followed. A prolonged warm bath, with cool sponging after, if the latter be well borne, is useful in lessening pains and nervous irritability,—and this may begin the day or be used at any convenient hour.
At an hour as far from the massage as possible lessons in co-ordinate movements are given, after a week or ten days of massage has prepared the muscles, and baths and a quiet life have steadied the nerves. For many years past, certainly fifteen or sixteen, the students and physicians who have followed my service at the Infirmary for Nervous Diseases have seen this systematic training given, and no doubt they received with some amusement the excitement about it as a new method of treatment when it was proclaimed in Europe two or three years ago.
At a time as far from the massage as possible, lessons in coordinated movements are taught, after a week or ten days of massage has prepared the muscles, and baths and a peaceful life have calmed the nerves. For many years now, definitely fifteen or sixteen, the students and doctors who have participated in my program at the Infirmary for Nervous Diseases have witnessed this structured training, and they probably found some humor in the excitement around it when it was announced as a new treatment method in Europe two or three years ago.
The indication for this teaching appeared too obvious to publish or talk much about. The patient has incoördination; one, therefore, does one's best to teach him to co-ordinate his movements by small beginnings and by small increases.
The reason for this teaching seemed too clear to publish or discuss at length. The patient has trouble coordinating; therefore, we do our best to help him coordinate his movements by starting small and gradually increasing.
In patients in the first stage of ataxia the most striking result of incoördination is the impairment of station. We therefore begin with balancing lessons. The patient is directed to stand at "Attention," head up and chest out, not looking at his feet, as the ataxic always wishes to do. At first this is enough to require; it will not do to be too particular about how his feet are placed, so long as he does not straddle. He can repeat this effort for himself a dozen times a day, for a minute or two each time. Next we try the same position with a little more care about getting the feet pretty near together and parallel, or with the toes turned out only a very little. In another couple of days a little more severity may be exercised about maintaining the correct attitude,—heels touching, hands hanging down, and eyes looking straight forward,—and until he is able to do this easily it is best to ask nothing more. Then he is requested to stand on one foot, being permitted just to touch a chair-back or the attendant's hand to give confidence. This is practised until he can keep his erect station for a few seconds without difficulty. This point of improvement may be reached in three days or a week or may take a fortnight. Women, as I have before observed, although rarely in America the victims of tabes, when they do have it have far less disturbance of balance than men, and this is to be attributed to their life-long habit of walking without seeing their feet. I have found in the few cases of ataxia in women that I have seen that they benefited much more quickly by these balance instructions than did men, though their other symptoms were in no way different.
In patients in the early stages of ataxia, the most noticeable issue with coordination is the difficulty in standing still. Therefore, we start with balancing exercises. The patient is instructed to stand at "Attention," with their head up and chest out, avoiding the instinct to look at their feet, which is a common urge for those with ataxia. Initially, that's all that's required; we shouldn't be too strict about foot placement as long as they're not straddling. They can practice this on their own a dozen times a day, for a minute or two each time. Next, we focus on maintaining the same position with more attention to keeping the feet close together and parallel, or with the toes turned out slightly. After a couple of days, we can be a bit stricter about holding the correct posture—heels touching, hands hanging down, and eyes looking straight ahead—and until they can do this easily, we won't ask for more. Next, they are asked to balance on one foot, allowed to just touch the back of a chair or the attendant's hand for support. This is practiced until they can maintain their balance for a few seconds without difficulty. This level of improvement may be seen in three days, a week, or possibly two weeks. Women, as I've mentioned before, although they rarely have tabes in America, tend to experience far less trouble with balance when they do, likely due to their lifelong habit of walking without looking at their feet. In the few cases of ataxia I've encountered in women, they responded to these balance exercises much faster than men, even though their other symptoms were not different.
Continuing every day the practice of all the previous lessons, movements are rapidly added as soon as station is better. A brief list of them follows. When the exercises grow so numerous as to take overmuch time, the simpler early ones may be omitted.
Continuing the practice of all the previous lessons every day, new movements are quickly added as soon as you're ready. Here’s a brief list of them. If the exercises become too numerous and take too much time, you can skip the simpler earlier ones.
When the learner is able to stand on one foot, let him slowly raise the other and put it on a marked spot on the edge of a chair. This, like all the other exercises, must be practised with both feet.
When the learner can balance on one foot, have them slowly lift the other foot and place it on a marked spot on the edge of a chair. This, like all the other exercises, should be practiced with both feet.
Do the same sideways.
Below is a short piece of text (5 words or fewer). Modernize it into contemporary English if there's enough context, but do not add or omit any information. If context is insufficient, return it unchanged. Do not add commentary, and do not modify any placeholders. If you see placeholders of the form __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_x__, you must keep them exactly as-is so they can be replaced with links. Do the same sideways.
Stand and bend body slowly forward, backward, and sideways, with a moment's rest after each motion.
Stand and slowly bend your body forward, backward, and to the sides, taking a moment to rest after each movement.
Having reached this point, I usually order the patient to practise all these with closed eyes. When he can do this, he begins to take one or two steps with shut eyes, first forward, then sideways, then backward. If he falter or move without freedom, he is kept at this until he does it confidently. Then exercises in following patterns traced on the floor are begun. In hospitals, or where bare floors are to be found, the patterns may be drawn with chalk. In carpeted rooms, which by the way are less suited for the work than plain boards or parquet floors, a piece of half-inch wide white tape may be laid in the required pattern, first in a straight line, later, as proficiency is gained, in curved, figure-of-eight, or angular patterns. The patient must be made to walk on the line, putting one foot directly in front of the other, with the heel of the forward foot touching the toe of the one behind.
Having reached this point, I usually ask the patient to practice all of these with their eyes closed. When they can do this, they start taking one or two steps with their eyes shut, first moving forward, then sideways, and finally backward. If they stumble or move awkwardly, they continue practicing until they can do it confidently. Then, exercises following patterns drawn on the floor begin. In hospitals, or where there are bare floors, the patterns can be drawn with chalk. In carpeted rooms, which are less suitable for this work than plain boards or parquet floors, a piece of half-inch wide white tape can be laid out in the required pattern, first in a straight line and later, as proficiency improves, in curved, figure-eight, or angular patterns. The patient must walk on the line, placing one foot directly in front of the other, with the heel of the forward foot touching the toe of the one behind.
Walking over obstacles is tried next. Wooden blocks measuring about six by twelve inches and two inches thick are stood on edge at intervals of eighteen inches and the patient walks over them, thus training several groups of muscles; the blocks are at first set in straight lines, then in curving patterns. An ordinary octavo book makes a good substitute for a block.
Walking over obstacles is the next exercise. Wooden blocks that are about six by twelve inches and two inches thick are placed on their sides at intervals of eighteen inches, and the person practices walking over them, which helps develop several muscle groups; the blocks are initially arranged in straight lines and then in curved patterns. A standard octavo book works well as a substitute for a block.
If the trunk muscles are affected by the ataxia, further exercises are ordered for them, bending and twisting movements, picking up objects from the floor, etc. For the hands and arms, which, except in those very rare cases where the ataxia first shows itself in the upper extremities, seldom exhibit much incoördination in the primary and middle stages, the movements are the picking up of a series of different-shaped small articles, arranging objects like dominoes, marbles, or the kindergarten sticks in patterns, bringing the fingers of the two hands one after another together, or touching a finger to the ear or the nose, at first with open and then with shut eyes.
If the trunk muscles are impacted by ataxia, additional exercises are prescribed, including bending and twisting movements, picking up objects off the floor, etc. For the hands and arms, which rarely show much lack of coordination in the early and middle stages, except in those very rare cases where the ataxia begins in the upper limbs, the exercises involve picking up a series of differently shaped small items, organizing objects like dominoes, marbles, or kindergarten sticks into patterns, bringing the fingers of both hands together one after the other, or touching a finger to the ear or nose, initially with eyes open and then with eyes closed.
With these methods, needing not more than twenty minutes three times a day, the ataxic symptoms sometimes rapidly diminish. In certain cases no other improvement will be observed, showing that what has taken place is of course not an alteration of the diseased nerve-tissues for the better, as no treatment can restore sclerotic spinal tissue to a normal state, but is merely a substitution of function, in which other and associated nerve-tracts have replaced in control the ones affected.
With these methods, requiring no more than twenty minutes three times a day, the ataxic symptoms sometimes improve quickly. In some cases, no other improvement will be observed, indicating that what has happened is not an actual improvement of the damaged nerve tissues, since no treatment can return sclerotic spinal tissue to a normal state. Instead, it is simply a change in function, where other associated nerve pathways have taken over control from the affected ones.
As to the pains and bowel and bladder disturbances, their handling will be discussed in considering the treatment of the next or middle stage of tabes. In this period the ataxic symptoms are most prominent; the gait has become so unsteady that the patient needs canes to walk at all and must constantly watch his feet. He walks a little better when well under way, but at starting or when standing still he sways and totters. The girdle-sense is severe and constant, various pains assail the body and limbs; the numbness of the feet, often described as a feeling "like walking with a pillow under the foot," still further incommodes his walking.[30] The bladder control may be so enfeebled as to require daily catheterization, and the bowels move only with enemas or purgatives, and often without the patient's knowledge, owing to the anæsthesia which affects the rectum and its vicinity.
Regarding the pain and issues with bowel and bladder control, we'll address those in the treatment of the next or middle stage of tabes. During this phase, the ataxic symptoms are the most noticeable; the person's gait is so unstable that they need canes just to walk and must constantly watch their feet. They walk a bit better once they're moving but sway and stumble when starting or standing still. The sensation around the waist is intense and constant, various pains affect the body and limbs; the numbness in the feet, often described as feeling "like walking with a pillow under the foot," makes walking even more difficult.[30] Bladder control may become so weak that daily catheterization is necessary, and bowel movements only happen with enemas or laxatives, often without the person's awareness due to the loss of sensation affecting the rectum and surrounding area.
One of the first things to attend to when patients are in this stage is the bladder, as the retention is the only condition likely to produce serious disorder. Cystitis is or may be present, and with the retention is a constant threat to the kidneys. Catheterization and washing out with an antiseptic must be regularly practised while treatment is used to improve the condition.
One of the first things to focus on when patients reach this stage is the bladder, since retention is the only issue that could lead to serious complications. Cystitis may be present, and combined with the retention, it constantly threatens the kidneys. Regular catheterization and flushing with an antiseptic must be carried out while treatment is administered to improve the situation.
For these patients rest in bed is a prime necessity in order to remove all excuse for exertion. The method of application of massage has already been suggested. Care must be taken that the patient eats well and of the best food. Except for occasional gastric or intestinal crises of pain, sometimes with vomiting, sometimes with diarrhoea, the digestive functions are usually well performed, unless the stomach has been greatly upset by over-use of iodide. The most liberal feeding consistent with good digestion is indicated, for it must be remembered that we are dealing with a disease in which degenerative changes play an important part. The usefulness of electricity in ataxia has been denied by some authors, while others praise it indiscriminately. Perhaps a reason for this difference of opinion may be found in its different effects upon individual patients; but I see few in whom I do not find electricity in one or another form helpful. For pains I order the galvanic current through the affected nerves as strong as the man is able to bear. If after a few days of this the pains are unchanged, a rapidly interrupted faradic current is tried, and failing to do good with this, I use light cauterization or a series of small blisters to the spine at the point of exit of the painful nerves. Galvanization of the bladder with an intravesical electrode is sometimes of service to strengthen its capacity for contraction. Faradism is applied in the form just described, using a wire brush as an electrode to the areas of numbness and anæsthesia. Lately I have found that this current in a strength which would be very painful to the normal skin will in some instances relieve the feeling of pressure and dull discomfort about the rectum and perineum, and it has been successful when galvanism did no good. In patients within reach of a static machine, this form may be used for the numbness if the others do not help it.
For these patients, bed rest is essential to eliminate any reason for exertion. The method for applying massage has already been suggested. It's important to ensure that the patient eats well and has access to high-quality food. Aside from occasional gastric or intestinal pain crises, which may involve vomiting or diarrhea, the digestive system usually functions well unless the stomach has been severely affected by excessive iodide use. The most generous feeding that allows for good digestion is necessary, as we are dealing with a disease where degenerative changes are significant. Some authors have questioned the effectiveness of electricity in treating ataxia, while others praise it without reservation. The difference in opinions may stem from its varying effects on individual patients; however, I find electricity helpful in most cases. For pain relief, I recommend using the galvanic current through the affected nerves at a strength the patient can tolerate. If the pain persists after a few days of treatment, I try a rapidly interrupted faradic current, and if that fails, I apply light cauterization or a series of small blisters to the spine at the points where the painful nerves exit. Galvanization of the bladder with an intravesical electrode can sometimes help improve its ability to contract. I apply faradism as described, using a wire brush as an electrode on areas of numbness and loss of sensation. Recently, I've discovered that this current, at a strength that would be very painful for normal skin, can alleviate feelings of pressure and dull discomfort around the rectum and perineum, achieving success where galvanism did not. For patients with access to a static machine, this method may be used for numbness if the others are ineffective.
For the attacks of pain, if general, a prolonged hot bath lasting from ten to twelve minutes, at a temperature of 100° F. or even more, should be first tried; if this fail, antipyrin, phenacetin, acetanilid, or cannabis indica may be used, or, as a last resort, morphia. For the local pains hot water is also useful, and in the intervals I order applications of hot water to the tender points, as hot as can be borne, alternating with ice-water, each rapidly applied three or four times. In severe attacks, and with all due caution to avoid habituation, cocaine injections may be given. In cases with high arterial tension the daily administration of nitroglycerin in full doses will not only lower the tension but decrease the pains in force and frequency.
For pain attacks, if they're general, try taking a hot bath for about ten to twelve minutes at a temperature of 100°F or even higher. If that doesn't work, you can use antipyrin, phenacetin, acetanilid, or cannabis indica, and as a last resort, morphine. For local pain, hot water is also helpful, and in between, I recommend applying hot water to the tender spots, as hot as you can handle, alternating with ice water, applying each one quickly three or four times. In severe cases, with caution to avoid dependency, cocaine injections may be administered. In cases with high blood pressure, taking full doses of nitroglycerin daily will not only lower the pressure but also reduce the intensity and frequency of the pain.
For several years past in all patients with the general lowering of nervous force and vitality so common in this disease I have habitually used the testicular elixir of Brown-Séquard. The ridiculous length to which organic therapeutics have been carried, the extravagant advertising claims, and an absurd expectation of impossible results have combined to make the profession shy of those organic preparations which have not very good evidence in their favor, and for some time I shared in this prejudice against the Brown-Séquard fluid. A talk with that most distinguished physician and an examination of some of his cases led me to a trial for myself, and I am at present very well convinced that, whether a physiologic basis can reasonably be assumed or not, we have in the fluid a tonic remedy of great power. While I have used it with good effect in other conditions, it is in ataxia that I have found it of most value.
For several years now, I’ve regularly used Brown-Séquard's testicular elixir in patients experiencing a general decrease in nervous energy and vitality, which is common in this disease. The extreme lengths to which organic therapies have been taken, the outrageous advertising claims, and the unrealistic expectations for impossible results have made medical professionals hesitant about organic preparations that lack strong evidence. I also held this bias against the Brown-Séquard fluid for a while. However, after discussing it with that esteemed physician and reviewing some of his cases, I decided to try it for myself, and I’m now quite convinced that, whether there’s a reasonable physiological basis or not, this fluid is a powerful tonic remedy. While I’ve seen good results with it in other conditions, it’s been most beneficial in treating ataxia.
The glycerin extract is freshly prepared from bulls' testicles in exact accordance with the directions of the discoverer. It is used hypodermatically every other day, beginning with a diluted ten-minim dose and increasing by two or three drops up to about forty minims. The effect is at its height twelve to twenty-four hours after the administration in most patients, hence the reason for using it only once in two days. The skin is prepared, the needles and syringe disinfected, and the tiny puncture sealed afterwards with as minute care as would be given to a surgical operation. By these precautions the danger of abscess, always considerable if hypodermics are carelessly given, is minimized. As the dose is large, a site must be selected for the injection where the tissue is loose, otherwise the pain will interfere with the desired frequency of use. The buttocks serve best, or the outer masses of the pectoral muscles, or the abdominal muscles. If the administration causes pain (due in part to the large quantity used and in part to the local effect of glycerin), a fraction of a grain of cocaine may be added to the solution when measured out for use.
The glycerin extract is freshly prepared from bulls' testicles according to the discoverer's exact instructions. It is administered hypodermically every other day, starting with a diluted ten-minim dose and increasing by two or three drops up to about forty minims. The effect peaks twelve to twenty-four hours after administration in most patients, which is why it is used only once every two days. The skin is prepared, and the needles and syringe are disinfected, with the tiny puncture sealed afterward with as much care as would be taken in a surgical procedure. These precautions minimize the risk of abscess, which is always significant if hypodermics are given carelessly. Since the dose is large, a site must be chosen for the injection where the tissue is loose; otherwise, the pain could hinder the desired frequency of use. The buttocks are the best site, or the outer areas of the pectoral muscles, or the abdominal muscles. If the administration causes pain (partly due to the large volume used and partly due to the local effect of glycerin), a small amount of cocaine may be added to the solution when it is measured out for use.
It may at once be said, emphatically, that in some cases remarkable results have followed the use of this material, while in others no good has been done; but the same may be said of most plans of treatment in this disorder. As to possible danger from it, no harm has been done to any patient known to me, except that abcesses have occurred sometimes, though very rarely, for in many hundreds of injections it has been my good fortune to see abscesses form only three or four times, two of these instances, by curious ill luck, being in physicians. Patients describe a stimulating effect not unlike that of strong coffee, following a few hours after use and lasting for a day. The sexual appetite, if present, is increased; if absent, it is often renewed, sometimes in elderly men to an inconvenient extent. In one tabetic subject who had lost desire and ability for more than three years both returned in sufficient force to allow him to beget a child. This patient, like most of the others, was ignorant of what drug was being used and of what effects might be expected, so suggestion played no part. Apart from this special effect, the solution acts only as a highly stimulating tonic.
It can be confidently stated that in some cases, remarkable results have come from using this material, while in others, it has been ineffective; however, this is true for most treatment plans for this condition. Regarding possible dangers, I haven't seen any harm done to any patient I know of, except for some rare instances of abscesses, which have only occurred a handful of times in hundreds of injections. Interestingly, two of those cases happened to be physicians. Patients report a stimulating effect similar to that of strong coffee, occurring a few hours after use and lasting for a day. If there is a sexual appetite, it tends to increase; if there isn’t one, it can often be restored, sometimes to an excessive degree in older men. In one patient with tabes who had lost both desire and ability for more than three years, both returned strongly enough for him to conceive a child. This patient, like most others, was unaware of the drug being used or the effects to expect, so suggestion didn't influence the outcome. Beyond this specific effect, the solution simply acts as a strong stimulating tonic.
The full dose of forty minims or thereabouts is maintained for a fortnight or less, and then gradually diminished in the same way that it was increased. Sometimes, when the effect has been good, a second "course" may be given after two or three weeks' interval.
The full dose of about forty drops is kept for two weeks or less, and then it’s slowly reduced just like it was increased. Sometimes, if the results have been positive, a second "course" may be given after a break of two or three weeks.
During the treatment by hypodermic the masseur should be told to avoid rubbing where the injections have been given. A few trials with the fluid internally have produced so little result of any kind that I am inclined to think the gastric juices must alter it so as to lessen or wholly destroy its power.
During hypodermic treatment, the masseur should be instructed to avoid rubbing the areas where injections have been administered. A few attempts to use the fluid internally have yielded such minimal results that I suspect the gastric juices must change it in a way that reduces or completely eliminates its effectiveness.
As to other drugs, experience has not given me much confidence in any of those usually recommended. Strychnia, belladonna, and those antiseptic drugs which are eliminated chiefly by the kidneys are of use when cystitis has to be treated and the bladder muscles urged to activity. Arsenic, the chloride of gold and sodium, and chloride of aluminium are suggested by various authorities, but they have not been of any value in my hands. In hopeless cases, where all treatment fails, as will sometimes happen, or in patients in whom the paralytic stage is already far advanced, if other measures are unsuccessful, morphia is left as a forlorn hope, which will at least relieve their pains.
As for other medications, I haven’t gained much trust in any of the ones typically recommended. Strychnine, belladonna, and those antiseptic drugs that are mostly eliminated by the kidneys can be helpful when treating cystitis and stimulating bladder muscle activity. Various experts suggest arsenic, gold chloride, sodium chloride, and aluminum chloride, but I haven’t found them to be effective. In hopeless situations, where all treatments have failed, or for patients who are already far along in the paralytic stage, if other options don’t work, morphine remains as a last resort, which can at least ease their pain.
An outline report of several cases of different types and degrees is appended:
An outline report of various cases with different types and severity is attached:
M.P. of North Carolina, æt. thirty-seven, general health excellent until syphilis in 1894, was admitted to the Infirmary in 1898. He had had for two years recurrent attacks of paralysis of the external rectus muscle of the right eye, slight gastric crises, and stabbing pains in the legs; station very poor, but strength unimpaired, and he was able to walk after being a few minutes on his feet; when first rising he was very unsteady. Knee-jerk lost, no reinforcement. No sexual power. Some difficulty in emptying the bladder. Examination showed slight atrophy of both optic nerves, Argyll-Robertson pupil, and myosis. He was ordered two weeks' rest in bed, with massage, cool sponging daily, and galvanization of the areas of neuralgia. After two weeks he was allowed to get up gradually, to occupy himself as he pleased, but not to walk. Lessons in balance and co-ordination were begun in the fourth week of treatment, and supervised carefully for two weeks more. When his station and gait were both improved, he was permitted to walk, always with care not to fatigue himself. At this time, six weeks from commencement of treatment, his eyes were glassed by Dr. de Schweinitz. He had gained some pounds in weight, and walked on straight lines without noticeable incoördination, but in turning short or walking sharp curves he was still unsteady. He found walking much easier than formerly and was less easily tired. After nine weeks he could stand or walk, even backward, with closed eyes. He was sent home for the summer, with directions to continue his co-ordination movements, to walk very little, and take such exercise as he needed on horseback, riding quietly. He had still some stabbing pains two or three times daily.
M.P. from North Carolina, age thirty-seven, had excellent overall health until he developed syphilis in 1894. He was admitted to the Infirmary in 1898. For two years, he experienced recurring episodes of paralysis in the external rectus muscle of his right eye, mild gastric distress, and sharp pains in his legs. His balance was very poor, but his strength was not affected, allowing him to walk after a few minutes on his feet. However, when he first stood up, he was very unsteady. He had no knee-jerk reflex, and there was no reinforcement. He also had no sexual function and some issues with emptying his bladder. An examination revealed slight atrophy of both optic nerves, an Argyll-Robertson pupil, and miosis. He was prescribed two weeks of bed rest, with daily massage, cool sponge baths, and galvanization of the painful areas. After two weeks, he was allowed to get up gradually and engage in activities as he wished, but walking was restricted. Balance and coordination lessons started in the fourth week and were closely monitored for another two weeks. Once his balance and walking improved, he was allowed to walk, always being careful not to overexert himself. At this point, six weeks into treatment, Dr. de Schweinitz fitted him with glasses. He had gained some weight and could walk in straight lines without noticeable uncoordination, but he remained unsteady when turning sharply or navigating curves. He found walking much easier than before and felt less fatigued. After nine weeks, he could stand or walk, even backward, with his eyes closed. He was sent home for the summer with instructions to continue his coordination exercises, walk very little, and take any necessary exercise while riding quietly on horseback. He still experienced some sharp pains two or three times a day.
He reported in one month, and again in six months, "No improvement in the pains, but I walk well and briskly, can jump on a moving street-car, and have ridden a horse twenty miles in a day without fatigue."
He reported one month later and again after six months, "There's no improvement in the pain, but I walk well and quickly, can hop on a moving streetcar, and I've ridden a horse twenty miles in a day without feeling tired."
This case was in one way favorable for treatment: the patient, an educated and intelligent man, helped in every way, carrying out minutely all orders, and had the good sense to begin treatment early. But the acuteness and rapidity of onset of the tabetic symptoms were so great that in a little more than two years they had reached a condition which most cases only attain in from five to ten years, and this makes the prognosis somewhat less favorable.
This case had one advantage for treatment: the patient, who was educated and intelligent, cooperated fully, following all instructions carefully, and wisely started treatment early. However, the severity and quick progression of the tabetic symptoms were so intense that within just over two years, they reached a stage that most cases only achieve in five to ten years, which makes the prognosis a bit less favorable.
In the instance to be next related there was also antecedent syphilis, and the patient had already been heavily dosed with iodides and repeatedly salivated with mercury. His recovery was and has remained remarkably complete.
In the case I'm about to describe, the patient had a history of syphilis and had already received heavy doses of iodides and gone through repeated mercury treatments that caused salivation. His recovery was, and still is, remarkably complete.
H.B., travelling salesman, from New York, æt. forty, single, a large, strongly-made man, a hard worker, given to excesses in sexual indulgence and alcohol for years. Syphilis was contracted fifteen years before the first traceable symptoms of ataxia, which had shown themselves after an attack of grippe, in 1890, in sudden remittent paralysis of the external muscles of the right eye, followed within a few months by gastric crises, general lightning pains appearing a few months later. During the two years succeeding he was drenched with drugs and grew steadily worse. When admitted to the hospital in 1892 he was very ataxic in the legs, suffered greatly from gastric and other pains, difficulties with bladder and rectum, loss of sexual power, various anæsthetic areas, could not stand with eyes open unless he had help, total loss of knee-jerk, paralysis of right rectus, indigestion from the irritation of the stomach from medicines as well as from the disease, and, though muscular and over-fat, was flabby and pallid. He had no ataxia or loss of sensibility in the upper half of the body. He was in bed for two weeks, on milk diet, with warm baths and massage. Systematic movements were begun and massage continued. After the stomach improved he grew better with unusual rapidity. He is now able to work hard again, travels extensively, can walk strongly, but wisely takes his exercise more in the form of massage and systematic gymnastics. He appears to report himself once or twice a year. There has been a partial return of sexual ability.
H.B., a traveling salesman from New York, age forty, single, was a large, strong man who worked hard but indulged in excessive sexual activities and alcohol for many years. He contracted syphilis fifteen years before experiencing the first noticeable symptoms of ataxia, which appeared after a bout of influenza in 1890. This resulted in sudden remittent paralysis of the external muscles of his right eye, followed a few months later by gastric crises and general shooting pains that emerged a few months afterward. Over the next two years, he was treated with various medications and steadily worsened. When he was admitted to the hospital in 1892, he had significant ataxia in his legs, suffered from severe gastric and other pains, experienced difficulties with his bladder and rectum, lost sexual function, had various areas of numbness, couldn’t stand with his eyes open without assistance, showed a total loss of the knee-jerk reflex, had paralysis of the right rectus muscle, and suffered from indigestion due to irritation from both the medication and the disease. Despite being muscular and overweight, he appeared flabby and pale. There was no ataxia or loss of sensation in the upper half of his body. He remained in bed for two weeks on a milk diet, receiving warm baths and massages. Systematic movements were started, and massage continued. After his stomach improved, he recovered unusually quickly. He is now able to work hard again, travels extensively, can walk strongly, but wisely prefers to take his exercise in the form of massage and systematic gymnastics. He seems to report back once or twice a year. There has been a partial return of his sexual ability.
The next case has points of interest in the later history, but the first examinations and early treatment may be passed over briefly. X.Y., æt. forty-two, a steady, sober merchant, closely confined by his business, always of excellent habits, with no possible suspicion of syphilis, was seen first in 1894 in a somewhat advanced stage of tabes, but with no optic or gastric disturbances. His station was very bad, but when once erect and started he could walk without a stick. Girdle-pains very marked; bowels very constipated; some trouble in emptying bladder; several points of fixed sharp pain; lightning pain occasional and severe, but not frequent. He was ordered to bed for six weeks. Galvanism, alternate hot- and cold-water applications to the tender spots, careful massage, and a two-months' course of Brown-Séquard fluid after getting up made a new man of him. Massage and systematic exercise were kept up together for six months. The massage was stopped and the exercises continued, and improvement went on steadily, though the fixed pains kept up in only slightly less severity.
The next case has points of interest in its later history, but we can briefly mention the initial examinations and early treatment. X.Y., age forty-two, was a reliable, sober merchant, heavily occupied with his business, always maintained excellent habits, and had no possible indication of syphilis. He was first seen in 1894, already showing advanced signs of tabes, but without optic or gastric issues. His condition was quite poor, but once he managed to stand up, he could walk without a cane. He experienced significant girdle pain, severe constipation, some struggles with bladder control, several spots of sharp, fixed pain, and occasional severe lightning pain, though it wasn't frequent. He was instructed to rest in bed for six weeks. Treatment included galvanism, alternating hot and cold water applications on the painful areas, careful massage, and a two-month course of Brown-Séquard fluid after getting up, which transformed him into a new person. Massage and regular exercise were maintained together for six months. The massage was stopped, and the exercises continued, leading to steady improvement, although the fixed pains persisted, albeit with slightly reduced severity.
In a year the patient was better in general health, looks, and spirits than he had been for many years before, and remained in good order, except for the daily recurrences of paroxysms of pain of varying but not unbearable severity for two years. He then presumed for a month on his strength, and took much more exercise afoot than was wise, worked late at night over his books, had some additional nervous strain from business worries, and came to Dr. J.K. Mitchell in October, 1898, barely able to crawl with two canes, having lost weight, become sleepless, suffered great increase of pain, and grown so ataxic that he could scarcely walk. This change had all occurred in three or four weeks. He became steadily worse for two or three weeks till he could not stand or walk at all, had cystitis from retention, violent attacks of rectal tenesmus, stabbing pains in rectum, perineum, scrotum, and groins, with almost total anæsthesia of the sacral region, buttocks, scrotum, and perineum, inability to retain fæces, while passages from the bowels took place without his knowledge. He found that an increase in the rectal and abdominal pain followed lying down. He therefore spent day and night sitting up. At the end of three weeks there was total paralysis of the legs, and the outlook seemed most unfavorable.
In a year, the patient's overall health, appearance, and mood improved compared to many years before, and he stayed in good condition, except for daily episodes of pain that varied in severity but weren’t unbearable for two years. He then pushed himself for a month, exercising more than he should have, working late at night on his studies, and experiencing additional stress from business concerns. In October 1898, he visited Dr. J.K. Mitchell, barely able to walk with two canes, having lost weight, become sleepless, suffered an increase in pain, and developed such poor coordination that he could hardly walk. This change happened in just three or four weeks. He progressively got worse over the next two to three weeks until he couldn’t stand or walk at all, developed cystitis from retention, had severe rectal cramping, sharp pains in the rectum, perineum, scrotum, and groin, with almost complete numbness in the sacral area, buttocks, scrotum, and perineum, and he couldn’t control bowel movements, with passages occurring without his awareness. He noticed that the rectal and abdominal pain worsened when lying down. As a result, he spent all day and night sitting up. By the end of three weeks, he experienced total paralysis of his legs, and the outlook appeared very grim.
Massage was begun again, strychnia and salol were administered, and a short course of full doses of the testicular fluid was given. A rapidly interrupted faradic current, with an uncovered electrode, to the neighborhood of the rectum, bladder, and buttocks, greatly relieved the anæsthesia, upon which galvanism had no effect; and, in brief, from a state which looked almost as if the last paralytic stage of tabes had suddenly come upon him, he recovered in two months, and is now (July, 1899) better than he was a year ago, before the relapse, and will probably remain so, as he has had his warning.
Massage was resumed, strychnine and salol were given, and a short course of full doses of testicular fluid was administered. A rapidly interrupted faradic current, with an uncovered electrode, was applied near the rectum, bladder, and buttocks, which significantly alleviated the anesthesia, while galvanism had no effect; in short, from a condition that seemed almost like the final paralytic stage of tabes had suddenly struck him, he recovered in two months and is now (July 1899) in better shape than he was a year ago before the relapse, and he will likely stay that way since he has received his warning.
Without multiplying case histories, it may be said that ataxic paraplegia (a combination of lateral and posterior sclerosis) may be treated in much the same manner. In this disease there is usually much less pain than in ataxia, but greater weakness, and late in its course some rigidity in the extensor groups of the legs; the knee-jerk is preserved or exaggerated. The disease is a rare one. But two recent distinct cases are in my list, and one of these, the one here reported, seems rather more like an ataxia with some anomalous symptoms. The second one had the symptom, uncommon in this malady, of very frequent and excessively severe stabbing pains, and though his co-ordination grew somewhat better, he improved very little in any other way, which, as his trouble was of fourteen years standing, was not astonishing.
Without going into multiple case histories, it can be said that ataxic paraplegia (a mix of lateral and posterior sclerosis) can be treated in a similar way. In this condition, there is typically much less pain than in ataxia, but a greater degree of weakness, and later on, some stiffness in the extensor muscles of the legs; the knee-jerk reflex is either preserved or exaggerated. This disease is quite rare. However, I have two recent distinct cases on my list, and one of these, the one being reported here, seems more like ataxia with some unusual symptoms. The second case had the symptom, which is uncommon in this condition, of very frequent and extremely severe stabbing pains, and although his coordination improved somewhat, he showed very little overall improvement, which, given that his issues had been ongoing for fourteen years, was not surprising.
The other patient, seen in 1897, was a rancher from New Mexico, thirty-three years old, who had led an active, hard-working, much-exposed life, but had been perfectly well until 1891, when he was said to have had an attack of spinal meningitis, from which he recovered very slowly. Four years later he noticed numbness of feet and weakness of legs, great enough to make it hard for him to get a leg over his horse. Some pains were felt in the limbs, and a constriction about the chest and abdomen, which had steadily increased in severity. Sharp attacks left distinct bruise-marks at the seat of pain each time. Could not empty bladder. Gait feeble, spastic, and paralytic, could not mount steps at all or stand without aid, sway very great. Knee-jerks and muscle-jerks increased, especially on left; ankle-clonus; very slight loss of touch-acuity in lower half of body. Eyes: muscles and eye-grounds negative; pupils equal and active. Bladder could not be emptied; cystitis. Ordered rest, massage, electricity, and full doses of iodide in skimmed milk. In this way he was able to take without distress or indigestion amounts as large as four hundred and forty grains a day. When education in balance, etc., was begun he could not walk without aid, or more than a few steps in any way. In three months from the time he went to bed he walked out-of-doors alone with no stick, and in five months went back to work. The bladder did not improve much until after regular washing out and intravesical galvanism were used, with full doses of strychnia. He was soon able to empty the organ twice a day, and since leaving the hospital writes that it gives him very little annoyance, though as a measure of precaution he uses a catheter once daily. His pains have entirely disappeared, and he is daily on horseback for many hours.
The other patient, seen in 1897, was a 33-year-old rancher from New Mexico. He had lived an active, hard-working life and had always been healthy until 1891 when he reportedly had an episode of spinal meningitis, from which he recovered very slowly. Four years later, he began to notice numbness in his feet and weakness in his legs, which made it difficult for him to swing a leg over his horse. He experienced some pain in his limbs and a tightening sensation around his chest and abdomen that progressively became worse. Sharp attacks left noticeable bruise marks at the site of pain each time. He was unable to empty his bladder. His gait was weak, spastic, and had a paralytic quality; he couldn't climb steps at all or stand without assistance, swaying significantly. Knee-jerk and muscle-jerk responses were heightened, especially on the left; there was ankle clonus and a very slight loss of touch sensitivity in the lower half of his body. Eye examination showed no issues with muscles or eye grounds; pupils were equal and reactive. He still couldn't empty his bladder and was diagnosed with cystitis. He was prescribed rest, massage, electrical stimulation, and large doses of iodide in skim milk. He was able to take up to 440 grains a day without distress or indigestion. When therapy for balance and mobility began, he couldn't walk unaided or take more than a few steps. However, three months after he went to bed, he was able to walk outside alone without a cane, and after five months, he returned to work. His bladder didn't improve much until regular washing out and intravesical galvanism were initiated, along with full doses of strychnine. Soon, he could empty his bladder twice a day, and since leaving the hospital, he has reported minimal issues, although he uses a catheter daily as a precaution. His pain has completely disappeared, and he now rides horses for several hours every day.
In spastic paralysis, whether in the slowly-developing forms in which it is seen in adults, due sometimes to multiple sclerosis, sometimes to brain tumor, sometimes following upon a transverse myelitis, or in the central paraplegia or diplegia of "birth-palsies," some very fortunate results have followed the careful application of the principles of treatment already described. Absolute confinement to bed is seldom required or in adults desirable, though exercise should be carefully limited to an amount which can be taken without fatigue, and some hours' rest lying down is usually advantageous.
In spastic paralysis, whether in the slowly developing forms seen in adults, sometimes due to multiple sclerosis, sometimes to a brain tumor, or sometimes following transverse myelitis, or in the central paraplegia or diplegia from "birth palsies," some very positive outcomes have resulted from the careful application of the treatment principles already discussed. Complete bed rest is rarely necessary or desirable for adults, although exercise should be carefully limited to an amount that can be handled without fatigue, and resting for several hours while lying down is usually beneficial.
Assuming that the necessary treatment for the disease originating the paralysis is to be carried on in the ordinary way, I will only describe the special forms and methods of exercise I have found serviceable. Whatever the cause, this will be much the same, though in birth-palsies the teaching may have to include groups of muscles and instruction in the co-ordination of actions which are not affected in adult subjects.
Assuming that the necessary treatment for the disease causing the paralysis will follow standard procedures, I will only discuss the specific types and methods of exercise I have found helpful. Regardless of the cause, this will be quite similar, although in cases of birth-related paralysis, the instruction may need to cover different muscle groups and teaching coordination of movements that aren't impacted in adults.
First, as to massage: the operator must direct his efforts primarily to the relaxation of the tense muscles, secondarily to the strengthening of the opponent groups, this last being of special importance where actual contraction has taken place. He should make frequent attempts by stretching the rigid groups to overcome the spasm, which in large muscle-masses may be done by grasping with both hands, taking care not to pinch, and pulling the hands apart in the line of the muscle's long axis, thus stretching the muscles. Pressure will sometimes accomplish the same end, and it will be found in certain cases that by kneading during action,—that is, while the patient endeavors to produce voluntary contraction,—the result will be better. Except in the most spastic states, a certain degree of relaxation is possible by effort, though not without practice, and this has to be constantly inculcated and encouraged. After a period varying in length according to the case, lessons in co-ordinating movements are begun. It is best for the patient's encouragement to start with the least affected muscles, so that, seeing the good results, he may be stimulated to persistent effort. The lessons differ only in detail from those given in the list under tabes. Improvement is slower than in ataxia.
First, regarding massage: the therapist should focus primarily on relaxing tense muscles and secondarily on strengthening opposing muscle groups, which is especially important when there’s been actual contraction. They should frequently try to stretch the rigid muscle groups to alleviate spasm, particularly in larger muscle masses, by grasping with both hands and pulling them apart in line with the muscle's long axis, being careful not to pinch. Sometimes, applying pressure can achieve the same result, and in certain cases, kneading while the patient attempts to contract their muscles voluntarily can yield better results. Except in the most severely spastic conditions, a certain level of relaxation can be achieved with effort, though it requires practice, and this should be consistently encouraged. After a period of time that varies depending on the case, lessons on coordinating movements will begin. It’s best to start with the least affected muscles to encourage the patient, as seeing positive results will motivate them to keep trying. The lessons only differ in detail from those in the list under tabes. Improvement tends to be slower than in ataxia.
In birth-palsy cases not much can be accomplished in the way of education, beyond the attempt by such means as ordinary gymnastics and lessons in drill and walking offer, until the child shall have reached an age when he is able to comprehend what is being attempted. For the imbecile, idiotic, or backward a training-school is the proper place, where mental and bodily functions may both receive attention and where constant intelligent supervision is available.
In cases of birth-related paralysis, not much can be done in terms of education beyond basic exercises and lessons in coordination until the child is old enough to understand what is being taught. For children who are developmentally delayed or have intellectual disabilities, a training school is the appropriate setting, where both mental and physical development can be supported, and where consistent and knowledgeable supervision is provided.
Many children the subjects of cerebral diplegia are credited with less intelligence than they really possess, partly because they are necessarily backward, and partly because of their difficulty in expressing themselves, the speech-muscles sharing in the disease. These muscles need to be carefully educated, and this might almost be made the subject of a treatise by itself. Each case will require study as to the special difficulties in the way of speech. Some experience most trouble with the vowel sounds, more find the consonants the worst obstacles. Patient practice in forming the sounds soon produce some results; the pupil must be taught, like the deaf mute, to watch and imitate the movements of the lips and tongue.
Many children with cerebral diplegia are seen as less intelligent than they actually are, partly because they lag behind and partly due to their struggles with communication, as the muscles involved in speech are affected by the condition. These muscles need to be carefully trained, and this could almost be a topic for a study on its own. Each case needs to be examined for the specific challenges in speaking. Some kids have more trouble with vowel sounds, while others struggle more with consonants. With consistent practice in producing sounds, there can be progress; the student should be taught, like a deaf person, to observe and imitate the movements of the lips and tongue.
Séguin's books and the numerous special works should be consulted by the physician or parent desiring to pursue these methods to their fullest development.
Séguin's books and the many special works should be consulted by the doctor or parent wanting to fully explore these methods.
When once the control of muscular movement begins to improve, more elaborate exercises may be set. In speech, if the patients be intelligent, they will sometimes be amused and profitably trained at the same time by the effort to learn and repeat long words or nonsensical combinations of difficult sounds, like the "Peter Piper" nursery rhymes.
Once muscle control starts to get better, more complex exercises can be introduced. In terms of speech, if the patients are smart, they can often be entertained and effectively trained at the same time by trying to learn and repeat long words or silly combinations of challenging sounds, like the "Peter Piper" nursery rhymes.
B.M., æt. fourteen, an intelligent lad, of Jewish parentage, suffered a forceps-injury at birth, and had convulsive seizures later. He began to make futile attempts at walking when five or six years of age, when the spastic rigidity was first noticed. His speech was better at this time than later, and a sort of relapse seemed to be precipitated by a fall in which he struck his head when seven years of age. His mother, finding it almost impossible to teach him to walk, devoted herself faithfully to improving his mind, so that at fourteen years of age he read well and enjoyed books, and was mentally clear, observant, and docile. His speech was almost incomprehensible,—stuttering, thick, and nasal. He stood, swaying in every direction, though not apt to fall, with bent knees, rounded shoulders, every muscle in the extremities rigid, the mouth half-open, the head projected forward, and, upon attempting to move, the toes turned in, the legs almost twined around one another, and, unless supported, he would stumble and twist about, scarcely able to get forward at all. With a guiding hand he did a little better. His first lessons were in "setting-up drill," while the feeble, disused muscles were strengthened by massage, which served at the same time to help his very irritable and imperfect digestive apparatus, so that it was soon possible to give him a greater variety and more nourishing kinds of food than he had before been able to take. He was kept in bed up to three o'clock in the afternoon, the morning hours occupied with massage and a half-hour's lesson in erect standing, with slow trunk movements afterwards. An hour after dinner he was dressed and taken for two hours in a carriage or street-car. He did his reading and some study on his return, and had another half-hour's drill, superintended by his mother. In two or three weeks some improvement began to be observable in his attitude, and a great change in his color and general expression, but it was three months before it was thought wise to attempt education in small co-ordinate movements. At about the same time speech-drill was commenced.
B.M., age fourteen, an intelligent boy of Jewish descent, suffered a forceps injury at birth and later experienced convulsive seizures. He started making unsuccessful attempts to walk at around five or six years old, which was when spastic rigidity was first noticed. His speech was better at that time than it would become later, and a sort of setback seemed to be triggered by a fall in which he hit his head at seven. His mother found it nearly impossible to teach him to walk, so she dedicated herself to improving his mind. By the time he was fourteen, he read well, enjoyed books, and was mentally sharp, observant, and compliant. His speech was nearly impossible to understand—stuttering, thick, and nasal. He stood swaying in every direction, though not prone to falling, with bent knees, rounded shoulders, and every muscle in his limbs rigid, his mouth half-open, and his head pushed forward. When he tried to move, his toes turned in, and his legs almost twisted around each other, so without support, he would stumble and sway, barely able to move forward at all. With a guiding hand, he did a little better. His first lessons were in "setting-up drill," while weak, unused muscles were strengthened through massage, which also helped his very sensitive and inadequate digestive system, allowing him to eat a wider variety of nourishing foods than he had been able to before. He was kept in bed until three in the afternoon, with the morning spent on massage and half an hour of practicing standing upright, followed by slow trunk movements. An hour after dinner, he got dressed and was taken out for two hours in a carriage or streetcar. He did some reading and studying upon return, followed by another half-hour of drill supervised by his mother. Within two or three weeks, some improvement became noticeable in his posture, along with a significant change in his complexion and overall expression, but it took three months before it was deemed appropriate to start teaching small coordinated movements. Around the same time, speech drills were also begun.
In all these lessons the greatest care was taken that adequate rest should intervene between each series of efforts, and it was always found that fatigue distinctly impaired his co-ordination, as did emotion or indigestion. When his speech grew clearer he was set tasks of learning many-syllabled words and also began to practise drawing patterns. Every new lesson was first given under medical supervision and then continued by his mother or by the masseur. To shorten the history it will suffice to say that in six months he was able to go to school, where with certain allowances made for his thick speech by a kindly master he did well, and returned to his home in the South able to walk without attracting attention, to speak comprehensibly, to write a good letter, and with every prospect fair for a still greater improvement, which I learn he has since made.
In all these lessons, great care was taken to ensure that sufficient rest occurred between each series of efforts, and it was consistently observed that fatigue significantly hindered his coordination, just like strong emotions or indigestion. As his speech became clearer, he was assigned tasks involving multi-syllable words and also started practicing drawing patterns. Each new lesson was initially conducted under medical supervision and then continued by his mother or the masseur. To keep the story brief, it’s enough to say that within six months he was able to attend school, where, with some allowances made for his thick speech by a supportive teacher, he did well. He returned home to the South capable of walking without standing out, speaking understandably, writing a good letter, and with every indication of further improvement, which I’ve learned he has since achieved.
The important things to be recognized in the treatment of these cases are, first, that rest in proper proportion allows of the patients doing an amount of exertion which, ungoverned, or performed in wrong ways would harm them; secondly, that full feeding is of value, because these disorders are mostly of the character of degenerations and involve failure of nutrition in various directions; and, lastly, that the exactness of routine is of the highest moral and mental as well as physical importance.
The key points to understand in treating these cases are, first, that taking the right amount of rest lets patients exert themselves in ways that won't harm them, unlike when they push themselves too hard or do it incorrectly; second, that proper nutrition is essential, because these disorders often stem from degeneration and involve various forms of nutritional failure; and finally, that sticking to a strict routine is extremely important for their moral and mental well-being, as well as their physical health.
Paralysis agitans needs scarcely more than to be mentioned as amenable to the same methods, with small differences in the application of details. Body movements to counteract the tendency to rigidity in the flexor groups of spinal muscles will be especially useful, as the stiffness of these is one of the causes of displacement forward of the centre of gravity, a displacement which results in the festination symptom usually seen in such cases. Prescriptions of special exercises for the muscle-masses particularly involved in each instance must be given, remembering that contraction of the affected muscles will to a certain degree overcome their rigidity even at first, and to a still greater extent as the patient reacquires voluntary control.
Paralysis agitans can be addressed using similar methods, with just a few minor adjustments in how they're applied. Activities aimed at reducing stiffness in the flexor muscles of the spine will be particularly beneficial since this stiffness contributes to the forward shift of the center of gravity, leading to the festination symptom commonly observed in these cases. Specific exercises tailored to the muscle groups affected should be prescribed, keeping in mind that contracting the affected muscles will help reduce their rigidity to some extent initially, and even more so as the patient regains voluntary control.
INDEX.
Acne, caused by massage, 89.
After-treatment, importance of, 79, 195.
Albuminuria, from exercise, 101.
Alcoholism producing fat, 23.
American race peculiarities, 17, 21, 32.
Anæmia. Vide Cases.
blood-count in, 102.
diagnosis of, 104.
effects of massage in, 101.
fatigue in, 72.
Anæmic obesity, 24, 128.
Asthenia. Vide Cases.
Asthenopia, 67, 145, 149.
Ataxia. Vide Cases.
bathing in, 204, 212.
co-ordinate movements in, 204.
symptoms of, 197.
treatment of, 197.
Bathing, effects of, 67.
in ataxia, 204, 212.
Birth-palsy. Vide Cases.
Bleeding, causing increase of fat, 24.
Blood changes from massage, 99, 101, 185.
Bowditch on weight at different ages, 17, 23.
Bright's disease, a contraindication, 45.
Brown-Séquard's elixir, 212.
Brunton on effects of massage, 101.
Cases:
albuminuria, 183.
amenorrhoea, 149, 193.
anæmia, extreme, 184.
aortic stenosis, 187.
asthenia, 111, 172, 182.
ataxia, 216, 218, 220.
birth-palsy, 226.
chloral habit, 150, 154, 174, 178.
hysteria, 76, 114, 154, 157, 160, 165, 181.
hysteria and neurasthenia, 112.
hystero-epilepsy, 165.
kidney, floating, 191.
morphia habit, 154, 165.
neurasthenia, 144, 171, 174.
neurasthenia and pulmonary disease, 149, 160.
obesity, anæmic, 132, 134.
paralysis, hysterical, 134, 150.
paraplegia, ataxic, 223.
paraplegia, spastic, 228.
tabes. Vide Ataxia.
uterine disease and chloral habit, 150, 154.
Cases, selection of, 33, 60.
Chloral habit. Vide Cases.
treatment of, 137.
Chorea, 33.
Cod-liver oil enema, 140.
Constipation caused by milk diet, 125.
Contraindications to rest, etc., 45.
Corpulence, Harvey on, 129.
Diet-list, 144, 146, 159.
Dietetics, 119, 171.
Drug-habits, treatment of, 137.
Eccles on massage, 101.
Electricity, 108.
Beard on, 115.
causing insomnia, 118.
during menstruation, 90.
in ataxia, 211.
in constipation, 109.
mode of using, 108, 116.
rise of temperature from, 110, 116.
when needed, 118.
Face, massage of, 105.
Fat in alcoholism, 23.
in its relation to health, 16.
increased by bleeding, 24.
milk-diet in, 128.
mode of accumulation of, 27.
reduction of, 128.
varieties of, 25.
Food, amount of, 146, 159.
in obesity, 130.
Goitre, exophthalmic, 46.
Gymnastics, Swedish, 92.
Harvey on corpulence, 129.
Head, massage of, 105.
Headache from massage, 100.
massage for, 105.
Heart-disease, treatment of, 45.
Hysteria. Vide Cases.
Introduction, 9.
Iodide in ataxia, 201.
Iron, use of, 142.
Jackson on rest, 58.
Karell on milk-treatment, 120, 128.
Keen on albuminuria, 101.
Kidney, floating. Vide Cases.
belt for, 190.
treatment of, 48, 66, 189.
Letheby on fattening stock, 26.
Malt extract, 138.
Japanese extract of, 141.
Marshall on urinary changes, 127.
Massage, 80.
abdominal, 86.
amount of, 92.
blood-changes from, 101.
causing acne, 89.
causing headache, 100.
chilliness from, 91.
during convalesence, 34.
during menstruation, 90.
Eccles on, 101.
effect on temperature, 93.
effects of general, 98, 101.
frequency of use, 90.
in anæmia, 101.
in heart-disease, 46.
in spastic paralysis, 225.
Lauder-Brunton on, 101.
lubricant undesirable in, 89.
of face, 105.
of head, 105.
order of application, 82, 91.
sexual excitement from, 91.
why useful, 98.
Melancholia, treatment of, 46.
Menstruation, effects of rest on, 149, 193.
electricity during, 90.
massage during, 90.
Milk, in alcoholism, 137.
in chloral habit, 137.
pasteurized, 121.
peptonized, 122.
quantity to be used, 123.
sterilization of, 121.
Milk diet, 119.
constipation caused by, 125.
disappearance of uric acid during use of, 126.
effects of, on urinary pigments, 126.
general effects of, 124.
in obesity, 128.
in obesity with anæmia, 128.
Karell on, 120, 128.
precautions in using, 123.
sleepiness from, 125.
stools during use of, 125.
urinary changes from, 126.
Morphia habit, treated by rest, etc., 137, 154, 165.
Movements, co-ordinate, in ataxia, 204.
in paralysis agitans, 231.
in paraplegia, 223.
in spastic paralysis, 226.
Swedish, 92.
Neurasthenia. Vide Cases.
Nurse, choice of, 53.
Obesity, milk diet in, 128.
with anæmia, 128.
with anæmia. Vide Cases.
Ovarian disorders treated by rest, etc., 47.
Paralysis agitans, 231.
Paraplegia, ataxic, 223.
spastic, 228.
Partial rest, 63.
schedule for, 64.
Peculiarities of American race, 17, 21, 32.
Phthisis, gain of weight in, 35.
Pollock on, 35.
Playfair on nerve-prostration, 12, 150.
Quetelet on gain of weight at different ages, 17.
Rest, 57.
definition of, 62.
effects of, on menstruation, 149, 193.
in ataxia, 203, 210, 230.
in neuralgia, 58.
in spinal disease, 58, 197, 230.
Jackson on, 58.
length of, 66, 68.
mental, 71.
mode of terminating, 63, 78.
moral uses of, 69.
partial, 62.
reasons for, 61, 70, 182.
Schedule for partial rest, 64.
Seclusion, 50.
Selection of cases, 33, 60.
Soup, raw, mode of making, 139.
Spine, irritable, 163, 178.
Syphilis preceding tabes, 198, 201.
Tabes. Vide Ataxia.
Temperature after electric treatment, 110, 116.
after massage, 93.
Treatment, season for, 53.
selection of cases for, 33.
Urinary pigments, changes in, during milk diet, 126.
Weight at different ages, Bowditch on, 17, 23.
gain or loss of, 14.
loss of, relation to an anæmia, 15.
Quetelet on, 17.
Acne caused by massage, 89.
Importance of after-treatment, 79, 195.
Albuminuria from exercise, 101.
Alcoholism causing fat, 23.
American racial peculiarities, 17, 21, 32.
Anemia. See Cases.
blood count in, 102.
diagnosis of, 104.
massage benefits, 101.
fatigue in, 72.
Anemic obesity, 24, 128.
Asthenia. See Cases.
Asthenopia, 67, 145, 149.
Ataxia. See Cases.
bathing for, 204, 212.
coordinated movements in 204.
symptoms of, 197.
treatment for, 197.
Effects of bathing, 67.
in ataxia, 204, 212.
Birth palsy. See Cases.
Bleeding leading to fat gain, 24.
Blood changes from massage, 99, 101, 185.
Bowditch on weight at various ages, 17, 23.
Bright's disease as a contraindication, 45.
Brown-Séquard's elixir, 212.
Brunton on the effects of massage, 101.
Cases:
albuminuria, 183.
amenorrhea, 149, 193.
severe anemia, 184.
aortic stenosis, 187.
asthenia, 111, 172, 182.
ataxia, 216, 218, 220.
birth palsy, 226.
chloral habit, 150, 154, 174, 178.
hysteria, 76, 114, 154, 157, 160, 165, 181.
hysteria and neurasthenia, 112.
hystero-epilepsy, 165.
floating kidney, 191.
morphia habit, 154, 165.
neurasthenia, 144, 171, 174.
neurasthenia and lung disease, 149, 160.
anemic obesity, 132, 134.
hysterical paralysis, 134, 150.
ataxic paraplegia, 223.
spastic paraplegia, 228.
tabes. See Ataxia.
uterine disease and chloral addiction, 150, 154.
Selection of cases, 33, 60.
Chloral habit. See Cases.
treatment of, 137.
Chorea, 33.
Cod liver oil enema, 140.
Constipation from milk diet, 125.
Contraindications to rest, etc., 45.
Corpulence, Harvey on, 129.
Diet list, 144, 146, 159.
Dietetics, 119, 171.
Treatment of drug habits, 137.
Eccles on massage, 101.
Electricity, 108.
Beard on, 115.
causing insomnia, 118.
during menstruation, 90.
in ataxia, 211.
in constipation, 109.
how to use, 108, 116.
temperature rise from 110 to 116.
when needed, 118.
Facial massage, 105.
Fat in alcoholism, 23.
health-related, 16.
increased by bleeding, 24.
milk diet in, 128.
accumulation mode, 27.
reduction of 128.
varieties of, 25.
Food quantity, 146, 159.
in obesity, 130.
Exophthalmic goitre, 46.
Swedish gymnastics, 92.
Harvey on corpulence, 129.
Head massage, 105.
Headache from massage, 100.
massage for, 105.
Heart disease treatment, 45.
Hysteria. See Cases.
Introduction, 9.
Iodide in ataxia, 201.
Iron usage, 142.
Jackson on rest, 58.
Karell on milk treatment, 120, 128.
Keen on albuminuria, 101.
Floating kidney. See Cases.
belt for, 190.
treatment of, 48, 66, 189.
Letheby on fattening stock, 26.
Malt extract, 138.
Japanese malt extract, 141.
Marshall on urinary changes, 127.
Massage, 80.
abdominal, 86.
amount of, 92.
blood changes from, 101.
causing acne, 89.
causing headaches, 100%.
cold from, 91.
during recovery, 34.
during periods, 90.
Eccles on, 101.
impact on temperature, 93.
general effects, 98, 101.
usage frequency, 90.
in anemia, 101.
in heart disease, 46.
in spastic paralysis, 225.
Lauder-Brunton on, 101.
lubricants not recommended in, 89.
facial massage, 105.
head massage, 105.
order of application, 82, 91.
sexual arousal from, 91.
why it's useful, 98.
Melancholia treatment, 46.
Menstruation, effects of rest on, 149, 193.
electricity in the '90s.
massage for 90 minutes.
Milk in alcoholism, 137.
in chloral addiction, 137.
pasteurized, 121°F.
peptonized, 122.
how much to use, 123.
sterilization of, 121.
Milk diet, 119.
constipation caused by 125.
disappearance of uric acid during use, 126.
effects on urine pigments, 126.
general effects of, 124.
in obesity, 128.
in obesity with anemia, 128.
Karell on, 120, 128.
safety measures for use, 123.
sleepiness from, 125.
stools in use, 125.
urinary changes from, 126.
Morphia habit treated with rest, etc., 137, 154, 165.
Coordinated movements in ataxia, 204.
in Parkinson's disease, 231.
in paraplegia, 223.
in spastic paralysis, 226.
Swede, 92.
Neurasthenia. See Cases.
Nurse selection, 53.
Obesity, milk diet in, 128.
with anemia, 128.
with anemia. See cases.
Ovarian disorders treated with rest, etc., 47.
Paralysis agitans, 231.
Ataxic paraplegia, 223.
spastic, 228.
Partial rest, 63.
schedule for, 64.
Peculiarities of the American race, 17, 21, 32.
Phthisis, weight gain in, 35.
Pollock on, 35.
Playfair on nerve-prostration, 12, 150.
Quetelet on weight gain at different ages, 17.
Rest, 57.
definition of, 62.
effects of, on menstruation, 149, 193.
in ataxia, 203, 210, 230.
in nerve pain, 58.
in spinal disease, 58, 197, 230.
Jackson on, 58.
duration of, 66, 68.
mental, 71.
how to end, 63, 78.
moral applications of, 69.
partial, 62.
reasons for, 61, 70, 182.
Schedule for partial rest, 64.
Seclusion, 50.
Selection of cases, 33, 60.
Raw soup, how to make, 139.
Irritable spine, 163, 178.
Syphilis preceding tabes, 198, 201.
Tabes. See Ataxia.
Temperature changes after electric treatment, 110, 116.
after massage, 93.
Treatment timing, 53.
treatment case selection, 33.
Changes in urinary pigments during milk diet, 126.
Bowditch on weight at various ages, 17, 23.
gain or lose, 14.
loss of relation to anemia, 15.
Quetelet on, 17.
THE END.
FOOTNOTES:
[4] Growth of Children, p. 31.
[5] See a valuable paper by Dr. Gerhard, Am. Jour. Med. Sci., 1876. Also Lectures on Diseases of the Nervous System, especially in Women. S. Weir Mitchell. Phila., 1881, p. 127. See also the papers by Dr. Morris J. Lewis on the seasonal relations of chorea, analyzing seven hundred and seventeen cases of chorea as to the months of onset (Trans. Assoc. Amer. Phys., 1892), and Osler On Chorea (1894).
[5] Check out a valuable paper by Dr. Gerhard, Am. Jour. Med. Sci., 1876. Also, see Lectures on Diseases of the Nervous System, especially in Women by S. Weir Mitchell, Phila., 1881, p. 127. Additionally, consider the papers by Dr. Morris J. Lewis on the seasonal patterns of chorea, analyzing seven hundred and seventeen cases based on the months of onset (Trans. Assoc. Amer. Phys., 1892), and Osler’s work on Chorea (1894).
[6] Statistics (Anthropological) Surgeon-General's Bureau—1875.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Stats (Anthropological) Surgeon-General's Office—1875.
[7] This excess of corpulence in the English is attained chiefly after forty, as I have said. The average American is taller than the average Englishman, and is fully as well built in proportion to his height, as Gould has shown. The child of either sex in New England is both taller and heavier than the English child of corresponding class and age, as Dr. H.I. Bowditch has lately made clear; while the English of the manufacturing and agricultural classes are miserably inferior to the members of a similar class in America.
[7] This excess body weight among the English mainly happens after the age of forty, as I mentioned earlier. The average American is taller than the average English person and is just as well-built for their height, as Gould has demonstrated. The children of either gender in New England are both taller and heavier than their English peers of the same class and age, as Dr. H.I. Bowditch recently pointed out; whereas the English in the manufacturing and agricultural classes are significantly worse off than those in similar classes in America.
[11] Chorea. See Lancet, Aug. 1882.
Chorea. See Lancet, Aug. 1882.
[15] Séguin Lecture, op. cit.
[16] "Pinch" is used to avoid the use of a technical term, but should be understood to mean the grasping and squeezing of a part with the whole hand, using the palmar portion of the fingers to press the grasped mass against the "heel" of the hand. Fuller technical details of the massage process and consideration of its effects will be found in the excellent "Handbook" of Kleen, in the works of Dr. Douglas Graham, Dr. A. Symon Eccles, and in an article in Professor Clifford Albutt's "System of Medicine" (1896), by Dr. John K. Mitchell.
[16] "Pinch" is a term used to simplify a technical concept, but it should be understood as gripping and squeezing a part with the entire hand, pressing the squeezed area against the "heel" of the hand using the palm of your fingers. More detailed technical information about the massage process and its effects can be found in Kleen's excellent "Handbook," in the writings of Dr. Douglas Graham, Dr. A. Symon Eccles, and in an article by Dr. John K. Mitchell in Professor Clifford Albutt's "System of Medicine" (1896).
[19] See also page 91.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See also p. 91.
[20] A number of observations in late years have been made upon
the effect of massage upon elimination. Among the articles to which the
practitioner desiring further to study this subject may be referred
are,—
Edin. Clin. and Path. Jour., Aug., 1884.
Jour, of Physiol., vol. xxii., p. 68.
Centralbl. f. Inner. Med., 1894, No. 40, p. 944.
Munch. Med. Woch., April 11 and April 18, 1899 (Influence of bodily
exercise upon temperature in health and disease).
Numerous articles by Mosso, Arbelous, W. Bain, Lauder-Brunton, Lepicque
and Marette, and Maggiora.
[20] In recent years, there have been several observations regarding the impact of massage on elimination. For practitioners looking to explore this topic further, the following articles may be of interest:
Edin. Clin. and Path. Jour., Aug., 1884.
Jour, of Physiol., vol. xxii., p. 68.
Centralbl. f. Inner. Med., 1894, No. 40, p. 944.
Munch. Med. Woch., April 11 and April 18, 1899 (The influence of physical exercise on temperature in health and illness).
Many articles by Mosso, Arbelous, W. Bain, Lauder-Brunton, Lepicque, Marette, and Maggiora.
[23] J.K. Mitchell, loc. cit.
[25] In the extreme constipation of certain hysterical women, good may be done by placing one conductor in the rectum and moving the other over the abdomen so as to cause full movement of the muscles. This means must at first be employed cautiously, and the amount of electricity carefully increased. It is doubtful if any movement of the intestinal muscle-fibres is thus caused, but that it is a useful method of stimulation in obstinate cases may be taken as proved.
[25] In cases of extreme constipation in some hysterical women, it can be helpful to place one electrode in the rectum and move the other over the abdomen to stimulate muscle movement. This method should be used cautiously at first, gradually increasing the amount of electricity. It's uncertain if this actually causes movement in the intestinal muscle fibers, but it has been shown to be a useful way to stimulate stubborn cases.
[26] Harvey on Corpulence.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Harvey on Obesity.
[27] The management of the morphia or chloral habit becomes much more easy under a milk diet, massage, and absolute rest, and I can with confidence commend their use in these difficult cases. Massage in the morning is liked, and general surface-rubbing without muscle-kneading at night very often proves remarkably soothing, while the rest in bed cuts off many opportunities to indulge in the temptation to secure the desired drugs.
[27] Managing an addiction to morphine or chloral is much easier with a milk diet, massage, and complete rest, and I can confidently recommend these methods for these challenging situations. Morning massage is well-received, and gentle rubbing of the skin without deep muscle kneading at night often provides significant relief, while resting in bed limits the chances to give in to the temptation of getting the drugs.
[28] I have found that this may be usefully replaced by one of the numerous peptonized foods described in the pamphlets issued by the manufacturers of the peptonizing powders. The ready-made peptonized preparations vary very much, like some of the beef extracts, but a trial will discover which of them is best fitted for an individual case.
[28] I've found that this can be effectively replaced by one of the many peptonized foods mentioned in the pamphlets provided by the makers of the peptonizing powders. The ready-made peptonized products differ quite a bit, similar to some beef extracts, but testing them will reveal which one is best suited for a specific situation.
[29] Nerve Prostration and Hysteria.
Nerve Exhaustion and Hysteria.
[30] It is worth mentioning that where ataxic patients have to use canes, a crutch-cane with a base some six or eight inches long and well shod with roughened rubber is far more useful and safer than the ordinary stick.
[30] It's important to note that for ataxic patients who need to use canes, a crutch-cane with a base that is about six or eight inches long and covered with textured rubber is much more effective and safer than a regular stick.
Download ePUB
If you like this ebook, consider a donation!